Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact


Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:









 

Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists



Part 1: Click here

Part 2: Click here

Part 3: Click here

Part 4: Click here


Part 5: Click here

Part 6: Click here

Part 7: Click here

Part 8: Click here


Part 9: Click here

Part 10: Click here

Part 11: Click here

Part 12: Click here


Part 13: Click here

Part 14: Click here

Part 15: Click here

Part 16: Click here


Part 17: Click here

Part 18: Click here




Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Hunter: He Was A Hacker For The NSA And He Was Willing To Talk - I Was Willing To Listen
July 5 2016 | From: TheIntercept

The message arrived at night and consisted of three words: “Good evening sir!” The sender was a hacker who had written a series of provocative memos at the National Security Agency.



His secret memos had explained - with an earthy use of slang and emojis that was unusual for an operative of the largest eavesdropping organization in the world - how the NSA breaks into the digital accounts of people who manage computer networks, and how it tries to unmask people who use Tor to browse the web anonymously.

Outlining some of the NSA’s most sensitive activities, the memos were leaked by Edward Snowden, and I had written about a few of them for The Intercept.

There is no Miss Manners for exchanging pleasantries with a man the government has trained to be the digital equivalent of a Navy SEAL. Though I had initiated the contact, I was wary of how he might respond.

The hacker had publicly expressed a visceral dislike for Snowden and had accused The Intercept of jeopardizing lives by publishing classified information. One of his memos outlined the ways the NSA reroutes (or “shapes”) the internet traffic of entire countries, and another memo was titled “I Hunt Sysadmins.” I felt sure he could hack anyone’s computer, including mine.

The only NSA workers the agency has permitted me to talk with are the ones in its public affairs office who tell me I cannot talk with anyone else. Thanks to the documents leaked by Snowden, however, I have been able to write about a few characters at the NSA.

There was, for instance, a novelist-turned-linguist who penned an ethics column for the NSA’s in-house newsletter, and there was a mid-level manager who wrote an often zany advice column called “Ask Zelda!” But their classified writings, while revealing, could not tell me everything I wanted to know about the mindset of the men and women who spy on the world for the U.S. government.

I got lucky with the hacker, because he recently left the agency for the cybersecurity industry; it would be his choice to talk, not the NSA’s. Fortunately, speaking out is his second nature. While working for the NSA, he had publicly written about his religious beliefs, and he was active on social media.



So I replied to his greeting and we began an exchange of cordial messages. He agreed to a video chat that turned into a three-hour discussion sprawling from the ethics of surveillance to the downsides of home improvements and the difficulty of securing your laptop.


"I suppose why I talk is partially a personal compulsion to not necessarily reconcile two sides or different viewpoints but to just try to be honest about the way things are,” he told me. “Does that make sense?”

The hacker was at his home, wearing a dark hoodie that bore the name of one of his favorite heavy metal bands, Lamb of God. I agreed not to use his name in my story, so I’ll just refer to him as the Lamb. I could see a dime-store bubble-gum machine behind him, a cat-scratching tree, and attractive wood beams in the ceiling.

But his home was not a tranquil place. Workmen were doing renovations, so the noise of a buzz saw and hammering intruded, his wife called him on the phone, and I could hear the sound of barking. “Sorry, my cats are taunting my dog,” he said, and later the animal in question, a black-and-white pit bull, jumped onto his lap and licked his face.

The Lamb wore a T-shirt under his hoodie and florid tattoos on his arms and smiled when I said, mostly in jest, that his unruly black beard made him look like a member of the Taliban, though without a turban. He looked very hacker, not very government.



When most of us think of hackers, we probably don’t think of government hackers. It might even seem odd that hackers would want to work for the NSA - and that the NSA would want to employ them. But the NSA employs legions of hackers, as do other agencies, including the FBI, CIA, DEA, DHS, and Department of Defense.

Additionally, there are large numbers of hackers in the corporate world, working for military contractors like Booz Allen, SAIC, and Palantir. The reason is elegantly simple: You cannot hack the world without hackers.

In popular shows and movies such as “Mr. Robot” and “The Matrix,” hackers tend to be presented as unshaven geeks loosely connected to collectives like Anonymous, or to Romanian crime syndicates that steal credit cards by the millions, or they are teenagers who don’t realize their online mischief will get them into a boatload of trouble when Mom finds out.

The stereotypes differ in many ways but share a trait: They are transgressive anti-authoritarians with low regard for social norms and laws. You would not expect these people to work for The Man, but they do, in droves. If you could poll every hacker in the U.S. and ask whether they practice their trade in dark basements or on official payrolls, a large number would likely admit to having pension plans. Who knows, it could be the majority.

This may qualify as one of the quietest triumphs for the U.S. government since 9/11: It has co-opted the skills and ideals of a group of outsiders whose anti-establishment tilt was expressed two decades ago by Matt Damon during a famous scene in Good Will Hunting. Damon, playing a math genius being recruited by the NSA, launches into a scathing riff about the agency serving the interests of government and corporate evil rather than ordinary people.



Sure, he could break a code for the NSA and reveal the location of a rebel group in North Africa or the Middle East, but the result would be a U.S. bombing attack in which “1,500 people that I never met, never had a problem with, get killed.” He turns down the offer.

In recent years, two developments have helped make hacking for the government a lot more attractive than hacking for yourself. First, the Department of Justice has cracked down on freelance hacking, whether it be altruistic or malignant. If the DOJ doesn’t like the way you hack, you are going to jail.

Meanwhile, hackers have been warmly invited to deploy their transgressive impulses in service to the homeland, because the NSA and other federal agencies have turned themselves into licensed hives of breaking into other people’s computers. For many, it’s a techno sandbox of irresistible delights, according to Gabriella Coleman, a professor at McGill University who studies hackers.


"The NSA is a very exciting place for hackers because you have unlimited resources, you have some of the best talent in the world, whether it’s cryptographers or mathematicians or hackers,”
she said. “It is just too intellectually exciting not to go there.”

Revealingly, one of the documents leaked by Snowden and published by The Intercept last year was a classified interview with a top NSA hacker (not the Lamb) who exulted that his job was awesome because “we do things that you can’t do anywhere else in the country … at least not legally.

We are gainfully employed to hack computers owned by al-Qa’ida!” Asked about the kind of people he works with at the NSA, he replied, “Hackers, geeks, nerds … There’s an annual event for hackers in Las Vegas called DEF CON, and many of us attend. When there, we feel as though we are among our bretheren! [sic] We all have a similar mindset of wanting to tear things apart, to dig in, to see how things work.”

In 2012, Gen. Keith Alexander, the NSA director at the time, even attended DEF CON wearing blue jeans and a black T-shirt that bore the logo of the Electronic Frontier Foundation, an anti-surveillance organization that is beloved by hackers and other good citizens of the world.

To coincide with Alexander’s visit, the NSA had created a special webpage to recruit the hackers at DEF CON. “If you have a few, shall we say, indiscretions in your past, don’t be alarmed,” the webpage stated. “You shouldn’t automatically assume you won’t be hired.” Alexander’s personal pitch was even more direct: “In this room right here is the talent we need.”

If you are willing to become a patriot hacker, Uncle Sam wants you.



As a teenager, the Lamb was a devout Christian who attended church two or three times a week, yet he also participated in online forums for Satanists and atheists. He wanted to learn what others believed and why they believed it, and he wanted to hear their responses to questions he raised. If his beliefs could not withstand challenges from opposing ones, they might not be worth keeping.


"As a Christian, I believe the Bible, and one of the things it says is if you seek the truth, you should find it,”
he told me. “If I started to come across facts that contradicted what I believed and contradicted the way that I thought about things, I had to be open to confronting them and determining how I would integrate them into my life and my thought system.”

Before he became a hacker, the Lamb had the restless spirit of one. After high school, he attended a Christian university for a year but dropped out and joined the military as a linguist. He was assigned to the NSA, and although he told me his computer skills were modest at the time, he was intrigued by the mysteries inside the machines.


"I started doing some basic computer training, like ‘Oh, here’s how computers talk to each other and network’ and that sort of stuff,”
he said. “I enjoyed that far more than trying to maintain a language that I rarely used.”

He devoured books on computers and experimented on his own time, using an application called Wireshark to see how network data was moving to and from his own computer.

He picked up a bit of programming knowledge, and he asked agency veterans for tips. As he wrote in one of his memos, “If you want to learn crazy new things… why not walk around NSA, find people in offices that do things you find interesting, and talk to them about how they do what they do.”

Screenshot from NSA document

Like Snowden, he did not need a formal education to succeed. Snowden, after all, dropped out of high school and mastered computers through self-education. As an NSA contractor, he rose to a position that gave him access to broad swaths of the agency’s networks.

While Snowden was a systems administrator, the Lamb became an expert in network analysis and was well-versed in the crucial trick of shaping traffic from one place to another - for instance, sending it from an ISP in a foreign country to an NSA server.

The Lamb’s work was important, but his memos are remarkably irreverent, even cocky. I’ve read a fair number of NSA documents, and not one contains as much hacker and internet lingo as his; he used words like “skillz” and “internetz” and “ZOMG!” and phrases like “pwn the network” and “Dude! Map all the networks!!!” Some of what he wrote is just cheerily impudent, like the opening line of one memo: “Happy Friday my esteemed and valued intelligence Community colleagues!” Another memo began, “Welcome back, comrade!”



While poking gentle fun at the government hackers he worked with, the Lamb dismissed the amateur hackers on the outside. He identified himself and his highly trained colleagues at the NSA as a breed apart - a superior breed, much in the way that soldiers look down on weekend paintballers. Perhaps this shouldn’t be altogether surprising, because arrogance is one of the unfortunate hallmarks of the male-dominated hacker culture.

At the NSA, this hubris can perhaps serve as an ethical lubricant that eases the task of hacking other people: They are not as special as you are, they do not have the magical powers you possess, they are targets first and humans second.

As the Lamb wrote in one of his memos;


"When I first went to Blackhat/Defcon, it was with the wide-eyed anticipation of ‘I’m going to go listen to all of the talks that I can, soak up all of the information possible, and become a supar-1337-haxxor.’ What a let-down of an experience that was.

You find the most interesting topics and briefings, wait in lines to get a seat, and find yourself straining your ears to listen to someone that has basically nothing new to say. Most of the talks get hyped up exponentially past any amount of substance they actually provide.”

When I asked the Lamb where he was in the hierarchy of hackers at the NSA, he just smiled and said, “I got to the point where more people would ask me questions than I asked other people questions.” He would not delve into the classified specifics of his job - he despises Snowden for leaking classified information - but I knew a lot through his memos.

Although network analysis, the Lamb’s area of expertise, is interesting from a technical perspective, he was one step removed from the most challenging and menacing type of government hacking - executing finely tuned attacks that infiltrate individual computers.

Nonetheless, he offered this characterization of his NSA work: “They were just ridiculously cool projects that I’ll never forget.”

One of the quandaries of technology is that “cool” does not necessarily mean “ethical.”

Surveillance tools that are regarded as breakthroughs can be used to spy on innocent people as well as terrorists. This is a key part of the debate on the NSA, the concern that its formidable powers are being used, or can be used, to undermine privacy, freedom, and democracy.

The Lamb’s memos on cool ways to hunt sysadmins triggered a strong reaction when I wrote about them in 2014 with my colleague Ryan Gallagher. The memos explained how the NSA tracks down the email and Facebook accounts of systems administrators who oversee computer networks.

After plundering their accounts, the NSA can impersonate the admins to get into their computer networks and pilfer the data flowing through them. As the Lamb wrote;


"Sys admins generally are not my end target. My end target is the extremist/terrorist or government official that happens to be using the network… who better to target than the person that already has the ‘keys to the kingdom’?”

Another of his NSA memos, “Network Shaping 101,” used Yemen as a theoretical case study for secretly redirecting the entirety of a country’s internet traffic to NSA servers. The presentation, consisting of a PowerPoint slideshow, was offbeat at times, with a reference to throwing confetti in the air when a hack worked and jokey lines like, “The following section could also be renamed the ‘I’m pulling my hair out in the fetal position while screaming “Why didn’t it work?!”’ section.”

The Lamb also scribbled a hand-drawn diagram about network shaping that included a smiley face in the middle next to the phrase, “YEAH!!! MAKE DATA HAPPEN!” The diagram and slideshow were both classified as top secret.



NSA diagram on network shaping - click on the image to view a larger version in a new window

His memos are boastful, even cackling. At the end of one of the sysadmin memos, the Lamb wrote, “Current mood: scheming,” and at the end of another, “Current mood: devious.” He also listed “juche-licious” as one of his moods, ironically referring to the official ideology of North Korea.

Another memo he wrote, “Tracking Targets Through Proxies & Anonymizers,” impishly noted that the use of identity-obscuring tools like Tor “generally makes for sad analysts” in the intelligence community; this was followed by a sad face emoji. The tone of his classified writing was consistent with some of his social media posts - the Lamb’s attitude, in public as well as in private, was often outspoken and brash.

What if the shoe was on the other foot, however? When I wrote about the sysadmin memos in 2014, I wondered how their author would feel if someone used the same devious rationale to hack his computer and his life. Nearly two years later, I had the chance to find out.


"If I turn the tables on you,”
I asked the Lamb, “and say, OK, you’re a target for all kinds of people for all kinds of reasons. How do you feel about being a target and that kind of justification being used to justify getting all of your credentials and the keys to your kingdom?”

The Lamb smiled. “There is no real safe, sacred ground on the internet,” he replied. “Whatever you do on the internet is an attack surface of some sort and is just something that you live with. Any time that I do something on the internet, yeah, that is on the back of my mind.

Anyone from a script kiddie to some random hacker to some other foreign intelligence service, each with their different capabilities - what could they be doing to me?”

He seemed to be putting the blame for NSA attacks on the victims - if they were too dimwitted to protect themselves from hunters like him, it was their fault.


"People don’t want to think about being targets on the internet, in spite of the fact that at this point in the game, everybody is,”
he added. “Every country spies.”

He was dead serious, no smiles any longer.

“As much as we’d like to say we will all beat our swords into plowshares and become a peaceful people, it’s not going to happen,”
he continued.

“Intelligence agencies around the world are being asked questions by their governments, and government officials don’t want to hear, ‘That’s hard to solve.’ They just say, ‘Can you solve this and can you get me the intel I’m asking for?’ Which is nation agnostic, whether that’s the NSA, the FSB, the PLA or whoever.”

The Lamb’s political ideology evoked the cold-blooded realpolitik of Henry Kissinger. There is the idyllic digital world we would like to live in, there is the dog-eat-dog digital world we actually live in - and the Lamb, as I understood it, was intensely focused on winning in the latter.


"You know, the situation is what it is,”
he said. “There are protocols that were designed years ago before anybody had any care about security, because when they were developed, nobody was foreseeing that they would be taken advantage of.…

A lot of people on the internet seem to approach the problem [with the attitude of] ‘I’m just going to walk naked outside of my house and hope that nobody looks at me.’ From a security perspective, is that a good way to go about thinking? No, horrible…

There are good ways to be more secure on the internet. But do most people use Tor? No. Do most people use Signal? No. Do most people use insecure things that most people can hack? Yes. Is that a bash against the intelligence community that people use stuff that’s easily exploitable? That’s a hard argument for me to make.”

But it wasn’t a hard argument for me to make, so I tried. Back in the 1990s, in the early days of the web, the uses and hopes for the internet were thought to be joyous and non-commercial. The web would let us talk to one another and would decentralize power and revolutionize the world in good ways.

Those were the years when the Lamb spent hours and hours in chatrooms with Satanists and atheists - just the sort of connect-us-to-each-other activity that made everyone so excited about the future. At the time, few people thought the internet would become, as Bruce Schneier describes it, a surveillance platform.

So I asked whether the Lamb felt conflicted, as Snowden did, working for an organization that turned the web further and further away from its original potential as a global platform for speaking and thinking freely.

He responded by noting that he is, by nature, a defiant type and attracted to hard problems. That’s how, without a lot of formal instruction, he became an NSA hacker - he was curious about how computers worked and he wanted to figure them out. “Technically challenging things are just inherently interesting to me,” he said. “If you tell me, ‘This can’t be done,’ I’m going to try and find a way to do it.”

I mentioned that lots of people, including Snowden, are now working on the problem of how to make the internet more secure, yet he seemed to do the opposite at the NSA by trying to find ways to track and identify people who use Tor and other anonymizers. Would he consider working on the other side of things?

He wouldn’t rule it out, he said, but dismally suggested the game was over as far as having a liberating and safe internet, because our laptops and smartphones will betray us no matter what we do with them.


"There’s the old adage that the only secure computer is one that is turned off, buried in a box ten feet underground, and never turned on,”
he said.

“From a user perspective, someone trying to find holes by day and then just live on the internet by night, there’s the expectation [that] if somebody wants to have access to your computer bad enough, they’re going to get it.

Whether that’s an intelligence agency or a cybercrimes syndicate, whoever that is, it’s probably going to happen.”

The Lamb was comfortable with the side he joined in the surveillance wars, and this sets him apart from the most common stereotypes of the men and women who devote their lives to spying on others.

Spies who do nothing but eavesdrop, slipping into computers and conversations without a trace, have a reputation in popular culture of being troubled in ways that conventional spies are not. Think of Gene Hackman in The Conversation, or Ulrich Mühe in The Lives of Others - these surveillers are haunted, as it seems they should be.



Gene Hackman in The Conversation

Conventional spies are seen as journeying into hostile lands and committing heroic or devious acts; they are men and women of action, not thought. But the people who watch, listen, or hack are not as distracted by danger or adrenaline.

They mostly labor in tranquility, in temperature-controlled offices without windows, risking bodily harm no worse than carpal tunnel syndrome, and they have an abundance of time to think about the lurking that is their occupation and the people on whom they practice it.

I have a bias against the watchers, I suppose. I have been concerned about the bureaucracies of surveillance since the 1980s, when I was a student in the Soviet Union and felt like hunted prey. The telephone in the dreary lobby of my dormitory on the banks of the Neva River in Leningrad (now St. Petersburg) was assumed to be bugged, and if the KGB’s devices weren’t working, the dezhurnaya who sat nearby was sure to be listening.

This was my anti-surveillance Rosebud, I guess. When I visited Russian friends, I stayed silent as I walked in their ill-lit stairwells, so that the accent of my Russian would not give away the fact a foreigner was visiting them. The walls had ears.

This was one of the great contrasts between the Soviet Union and America, where I could speak to my friends without worrying about the government listening.

The Soviet Union is long gone, but in 2016 we live under the specter of far more surveillance than anything the KGB could have dreamed of with its rudimentary bugs and fearful informers. Not just government surveillance - law enforcement can easily obtain our phone and internet records with a warrant from the nearly always compliant courts - but corporate surveillance, too.

It’s not just Google and Facebook that might know more details about our lives and friends than the KGB could have imagined in its most feverish dreams of information dominance, but even Zipcar and Amazon.

There are precautions one can take, and I did that with the Lamb. When we had our video chat, I used a computer that had been wiped clean of everything except its operating system and essential applications. Afterward, it was wiped clean again.

My concern was that the Lamb might use the session to obtain data from or about the computer I was using; there are a lot of things he might have tried, if he was in a scheming mood.

At the end of our three hours together, I mentioned to him that I had taken these precautions - and he approved.


"That’s fair,”
he said. “I’m glad you have that appreciation… From a perspective of a journalist who has access to classified information, it would be remiss to think you’re not a target of foreign intelligence services.”

He was telling me the U.S. government should be the least of my worries. He was trying to help me.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Truth About Mobile Phone And Wireless Radiation: What We Know, What We Need To Find Out, And What You Can Do Now
July 5 2016 | From: UniversityOfMelbourne

Deans Lecture: Presented by Dr Devra Davis, Visiting Professor of Medicine at the Hebrew University Hadassah Medical School, and Visiting Professor of Medicine at Ondokuz Mayis University, Turkey.




What are the health effects of mobile phones and wireless radiation? While Australia has led the world in safety standards, including compulsory seat-belt legislation, plain packaging on cigarettes, and product and food disclosure legislation, it falls behind in addressing the significant issues associated with mobile phone use.


In this Dean’s Lecture, epidemiologist and electromagnetic radiation expert, Dr Devra Davis, will outline the evolution of the mobile phone and smartphone, and provide a background to the current 19 year old radiation safety standards (SAR), policy developments and international legislation. New global studies on the health consequences of mobile/wireless radiation will be presented, including children’s exposure and risks.





Dr Devra Davis is an internationally recognised expert on electromagnetic radiation from mobile phones and other wireless transmitting devices.

She is currently the Visiting Professor of Medicine at the Hebrew University Hadassah Medical School, and Visiting Professor of Medicine at Ondokuz Mayis University, Turkey. Dr Davis was Founding Director of the Center for Environmental Oncology at The University of Pittsburgh Cancer Institute -­ the first institute of its kind in the world, to examine the environmental factors that contribute to the majority of cases of cancer.

In 2007, Dr Devra Davis founded non­profit Environmental Health Trust to provide basic research and education about environmental health hazards. Dr Davis served as the President Clinton appointee to the Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board in the U.S.A. from 1994 -1999, an independent executive branch agency that investigates, prevents and mitigates chemical accidents.



As the former Senior Advisor to the Assistant Secretary for Health in the Department of Health and Human Services, she has counseled leading officials in the United States, United Nations, European Environment Agency, Pan American Health Organization, World Health Organization, and World Bank.Dr Davis holds a B.S. in physiological psychology and an M.A. in sociology from the University of Pittsburgh, 1967. She completed a PhD in science studies at the University of Chicago as a

Danforth Foundation Graduate Fellow, 1972 and a M.P.H. in epidemiology at the Johns Hopkins University as a Senior National Cancer Institute Post-­Doctoral Fellow, 1982. She has authored more than 200 publications and has been published in Lancet and Journal of the American Medical Association as well as the Scientific American and the New York Times.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Junk Science Week: Science Is On The Verge Af A Nervous Breakdown
July 4 2016 | From: TheFinancialPost

Welcome to FP Comment’s 18th annual Junk Science Week, dedicated to exposing the scientists, NGOs, activists, politicians, journalists, media outlets, cranks and quacks who manipulate science data to achieve their objectives.




Our standard definition over the years has been this: junk science occurs when scientific facts are distorted, risk is exaggerated and the science adapted and warped by politics and ideology to serve another agenda.


Much of our content over the past 18 years has focused less on science itself and more on the NGOs, politicians and others who have found it convenient to use and abuse science as a springboard to political action.

It is easy, perhaps too easy, to follow the empty-headed foibles of a media culture that mindlessly recycles reports that bacon may cause heart disease or that cell phones cause cancer. Less easy is dealing with the much bigger problem: the break down of science itself.

In The Guardian last week, Jerome Ravetz, considered one of the world’s leading philosophers of science, reviewed what he and many others describe as “the crisis in science.” Ravetz, who has been warning of the emerging internal conflicts in science for decades, sees the crisis is spreading to the general public.


"Given the public awareness that science can be low-quality or corrupted, that whole fields can be misdirected for decades (see nutrition, on cholesterol and sugar), and that some basic fields must progress in the absence of any prospect of empirical testing (string theory), the naïve realism of previous generations becomes quite Medieval in its irrelevance to present realities.”

Present reality is that science is on the verge of a nervous breakdown. That’s the not-so-tongue-in-cheek message in Science on the Verge, a new book by European scientist Andrea Saltelli and seven other contributors. Science on the Verge is a 200-page indictment of what to the lay reader appears to be a monumental deterioration across all fields, from climate science to health research to economics.

The mere idea that “most published research results are false” should be cause for alarm.



But it is worse than that. The crisis runs through just about everything we take for granted in modern science, from the use of big data to computer models of major parts of our social, economic and natural environment and on to the often absurd uses of statistical methods to fish for predetermined conclusions.

Examples from the book help prove the point. In a chapter titled “Numbers Running Wild,” one of the book’s authors, Jeroen P. van der Sluijs of the University of Bergen, asks how is it possible for a paper in Science magazine to claim that precisely 7.9 per cent (not eight per cent or seven per cent) of the world’s species would become extinct as a result of climate change - when the total number of species is unknown?

Even odder, the species study concluded that the 7.9 per cent demonstrates:


"“The importance of rapid implementation of technologies to decrease greenhouse gas emissions and strategies for carbon sequestration.”

How, asks van de Sluijs, do the researchers jump from species extinction to carbon sequestration?


"This sounds like an opinion for which the underlying arguments are not even given.”

Others examples come from economics, a science filled with unwarranted claims to certainty and predictability. Science on the Verge recalls Nobel economist Robert Lucas’s 2003 declaration that the -


"Central problem of depression-prevention has been solved.”

Also noted is the 2004 claim by former Fed chairman Ben Bernanke that the volatility of business cycles had been tamed.



These and other economic blunders lead critics to suspect the discipline of economics:


"Had reverted to (or never developed beyond) a state of immaturity.”

Few fields and practices are exempt from scrutiny in Science on the Verge. In a chapter on evidence-based science, Andrea Saltelli - also at the University of Bergen - spreads the net wide:


"It is futile to expect, for example, that modelling approaches which have failed to predict a purely financial and economic crisis will be able to inform us accurately about the behaviour of a system involving institutions, societies, economies and ecologies.

Yet this is what we do when we apply the technique of cost – benefit analysis (CBA) to dimensions of climate change”


This kind of quantitative approach to complex systems, says Saltelli, “can only foster abuse and corruption.”

- Excerpt from Science on the verge here.

It would be wrong to suspect that Science on the Verge is the work of right-wing activists, climate skeptics and hide-bound traditionalists.

It is the work, rather, of scientists with a range of ideological views despairing over what appears to be a fundamental breakdown as science has become more and more enmeshed in the business of providing evidence for policy-making.

Science, in short, has already been corrupted. We explore just some of the examples in this year’s Junk Science Week, including the GDP factory myth, sugar scares, the social cost of carbon, the last pesticide Roundup, killer lipstick, and our annual Rubber Duckies awards.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Former CIA Agent: It's Time To Talk About What’s Really Causing Terrorism & Elites Openly Calling To Rise Up Against 'Ignorant Masses"
July 3 2016 | From: TheAntiMedia

In the wake of yet another terrorist attack, a former CIA counterterrorism agent has shared her insight into what causes such tragic, intentional carnage. Amaryllis Fox spoke for the first time publicly with Al Jazeera Plus (AJ+) about terrorism, misguided narratives on why it happens, and the underlying motivators driving it - ultimately urging  Americans and those in power to adopt a different approach in combating the ongoing violence.




If I learned one lesson from my time with the CIA, it is this: everybody believes they are the good guy,” says Fox, who is currently “in the process of getting her CIA cover rolled back,AJ+ reports. She is now a peace activist and runs Mulu,an e-commerce company supporting at-risk communities around the world.


Fox worked as a counterterrorism and intelligence official for the clandestine services during the 2000s. In her first public statement on her time there, she discussed the limitations on the American public’s perception of the war on terror:





"The conversation that’s going on in the United States right now about ISIS and about the United States overseas is more oversimplified than ever. Ask most Americans whether ISIS poses an existential threat to this country and they’ll say yes. That’s where the conversation stops.

Indeed, while a majority of Americans fear terrorism, reaching a consensus on how to tackle ISIS has proved contentious. Fox explained the simplicity of the way the conflicts are viewed on both sides:


"If you’re walking down the street in Iraq or Syria and ask anybody why America dropped bombs, you get: ‘They were waging war on Islam.’”

In America, the question is: “Why were we attacked on 9/11?

Fox says if you pose this question, “You get: they hate us because we’re free.”

However, she contests the validity of these assumptions, pointing to the powerful forces that drive conflict in the first place:


"Those are stories manufactured by a really small number of people on both sides who amass a great deal of power and wealth by convincing the rest of us to keep killing each other.

Indeed, both sides of the conflict expend significant effort campaigning to prove their crusades are justified. In the United States, after decades of prolonged conflict, the populace is largely desensitized to war and often ignorant of its current manifestations.

Fox challenges this paradigm:


"I think the question we need to be asking, as Americans examining our foreign policy, is whether or not we’re pouring kerosene on a candle. The only real way to disarm your enemy is to listen to them.

If you hear them out, if you’re brave enough to really listen to their story, you can see that more often than not, you might have made some of the same choices if you’d lived their life instead of yours.

Of course, as Americans mourn the most recent mass shooting, it is doubtful many citizens are well-versed in the U.S. foreign policy that provokes such terrorism.



Rather, they focus, understandably, on the wrong done to their nation. But Fox offered a unique perspective that lends insight to the “enemy.”


"An Al-Qaeda fighter made a point once during debriefing,”
she recounted.

“He said all these movies that America makes - like Independence Day, and the Hunger Games, and Star Wars - they’re all about a small scrappy band of rebels who will do anything in their power with the limited resources available to them to expel an outside, technological advanced invader. ‘

And what you don’t realize,’
he said, is that to us, to the rest of the world, you are the empire, and we are Luke and Han. You are the aliens and we are Will Smith.’”

However, she also challenged the Al-Qaeda fighter’s take, arguing that on both sides of  conflict, those fighting on the ground often provide the same reasons for doing so:


"
But the truth is that when you talk to people who are really fighting on the ground, on both sides, and ask them why they’re there, they answer with hopes for their children, specific policies that they think are cruel or unfair,” she says.

And while it may be easier to dismiss your enemy as evil, hearing them out on policy concerns is actually an amazing thing, because as long as your enemy is a subhuman psychopath that’s gonna attack you no matter what you do, this never ends. But if your enemy is a policy, however complicated - that we can work with.”

As terror attacks become an increasingly normal occurrence in the West - and as Western intervention trudges ahead unabated - hearing out enemies’ concerns may, at this point, be the most effective counterterrorism gesture the United States can make; that is, if it is truly determined to bring an end to the violence.




Elites Openly Calling To Rise Up Against 'Ignorant Masses"

In this video Luke Rudkowski covers the brazen admission from James Traub a CFR member and heir to the Bloomingdale empire.

Traub recently wrote an article for ForeignPolicy openly calling for the elites to rise up against the "fist shaking, mindless, angry, ignorant, know nothing masses.






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Victorious Nigel Farage Addresses EU Assembly: ‘You’re Not Laughing Now Are You?’
July 2 2016 | From: TheGatewayPundit

UKIP leader Nigel Farage stood in front of the European Union Tuesday for the first time since the Brexit results were announced last week.




Nigel told the assembly,
“How things have changed… Isn’t it funny. When I came here 17 years ago and I said I wanted to lead a campaign to leave the European Union, you all laughed at me. Well I have to say you’re not laughing now are you?”





Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The British Woke Up - Can The Americans?
June 30 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Many thanks for the support that you give to the website and for the words of encouragement and appreciation that you send to me. The website resulted from you calling me out of retirement. It is widely read and translated into foreign languages.




I try to read every email, but it is not possible for me to read and comment on the many articles and books that you send or to respond to your questions over a wide range of issues, not all of which I know anything about.


This website is a great deal of work. In our time to be truthful is to be provocative. To write provocatively leaves little room for error or mistatement as today’s euphemism terms it. I could shill for the establishment and be wrong 98% of the time and nothing ever would be said about it. But there is no forgiveness for a provocative truth-teller.

You have open inquiring minds and you want to know. Your motives are not to protect your illusions and delusions or to reinforce your emotional needs. This is why I write for you.

If no one knows or respects truth, the world is lost. But it only takes a few to change the world. The cultural anthopologist Margaret Mead said:


"Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful, committed citizens can change the world; indeed, it’s the only thing that ever has.”

Change can be for better or worse. President Reagan and a committed few overcame the resistance of the CIA and military-security complex and reduced tensions among nuclear powers by negotiating the end of the Cold War with Soviet leader Gorbachev.

During the reign of the last three US presidents, a few neoconservatives resurrected the nuclear tensions and took them to a higher level than at the peak of the Cold War.

There are hopeful signs that the neoconservative drive to World War III can be derailed. It seems that finally the Russians have caught on that America is not the Holy Grail but a government reminiscent in its aggression of Nazi Germany. Hopefully, Russian countermeasures will make even the crazed neocons think twice.

The British people, or rather a majority of those who voted, surprised the Establishment, which was confident of the success of its propaganda, by voting to save their ancient and distinguished country, the font of liberty, from disappearing into the EU, a dictatorship ruled by unaccountable appointees.

The British had enough of that with kings and decided that the future did not lie in going backward. The British vote to exit the EU could bring the unintended consequence of unravelling the EU and NATO, thus reducing Washington’s ability to foment war.



Americans need to decide that they, like the British, do not appreciate being led backward to worse times.

The Clintons and the Republican Senator from Texas, Phil Gramm, led America back to Robber Baron days by deregulating the financial system.

Related: 25 People to Blame for the Financial Crisis

The senator was rewarded with a multi-million dollar banking job for overturning Great Depression era legislation that made financial capitalism workable. Americans need to understand that capitalists do not care if capitalism works for you as long as it works for them.

The collapse of the Soviet Union, due to the arrest of Gorbachev by hardline elements in the Communist Party, gave rise to the American Neoconservatives, a double handful of people closely tied to the Israeli government. These few people have involved America, for Israel’s benefit, in 15 years of warfare that has destroyed seven counries, with the cost to Americans of approximately $7 trillion dollars, according to Joseph Stiglitz and Linda Bilmes.

The obviously false excuse for this destruction of peoples and resources is the myth of “terrorism.” Most “terrorist events” in the US have been sting operations organized by the FBI in order to collect the multi-billion dollar bounty that Congress gives for preventing terrorist events.



How best to keep this bounty flowing than to organize a terrorist event and prevent it? It is debatable whether such events as 9/11, the Boston Marathon bombing, Sandy Hook, San Bernandino, and Orlando are false flag events or drills staged by crisis actors and presented to the public as real.

The debt associated with 15 years of Washington’s wars is now being used to attack Social Security and Medicare. The One Percent and their “free market” apologists are determined that the elderly will pay for the wars that enabled Israel to reduce Palestine to a ghetto and for the wars that enriched the profits and power of the military-secutity complex, while inflicting a massive refugee problem on Europe.

If the British, or enough of them, woke up, perhaps something similar can happen in America.

From many of you I hear your frustrations with family, friends, and associates who are content with what they hear from the BBC, Fox “News,” CNN, and the New York Times. Obviously, if everyone was intelligent and could think for themselves or even had time to consider what they are told, we would not be in the state that we are in.

Our job is to get enough people into the habit of thinking for themselves that we have the few required to change the world. (“Few” is relative. In a country of 300 million people, “few” is probably several million.)

Arguing with friends doesn’t work. Arguments generate hostility and competitiveness. Avoid arguing. Your friends and family do not know anything. They sit in front of Fox “News” and CNN.

They are brainwashed.



Perhaps one way to approach friends and family is to ask questions. For example, how can there be 103 casualties in Orlando and no visible evidence of the massive number of ambulances and EMT personnel necessary to deal with such a massive number of casualties?

I asked my readers to help me prove the official story line, and no one could come up with convincing visible evidence. How can there be such a massive event without abundant evidence?

How can powerfully constructed skyscrapers, built to withstand airplane collisions, suddenly explode allegedly as a result of minor asymmetrical damage and scattered low temperature office fires? How can the entire contents of the towers be pulverized when there is insufficient gravational energy to accomplish such pulverization?



How is it possible that WTC 7 came down in free fall acceleration in the absence of controlled demolition? Why doubt that there was controlled demolition when the owner of the WTC said on TV (still available online) that “the decision was made to pull the building?”

In case you have forgotten, you “pull” a building with controlled demolition. It takes a long time to wire a building for demolition. Obviously, Building 7 was not wired on September 11, 2001.

We are constantly informed by the President, Vice President, Secretary of State, numerous senators and representatives, by NATO commanders, by EU politicians, by presstitutes, and others, that “Russia has invaded Ukraine.”

Take a minute and think about this extraordinary lie. Clearly, evidence is no longer a factor in determining what is occuring. Assertion only rules. Take a second to look outside The Matrix. Is it really possible that Ukraine would still exist if Russia invaded? I would bet my life that within 60 hours of a Russian invasion of Ukraine, Ukraine would again be part of Russia.

Remember August 2008 when the US and Israeli trained and equipped Georgian army invaded the peacekeeping realm of South Ossetia, killing Russian peace-keeping troops and Ossetian civilians. Putin was at the Beijing Olympics, but Russian armed forces quickly smashed the American/Israeli trained and equipped Georgian army. Putin held Geogia in his palm.

What did Putin do after delivering this lesson in the superiority of Russian arms? He released Georgia and returned home.



So how is it that Putin, according to the entirely of the Western political establishment and media whores, is determined to rebuild the Soviet Empire? Putin held Georgia. No power on earth could have forced him to release Georgia.

But Putin withdrew Russia’s forces and released the country. The former Georgian president is now an American operative in Ukraine.

If you consider the number of outsiders, including US citizens and the former president of Georgia, who serve in the Ukrainian government, it raises questions about the so-called “Maidan Revolution” in February 2014.

If this really was a popular uprising, and not a Washington orchestrated coup, why is there such a shortage of Ukrainians to form the new government that foreign citizens have to be brought in to rule the country?

Do not believe any official explanation of anything. Things are not true just because the government and presstitutes say so.

Keep in mind that official explanations can be cover for hidden agendas. If Washington and the media have their way, we will live in a world constructed out of lies designed to hide from us the real interests being served.

That is not the kind of world that any of us want to live in.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Ex-CIA Spy: A Global Open Source Revolution Is About To Begin
June 29 2016 | From: TheSpiritScience

When Robert David Steele speaks, people listen. Especially those within the military and intelligence communities around the world.




With his continued rhetoric on the open source everything manifesto as a way to positively transform this world for all, Mr. Steele has additionally begun discussing the world’s largest financial/gold cover-up story which has ties to JFK’s assassination and 9/11: That is, the global collateral accounts.


As a former CIA spy who has trained over 7,500 officers from over 66 countries,  Robert Steele has over 18 years experience across the U.S. Intelligence community  and an additional 20 years experience in commercial intelligence and training. He is  also a former Marine and he is the co-founder of the Marine Corps Intelligence  Activity.

He has also written several books, which include, The Open Source Manifesto and  Intelligence For Earth: Clarity, Diversity, Integrity and Sustainability, among others.

In accord to open source everything, Robert’s motto is: The truth at any cost, lowers all other costs.

Essentially, when information, technology and resources are opened up as the  commons to all, the true cost plummets and the well-being of our planet and all living  beings here begin to thrive, as well as our social, political and financial systems.

In Robert’s own words, the open source revolution will transform our world for the better and for all.


"Sharing, not secrecy, is the means by which we realize such a lofty destiny as well as create infinite wealth. The wealth of networks, the wealth of knowledge, revolutionary wealth- all can create a nonzero, win-win Earth that works for 100% of humanity. This is the ‘utopia’ that Buckminster Fuller foresaw, now within our reach.” 

Similar models to Steele’s open source everything also include The  Venus Project: Beyond Politics, Poverty and War, which calls for a  holistic approach to changing the systems on this planet in a way that  utilizes technology and human ingenuity to provide a high standard of  living for every person by opening the planet’s resources for the use of  all– in a strategically sustainable and efficient manner.

Another model that is similar is Sustainable Human’s gift-based  community in which all who participate are volunteers and everything  created is done to “spread knowledge, ideas and alternative ways of  living that enable humanity to live in harmony with the rest of life on Earth. ”

All of these models are wonderful and appropriate to envision, and what is certain is that most of the social systems we have in place currently, must go. Fundamental change is necessary.

In an interview with The Guardian, Robert David Steele was asked his opinion on the idea that the U.S. is on the verge of revolting against the elitist 1%:


"The preconditions for revolution exist in the UK, and most Western countries [including the U.S].

The number of active pre-conditions is quite stunning, from elite isolation to concentrated wealth to inadequate socialization and education, to concentrated land-holdings to loss of authority to repression of new technologies, especially in relation to energy, to the atrophy of the public sector and spread of corruption, to media dishonesty, to mass unemployment of young men and on and on and on.” 

What then needs to happen for this to begin? Steele says:


"Preconditions are not the same as precipitants. We are waiting for our Tunisian fruit seller. The public will endure great repression, especially when most media outlets and schools are actively aiding the repressive meme of ‘you are helpless, this is the order of things.’

When we have a scandal so powerful that it cannot be ignored by the average Briton or American, we will have a revolution that overturns the corrupt political systems in both countries, and perhaps puts many banks out of business. Vaclav Handel calls this ‘The Power of the Powerless.’ One spark, one massive fire.” 

Interestingly, this interview was conducted almost exactly 2 years ago. Have we not seen the divide  between the 99% and the 1% continue to grow in that time? Humanity will not remain quiet for much longer. We are  indeed close to some big and positive changes.

Perhaps this massive  scandal/event we are waiting for is the conclusion of the FBI’s investigation of Hillary Clinton and the Clinton Foundation or maybe it is Britain’s vote to leave the EU, potentially triggering a cascade of revolts throughout Europe and then the world, or perhaps it will be a large enough group of people becoming aware of the global collateral accounts, the world’s largest  financial/gold cover-up which has relation to JFK’s death and the  events of 9/11; a story which just three weeks ago Robert David Steele started to write about publicly:

"It never occurred to me that accidentally becoming the top Amazon reviewer for non-fiction, partially associated with my being the lead for Open Source Intelligence (OSINT) for 25 years across 66+ countries, would be vastly more important than everything I ever learned across multiple graduate degrees, as a former spy, and as co-founder of the Marine Corps Intelligence Activity (MCIA).

As I encounter disbelief about Neil Keenan and his role as the main juncture between the Dragon Society and the West as we move toward a global economic re-set, I have to remind myself that 80% of the public still thinks JFK was assassinated by Lee Harvey Oswald; J. Edgar Hoover was a moral man; the Israelis attacked the USS Liberty by accident, and 9/11 was carried out by a bunch of “rag heads” armed with box cutters. 

I must emphasize that it was not the books that underlay my absolute confidence in Neil Keenan and the Dragon Society and the broad outlines of the coming global re-set, but rather the people behind the books that I have taken the trouble to meet, sometimes under quasi-clandestine circumstances. Sterling and Peggy Seagrave - Peggy has passed - stand out.

Their book, Gold Warriors–America’s Secret Recovery of Yamashita’s Gold, came with a CD containing 60,000 additional documents including maps and photographs. That led me to a quasi-clandestine meeting in France to interview them for the 2004 offering of my international conference - the transcript is online - and a deep continuing relationship of trust."

The public endorsement of Neil Keenan and his team’s efforts to open the global collateral accounts from Robert David Steele is another clear indication that these accounts are indeed real and that those who are working with Neil Keenan (positive factions within The Pentagon and CIA, Russian Intelligence, presidents and prime ministers of  multiple South American countries and several Asian countries, among many other political, financial and intelligence and military groups who are all quietly and sometimes openly working for humanity’s best interest) are legitimate.

The global collateral accounts have such a deep and complex history, which can be read in great detail here. In short, they are off-ledger accounts backed by gold, silver and many other assets which were originally intended for humanitarian projects.

JFK signed what is known as the Green Hilton Memorial Agreement with President Sukarno of Indonesia, which was to use these accounts to issue a new US Treasury Note (backed by gold and silver) and end the Federal Reserve’s control over the global financial system.

Neil Keenan is now getting very close to opening these accounts for the intended purposes of transforming our world for the better through many humanitarian projects as well as the release of free energy technologies and an overhaul in the global financial system. Russia, China, Iran, Indonesia and almost the entire Eastern hemisphere is supporting this plan in one way or another.

Perhaps Robert David Steele’s ideas on an open source world will be part of the coming humanitarian projects.

As almost anyone can see when they look around either at their own lives or the world at large, everything is changing. Everything is in flux. Everything happens in cycles. The time for positive global change is now.

For more information on some of the topics mentioned above, check out these articles: 

The Inevitability of Peaceful Revolution

We Need A New, Beneficial Global Economy

The Connection Between 9/11, JFK and the Global Collateral Accounts

The Most Important Financial Meeting Since JFK’s Death Just Took Place

The Alliance That Is Taking Down The New World Order


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The New World Order Attempts To Hijack Anonymous
June 29 2016 | From: Geopolitics

“Sovereignty is responsible for every war, bloodshed and terror that has ever inflicted humankind… Human beings must unite under one world government and constitution. Giving their voice and power to one government and one authority.” – the Organization now calling itself ‘Anonymous.’




By virtue of the appeal of anonymity, the resistance group known as ‘Anonymous’ has become a worldwide phenomenon.


Since anybody with basic knowledge of hacking or content creation, and with any motive, can rightfully claim to be part of this structureless organization, Anonymous is now more of a creative commons brand than anything.


"…“Anonymous,” which is a loosely associated international network of “hacktivists.” Anonymous has no real command structure and is largely a collective of ideas. Nonetheless, it has been associated with several DDoS (distributed denial-of-service) attacks on high profile government, corporate, and religious targets. Their unofficial mascot is the image of Guy Fawkes.”

- Source

The FBI spent years dismantling the core group of hacktivists responsible for the formation of the original group, incarcerating much of the primary brain trust which made Anonymous (Anon) a serious threat to government and corporate actors. However, Anonymous’ branded use of the Guy Fawkes mask, as popularized by the movie ‘V’ for Vendetta, helped them to achieve international household recognition.

| The brand is now synonymous with civil disobedience and electronic resistance, and in this loosely bound way, the organization lives on.



"The movement is still there, and they’re still yacking on Twitter and posting things, but you don’t hear about these guys coming forward with those large breaches… It’s just not happening, and that’s because of the dismantlement of the largest players.”

- Austin P. Berglas, assistant special agent in charge of the FBI’s cyber division in New York

The beauty of Anon has always been its adaptive application of leaderless resistance to a technology driven world, however, there appears to be an attempted coup taking place, and Anonymous as a headless social justice movement is being hi-jacked by a group of unknowns claiming this brand as theirs to promote a privately funded political party with a highly suspicious platform advocating for a one world government.


"Today we officially announce the unification of all people who have used the anonymous mask and its representation to protest and stand up for change. The way that the anonymous icon and name has been used by a few through fear and intimidation ends today.”


– THumP®


World, Meet ‘THumP®’

Now armed with the trademarked names, the Voice of Anonymous™, and, THumP®the co-opting of the Anonymous brand was recently introduced to the world in a 40 minute, professionally staged video announcing the public launch of The Humanity Party (THumP®).


"In March of 2015, various Anons discreetly met via the Internet and Skype to vote on a Board of Directors to lead the movement. The Board appointed one of its Anons as its Voice of Anonymous™.”


THumP®

It appears the days of the synthesized robotic voice that has become synonymous with Anon are over, and from now on…


"… it’s only gonna be this one voice of this one character who decides to put on a costume that looks almost like he’s in the KKK. And he has some sort of Masonic symbols on it, he’s got these creepy clown gloves and some sort of Abba wig on, and so suddenly he’s gonna be the voice of Anonymous.”

- Source

The video presentation features a messianic Guy-Fawkes-mask-wearing, leader-type figure, dressed in white leather emblazoned with a Freemason logo modified to present the letters ‘A’ an ‘V.”

The use of secret society symbolism, such as the Freemason logo is ubiquitous in modern media, representing, in actuality, the very organizations and forces that Anonymous had always been resisting.







During the introduction to the video, the viewer is nonchalantly instructed to only pay attention to this voice, to accept it as the authorized, official Voice of Anonymous™, and to ignore any others.


"From today on, it will be easy to determine whether a message that is posted on the internet, or through any other venue of social media, is authorized by the official voice of Anonymous…

In the future, listen for and pay particular attention to the distinct nature, authority and power of the voice of Anonymous. Do not listen to any other computer generated voice, that makes threats and disrupts peace, and does not act rationally.”


The THumP® Plan – Make Everything Great Again

Who runs THumP®?

According to the website, it will be managed by, “The collective will of people who give their voice and support to what THumP® is trying to accomplish.” 

And, what exactly is THumP® trying to accomplish?

In a press release dated June, 20th, hosted by 24-7pressrelease.com, reporting from Salt Lake City, Utah, the following wasposted for public consideration:


“Establish and promote the possibility of a ONE World Government and a new Constitution that guarantees and provides worldwide basic human rights to ALL people of Earth. These inalienable human rights include the Five Basic Necessities of Life (“FBNL”): free healthy food and water, secure and safe housing, basic clothing, health and mental care, and education.

Introduce a plan to unify capitalistic and socialistic agendas and ideologies to provide the FBNL free of charge.

Promote peace and unity through education and common sense disclosures, thereby providing unprecedented evidence that the world’s major religions have been, are, and will continue to be the cause of the world’s social ills.

Unparalleled and unique, The Humanity Party does not accept donations of any kind. The movement relies on individual Anons throughout the world to use individual peaceful and legal means through social and Internet media to spread its message.”

- Source

As stated here and in the PR video, their primary goals are to abolish borders and national sovereignty, ban religion, to establish a global government that will protect the environment, protect animal rights and human individuality, while providing for everyone, the FBNL.

To accomplish this, the US Constitution will be modified.


“There is only one nation that is fully structured and endowed with the infrastructure, government, world influence, technology, means, and military might needed to step forward and save this world: the United States of America.”


THumP®

Other key tenets of their platform, include: the need for individuality and diversity, the end of nationalism and national sovereignty, the abandonment of tradition, ideology, patriotism and prejudices, and the demonization of math, science and intellectualism. All of which are presented as opponents of human intelligence.

If we are all united behind this platform, why will state violence and ‘military might’ be necessary to enforce it?



As justification of the policies proposed, the video spends considerable time positioning the world’s incredible problems as the result of adults, while extolling the virtues of the minds of ‘little children,’ who, according to THumP®, have had their intelligence replaced with knowledge by grown ups:


“We were forced to accept the adult way. Their way. Regardless of how we felt about it. To impress the adults and be accepted by them, we learned their ways. Accepted their Gods. and Applied their values to ourself. We learned their science…” – THumP®

The message is directed at the younger demographic of today’s activists, capitalizing on their justifiable anger at the establishment, and dumbing down complex issues to meet an overtly neo-liberal agenda. The video also comes off as anti-family, eerily reminiscent of the disturbing picture painted by George Orwell in 1984 of an all-powerful government who destroys the family by turning children into agent’s and tools of state ideology.


Repackaging the New World Order

These aims are suspiciously similar to the long-standing goals of world elite and powerful families who control the breadth of international banking and global industry. This is the ‘1%’ that Anonymous has combated in the past, and it includes the people, groups and institutions oft-referred to as the Illuminati, or the New World Order (NWO).

For a more complete understanding of the NWO’s platform, see Dr. John Coleman’s 1983 breakdown, 21 Goals of the Illuminati and The Committee of 300


Dr. Coleman’s comprehensive, research-based list includes the following tenets:

To establish a One World Government.

To bring about the utter destruction of all national identity and national pride.

To suppress all scientific development except for those deemed beneficial by the Illuminati.

To bring about the end to all industrialization.

To introduce new cults and continue to boost those already functioning.

To cause a total collapse of the world’s economies and engender total political chaos.

To organize a world-wide terrorist apparatus.


THumP® is propositioning young people to adopt the endgame of the elite, while posing as the resistance. This kind of psychological operation has been seen before, most notably in the production of the Koni 2012 pre campaign which aimed to engineer public support for military interventionism in Africa.

The Humanity Party also fails to acknowledge taxation as theft, calling instead for a fair tax, then blames global inequality not on a corrupt oligarchy, but on the masses of people who support governments around the world by voting. Making a statement of defense for the 1%, THumP® says:


The humanity party does not support attack or reforms that punish the wealthy for doing what all people on earth wish they could do, have financial security for themselves or their dependents… Because of the desire of the 99% to also become wealthy the people of earth are justifying supporting current governments that are set up and established to cater more to the needs of the 1% than to the needs of the majority. This is the fault of the people who elect and support their governments.

–THumP®

As declared, the party does not accept donations, yet they are funded well-enough to produce studio quality staged video, professional press-releases, websites and videos. This would indicate that is privately funded, meaning that funds are coming from people who can afford to invest in propaganda, the 1%. A phone number on their site is from an area code in Pennsylvania.


Resistance is Futile, Said Anonymous, Never

The THumP® campaign may be interpreted as, “Resistance is futile. So if you can’t beat ’em, join ’em.” The future of Anonymous as a resistance organization is in question.


“Anonymous doesn’t even exist anymore. All the actual hackers behind it have been arrested. It has since been pseudonym government agencies use to disclose their enemies’ personal information without it looking like obvious government involvement. All recent anonymous attacks have not been on oppressive governments but rather the opposite, their enemies.”

-
Source


What are your thoughts on this operation and its meaning to true global civil resistance to state tyranny? Is this legitimate? Is it another propaganda campaign of the global elite, or another Soros operation?



Is this somehow linked to Trump, Clinton and Sanders?


“Anyone who is so naive as to believe the most powerful government on earth will not crush any who pose a real threat to that power, should not be active, but rather, at home studying political history.” – Louis Beam

Take a look at the promotional presentation for The Humanity Party and the attempted hi-jacking of Anonymous by The New World Order:

 


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Trump: America Has A Chance To ‘Reject Rule By Global Elite’ & More
June 28 2016 | From: Geopolitics

Trump on Brexit: "Basically, they took back their country.”





Presidential candidate Donald Trump on Friday congratulated the UK for voting to assert its independence from the European Union, and encouraged the American people in November to also assert their independence from the “global elite.”


Related: All Polls Favoring Clinton’s Candidacy Are Fake-Here Is How to Tell

Following the British vote to exit the EU, Trump said the election results marked a shift toward more nationalistic tendencies.




"Come November, the American people will have the chance to re-declare their independence,” the Trump campaign said in a statement. “Americans will have a chance to vote for trade, immigration and foreign policies that put our citizens first.

They will have the chance to reject today’s rule by the global elite
, and to embrace real change that delivers a government of, by and for the people.”

“I hope America is watching, it will soon be time to believe in America again.”




Asked by reporters in Scotland what he thought about the Brexit vote, Trump said the British people “took back control of their country. It’s a great thing.”



Ahead of the vote, Trump had told reporters he was for the Brexit if it meant less bureaucracy for the UK.


"I would personally be more inclined to leave, for a lot of reasons, like having a lot less bureaucracy,”
he said in May.

The shock results have led many to predict Trump will be elected president in November.

Republican pollster Frank Luntz said he believed the mass populist uprising happening globally could push Trump into the White House.


"Populism is rising everywhere as people decide that government does not listen and does not care,”
said Luntz.

“But this is even more significant, because Britain has never been the source of populist uprisings like this. If Britain can vote itself out of Europe, America can vote itself in for Trump.”

Nigel Farage, the leader of the UK’s Independence Party which played a huge part in mobilizing UK citizens behind the Brexit, also speculated the momentum behind the results could usher in a Trump presidency.


"There is something happening in American politics that is perhaps a bit of a mirror of what’s happening here, a feeling in much of America, that what happens in Washington is too detached and too remote and Trump is cashing in on some of it,”
said Farage, adding, “He must have a chance of winning.”

As Infowars has reported, the idea for the European Union globalist superstate came directly out of discussions held at the secretive Bilderberg Group conference in 1955, at which European politicians considered “The necessity to bring the German people into a common European market as quickly as possible.”

Watch: Alex congratulates the people of the United Kingdom for throwing off the shackles of the globalists and making their break for freedom from the oppressive EU.









 

 




This Video Will Get Donald Trump Elected - If It Goes Viral

This is why Donald Trump should be president

The American people need to realize that Donald J. Trump is our last hope. He is the only person who is capable of saving America and the Western World as a whole from falling into the depths of despair due to globalist agendas and a crippling political correctness era.

Related: George Carlin and Donald Trump “Political Correctness is fascism pretending to be Manners”



These clips show Donald Trump from all the way back in 1986 up until present day, and they do a fantastic job at demonstrating the kind of person Trump is, and why he deserves to be the next president.

Time stamps to each segment:

1980 Rona Barrett Interview 00:10

1987 Oprah Interview 00:47

1988 GOP Convention 01:58

1989 Interview 02:55

1991 C-Span Interview 04:59

1999 Press Interview 06:05

2004 CNN Interview 06:27

2007 Larry King Live 07:00

2011 Steve Forbes Interview 07:27

2012 CNN Comments on Romney 09:08

2012 CNBC Interview on Economy 09:22

2014 Speaking at CPAC 11:18

2015 Press Event 14:17


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Brexit Is Sending Shockwaves Across The Atlantic
June 27 2016 | From: Geopolitics

EU leaders cannot hide their panic as they confront the prevailing reality that Europeans are now questioning the validity of a Centralized Europe that is far from what was being advertised prior to its birth.



Frankly, just a few days ago we were deeply concerned that the Brexit campaign would lose after the false flag murder of Labour MP Jo Cox.

It was very astounding how the majority of the British people were able to figure out the fact that it’s too absurd to kill someone from the other side when your position is winning in all the surveys, independent or otherwise.





That needless murder should be the primary reason why a David Cameron resigned from the leadership this early. Remember, he did say prior to the referendum that he won’t resign even if the Remain campaign is defeated.

The only conclusion we can draw from the historic results would be that those who voted for Brexit were doing it for the sake of principle and to protest the dictatorial behavior of those unelected personalities holed up in Brussels.

Principled protest vote, of course, cannot be intimidated and subdued. They grew more emboldened as the opposition began to use dirty tactics and covert maneuvers.

Make no mistake about it, the Rothschild dynasty has profited heavily through George Soros Fund Management, in compliance to their age old tradition of betting both sides of the conflict.

Last May 16th of this year, Bloomberg reported;


"Billionaire George Soros prepared last quarter for gloomy times, dialing back his U.S. stock investments by more than a third, betting against the equities while banking on gold.

… Soros also bought bullish options contracts on 1.05 million shares in the SPDR Gold Trust, which tracks the price of bullion. What’s more, the fund took a stake in the world’s biggest producer of the metal, Barrick Gold Corp., worth $264 million at the end of March, the filing showed. Soros acquired 1.7 percent of Barrick, making it the fund’s biggest U.S.-listed holding.

… Soros’s former chief strategist, billionaire investor Stan Druckenmiller, is also bullish on gold. Earlier this month he called the yellow metal his largest currency allocation as central bankers experiment with the “absurd notion of negative interest rates.”

Gold for immediate delivery jumped 16 percent in the first three months of the year, the biggest quarterly surge since 1986, according to Bloomberg generic pricing. Shares of Toronto-based Barrick have more than doubled this year as the miner accelerates cost-cutting efforts and reduces debt. Barrick is up 39 percent since March 31."

- Bloomberg

Now, they are reaping the benefits of their having access to privileged information about the real British pulse weeks prior to yesterday’s Brexit vote.


"Bullish positions in gold and volatility and well-timed short bets on China and emerging markets, among other areas, were some of the trades that benefited hedge funds on Friday as markets digested Britons’ surprise decision to exit the European Union, according to people familiar with the matter.

… so-called “macro” fund managers George Soros and Stanley Druckenmiller, who run private firms managing family money through investments in a range of assets, appeared to be benefiting from long positions in gold, according to filings, though their overall performance numbers weren’t clear."

- CNBC

Another reason for a David Cameron to feel nothing more than a whore wearing a very expensive neck tie. Why would he feel otherwise, when even his own master is just another errand boy for the real power behind it all?



Evelyn de Rothschild pokes Prince Charles. And as anyone who knows their cabal history will attest, the Rothschild bloodline is above the Windsor (Saxe-Coburg-Gotha) bloodline. The british [read: German] royal family are but underlings (and for a large part inbred impostors - but that is another kettle of fish.)

Now that we gain more understanding of how they played the last Brexit game, it’s time to savor on the positive prospects of where Britain will be heading in the next few years, and why the Brexit is indeed the Independence Day for the Brits…




The global implication of the successful Brexit referendum cannot be overestimated. This i s sending ripples of resistance across the Eurozone and in the United States.


"Polls recently conducted in Italy, France, Germany, Sweden, the Netherlands, Czech Republic and Hungary also showed that these countries could follow Britain if it succeeds in leaving the EU. Euroskeptic politicians in these countries have been adding fuel to the fire, stepping up their calls for EU-exits in light of the British referendum."

- Geopolitics


"Following the referendum in Britain, in which a majority of its residents voted for the country to withdrawal from the EU, Eurosceptic politicians in other European countries have intensified their calls to follow suit, the German magazine Spiegel Online wrote."


- Sputnik

Moreover, Brexit has put in jeopardy Obama’s pet TTIP project…


"Britain’s decision to leave the European Union has damaged the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership, Francois Asselineau, chairman of France’s Popular Republican Front, told Sputnik."


- Sputnik

We can’t talk about the UK anymore because it will soon be entertaining another round of Scotland Independence referendum which was also rigged the last time.

In the immediate future though, here’s what’s going to happen next.




Across the Atlantic, talks of secession is beginning to unravel…


“While secession of American states is often dismissed as absurd, there are few reasons to believe that a state like Texas – to name just one example – could not immediately transition from state to nation-state.

With a large economy, port cities, oil, and easy access to European, Latin American, and even Asian economies by sea, economics arguments against such a separation fall flat.


And of course, the success of smaller states like Norway, Denmark, and Switzerland illustrate that bigness is truly unnecessary.

Naturally, many other states even beyond the biggest states- such as Pennsylvania, New Jersey, North Carolina and others - could do the same. These states would all be among the largest economies on earth were they to leave the US.

“But what about national defense!” some may argue. “Wouldn’t Texas be constantly at war with the United States?” Experience suggests that Texas would be at war with the United States about as frequently as Canada has been at war with the United States: zero times since 1815.

International wars rarely erupt between countries with common languages, common histories, and common economic interests. Should Scotland secede, the UK won’t be sending in the tanks, and Scotland could easily join the realm of independent nation states, just as many American states could do the same.”

- Zerohedge

Above all, this historic event should be viewed in the larger geopolitical context beyond the Eurozone and the United States alone.

Already, there are major actions against Western hegemony elsewhere in Eurasia, and Latin America, e.g.:


Successful St. Petersburg International Economic Conference which is forcing progressive industrial entities to form a coherent scientific and technological collaboration to create a better future free of wars and conflicts;

The historic signing of peace agreement between the government of Colombia and leftist FARC rebels, ending five decades of armed struggle that arrested development in the country;

The recently concluded Sulong Pilipinas 2-day workshop between the incoming Duterte cabinet and 500 representatives from the business sectors and related stakeholders, which among others, discussed the independent position of the Philippines with regards to the Spratlys that the United States has been using as a major fulcrum in its Pivot to Asia, a war plan to encircle China and wage war thousands of miles away from home just for the sake of “freedom of navigation,” would you believe it?

Here’s Duterte narrating his conversation with US ambassador to the Philippines Philip S. Goldberg, with regards to the West Philippine Sea – China issue at large.




Aside from choosing the Maritime Silk Road of the BRICS instead of the endless US imperialistic aggression, Duterte has already accomplished so much even before his inauguration to the presidency on June 30th, e.g.:


Thousands of drug peddlers and users have already surrendered opting for rehabilitation instead of fighting it out with the police;

Formally reopened peace talks with the Communist Party of the Philippines which has been waging wars with the government for five decades;

Organized a Moro Convention to restart the peace process with various rival secessionist groups sitting on the same table, to end the 400+ year rebellion in Muslim Mindanao [the longest in the Muslim world], once and for all.

The most radical appointment as of late is the anti-mining crusader Gina Lopez, from a family of oligarchs, to the Department of Environment and Natural Resources.


 


A known tactician, Duterte is surely pitting the oligarchs against each other on this one, as the mining stocks start to  plummet.

What these events illustrate is that even if the enemy may seem capable of exercising great power over a great multitude of the world’s population, that enormous power is quickly eroded once the people begin to see things as they really are, i.e. a grand charade of lies, treachery, deceptions and murder.

Together, we can change the rules of the game, and end the age of genocide and technocratic slavery. With our collective persistence, the Rothschild Khazarian Empire will fall.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Are Nanoparticles Engineered Into GM Foods Causing Cancer?
June 26 2016 | From: WakingTimes

In modern agriculture, it is not possible to only spray weeds without spraying soy and corn crops. Glyphosate is therefore genetically modified (GM) to kill only weeds while at the same time enhancing the growth of crops.



However, glyphosate does not readily penetrate the leaves of weeds and crops, and therefore is mixed with adjuvants that aid leaf penetration. For decades, nano particles (NPs) and specifically carbon nano tubes (CNTs) that readily penetrate leaves have been used as adjuvants allowing glyphosate to be carried to plant roots for more efficient absorption.

Related: Breast cancer survivor credits exercise and a raw food diet for her miraculous recovery

Upon human consumption of GM foods, most glyphosate and included NPs are rapidly excreted, but residues remain in the human gut. Indeed, the important question of NPs in GM foods is the same as that of nanotechnology in general: Do NPs contribute to the wide range of health problems?

Donald Huber, the prominent critic of GM foods claims soil-borne plant pathogens are produced that do indeed harm human health, e.g., residents living close to sprayed GM soybeans fields in Argentina developed cancers and birth defects.

However, GM food proponents argue science is still looking for, but not found Huber’s pathogen to establish the causal link between glyphosate and human health problems.

Regardless, the question remains: Is there a causal link between NPs in GM foods and human health?


Background

In 2013, Waking Times published an article on how the food industry is poisoning the very consumers who drive their multi-billion dollar enterprises, even spending millions against the consumer’s right to informed consent, i.e., truthful GMO labeling.



Although a causal link between GM foods and cancer is not made, titanium dioxide NPs common in GM food are cited to proliferate epithelial cells of the gut and induce “tumor-like” changes common to cancer.



The Problem

Today, the problem is the effect of GM foods on human health is focused almost entirely on arguments as to whether Huber’s pathogen exists, instead of identifying the mechanism by which residues of NPs in glyphosate cause cancer by damaging human DNA. Only then would a causal link between GM foods and human health be biologically plausible.


Proposal

The causal link between ingested GM foods and human health is proposed to be the DNA damage by UV radiation from NPs in glyphosate residues in the gut. Today, only UV radiation from the sun on exposed human skin is known to cause cancer, but the gut is hidden from solar UV.

How then do NPs in GM food produce UV radiation?

Currently, damage to human DNA by UV radiation from NPs has not been recognized because classical physics always allows the atoms in NP to have the heat capacity to conserve heat from the gut by a slight increase in temperature, a consequence with insignificant DNA damage.

Hence, DNA is now thought damaged upon direct contact with the NP material, but this notion can be dismissed as chemically inert NPs are also known to damage the DNA.

Quantum mechanics (QM) differs from classical physics by allowing electromagnetic (EM) radiation to be created in NPs. Unlike classical physics, QM requires the atoms in NPs to have vanishing heat capacity and therefore NP temperatures cannot increase upon absorbing heat in the gut.

Instead, the NPs conserve heat by emitting EM radiation that causes the DNA damage, and if not repaired may lead to cancer. Similarity is found with ovarian cancer from NPs in talcum powder products used in cleaning genital areas.


Discussion

Vanishing heat capacity of the atom by QM is not new, but the consequence of the Planck law was formulated over a century ago. For heat capacity to vanish, however, the NP must be placed under high EM confinement, but the NP does not provide any physical is not physical confinement. Instead, NPs having high surface-to-volume ratios require absorbed heat to be momentarily confined to their surface thereby providing high EM confinement over nanoscale dimensions.

Since  the NP temperature cannot increase by QM, conservation proceeds by quantum electrodynamics (QED) converting the surface heat into EM waves standing between diametrically opposite NP surfaces. QED stands for quantum electrodynamics.

But QED here differs from the complex light-matter interaction theory advanced by Feynman and others. Simply stated:


“Absent heat capacity, heat supplied to a NP of diameter d is conserved by creating standing EM waves having half-wavelength �� / 2 = n d, where n is the NP refractive inde

x. Once the surface heat is expended in forming the standing waves, the EM confinement vanishes allowing the NP to emit EM radiation that damages the DNA of adjacent cells, e.g., zinc oxide NPs having diameter d = 50 nm and n = 2.5 emit UV-C radiation at about 254 nm, a lethal level for the DNA damage in all living systems as the pyrimidine dimers are formed that block DNA replication. Smaller NPs emit even higher frequency EM radiation. See diverse QED applications at, Ibid, 2010 – 2016."


Conclusion

Huber’s pathogen that links GM foods to human health is unlikely to exist as the problems (cancer, autism, birth defects, Parkinson’s, etc.) are widely diverse and cannot be linked to any single pathogen.

Indeed, the diversity of health problems suggests the presence of many different pathogens as the mechanism for their creation is the scrambling of genes from damaged DNA.



The causal link between NPs in GM food and health problems is clearly the UV radiation emitted by NPs.

To protect consumers, DNA damage tests, say comet assays, should be performed on GM foods and safe concentrations of NPs labelled accordingly.

Related: Top 10 ways food is being used RIGHT NOW as a chemical delivery system to poison brains


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Secret Government Rulebook For Labeling You A Terrorist
June 26 2016 | From: TheIntercept

The Obama administration has quietly approved a substantial expansion of the terrorist watchlist system, authorizing a secret process that requires neither “concrete facts” nor “irrefutable evidence” to designate an American or foreigner as a terrorist, according to a key government document obtained by The Intercept.



The “March 2013 Watchlisting Guidance,” a 166-page document issued last year by the National Counterterrorism Center, spells out the government’s secret rules for putting individuals on its main terrorist database, as well as the no fly list and the selectee list, which triggers enhanced screening at airports and border crossings.

The new guidelines allow individuals to be designated as representatives of terror organizations without any evidence they are actually connected to such organizations, and it gives a single White House official the unilateral authority to place entire “categories” of people the government is tracking onto the no fly and selectee lists.

It broadens the authority of government officials to “nominate” people to the watchlists based on what is vaguely described as “fragmentary information.” It also allows for dead people to be watchlisted.

Over the years, the Obama and Bush Administrations have fiercely resisted disclosing the criteria for placing names on the databases - though the guidelines are officially labeled as unclassified. In May, Attorney General Eric Holder even invoked the state secrets privilege to prevent watchlisting guidelines from being disclosed in litigation launched by an American who was on the no fly list.

In an affidavit, Holder called them a “clear roadmap” to the government’s terrorist-tracking apparatus, adding:


“The Watchlisting Guidance, although unclassified, contains national security information that, if disclosed… could cause significant harm to national security.”




The rulebook, which The Intercept is publishing in full, was developed behind closed doors by representatives of the nation’s intelligence, military, and law-enforcement establishment, including the Pentagon, CIA, NSA, and FBI. Emblazoned with the crests of 19 agencies, it offers the most complete and revealing look into the secret history of the government’s terror list policies to date.

It reveals a confounding and convoluted system filled with exceptions to its own rules, and it relies on the elastic concept of “reasonable suspicion” as a standard for determining whether someone is a possible threat.

Because the government tracks “suspected terrorists” as well as “known terrorists,” individuals can be watchlisted if they are suspected of being a suspected terrorist, or if they are suspected of associating with people who are suspected of terrorism activity.


“Instead of a watchlist limited to actual, known terrorists, the government has built a vast system based on the unproven and flawed premise that it can predict if a person will commit a terrorist act in the future,”
says Hina Shamsi, the head of the ACLU’s National Security Project.

“On that dangerous theory, the government is secretly blacklisting people as suspected terrorists and giving them the impossible task of proving themselves innocent of a threat they haven’t carried out.”
Shamsi, who reviewed the document, added, “These criteria should never have been kept secret.”

The document’s definition of “terrorist” activity includes actions that fall far short of bombing or hijacking. In addition to expected crimes, such as assassination or hostage-taking, the guidelines also define destruction of government property and damaging computers used by financial institutions as activities meriting placement on a list. They also define as terrorism any act that is “dangerous” to property and intended to influence government policy through intimidation.

This combination - a broad definition of what constitutes terrorism and a low threshold for designating someone a terrorist - opens the way to ensnaring innocent people in secret government dragnets. It can also be counterproductive.

When resources are devoted to tracking people who are not genuine risks to national security, the actual threats get fewer resources - and might go unnoticed.


“If reasonable suspicion is the only standard you need to label somebody, then it’s a slippery slope we’re sliding down here, because then you can label anybody anything,”
says David Gomez, a former senior FBI special agent with experience running high-profile terrorism investigations.

“Because you appear on a telephone list of somebody doesn’t make you a terrorist. That’s the kind of information that gets put in there.”

The fallout is personal too. There are severe consequences for people unfairly labeled a terrorist by the U.S. government, which shares its watchlist data with local law enforcement, foreign governments, and “private entities.”

Once the U.S. government secretly labels you a terrorist or terrorist suspect, other institutions tend to treat you as one. It can become difficult to get a job (or simply to stay out of jail). It can become burdensome - or impossible - to travel. And routine encounters with law enforcement can turn into ordeals.



A chart from the “March 2013 Watchlisting Guidance”


In 2012 Tim Healy, the former director of the FBI’s Terrorist Screening Center, described to CBS News how watchlists are used by police officers.


“So if you are speeding, you get pulled over, they’ll query that name,”
he said.

“And if they are encountering a known or suspected terrorist, it will pop up and say call the Terrorist Screening Center. So now the officer on the street knows he may be dealing with a known or suspected terrorist.”

Of course, the problem is that the “known or suspected terrorist” might just be an ordinary citizen who should not be treated as a menace to public safety.

Until 2001, the government did not prioritize building a watchlist system. On 9/11, the government’s list of people barred from flying included just 16 names.

Today, the no fly list has swelled to tens of thousands of “known or suspected terrorists” (the guidelines refer to them as KSTs). The selectee list subjects people to extra scrutiny and questioning at airports and border crossings.

The government has created several other databases, too. The largest is the Terrorist Identities Datamart Environment (TIDE), which gathers terrorism information from sensitive military and intelligence sources around the world.



Because it contains classified information that cannot be widely distributed, there is yet another list, the Terrorist Screening Database, or TSDB, which has been stripped of TIDE’s classified data so that it can be shared.

When government officials refer to “the watchlist,” they are typically referring to the TSDB. (TIDE is the responsibility of the National Counterterrorism Center; the TSDB is managed by the Terrorist Screening Center at the FBI.)

In a statement, a spokesman for the National Counterterrorism Center told The Intercept that:


“The watchlisting system is an important part of our layered defense to protect the United States against future terrorist attacks”
and that “watchlisting continues to mature to meet an evolving, diffuse threat.”

He added that U.S. citizens are afforded extra protections to guard against improper listing, and that no one can be placed on a list solely for activities protected by the First Amendment. A representative of the Terrorist Screening Center did not respond to a request for comment.

The system has been criticized for years. In 2004, Sen. Ted Kennedy complained that he was barred from boarding flights on five separate occasions because his name resembled the alias of a suspected terrorist.

Two years later, CBS News obtained a copy of the no fly list and reported that it included Bolivian president Evo Morales and Lebanese parliament head Nabih Berri. One of the watchlists snared Mikey Hicks, a Cub Scout who got his first of many airport pat-downs at age two. In 2007, the Justice Department’s inspector general issued a scathing report identifying “significant weaknesses” in the system.

And in 2009, after a Nigerian terrorist was able to board a passenger flight to Detroit and nearly detonated a bomb sewn into his underwear despite his name having been placed on the TIDE list, President Obama admitted that there had been a “systemic failure.”



Obama hoped that his response to the “underwear bomber” would be a turning point. In 2010, he gave increased powers and responsibilities to the agencies that nominate individuals to the lists, placing pressure on them to add names. His administration also issued a set of new guidelines for the watchlists.

Problems persisted, however. In 2012, the U.S. Government Accountability Office published a report that bluntly noted there was no agency responsible for figuring out “whether watchlist-related screening or vetting is achieving intended results.” The guidelines were revised and expanded in 2013 - and a source within the intelligence community subsequently provided a copy to The Intercept.





“Concrete Facts are not Necessary”

The five chapters and 11 appendices of the “Watchlisting Guidance” are filled with acronyms, legal citations, and numbered paragraphs; it reads like an arcane textbook with a vocabulary all its own. Different types of data on suspected terrorists are referred to as “derogatory information,” “substantive derogatory information,” “extreme derogatory information” and “particularized derogatory information.”

The names of suspected terrorists are passed along a bureaucratic ecosystem of “originators,” “nominators,” “aggregators,” “screeners,” and “encountering agencies.” And “upgrade,” usually a happy word for travellers, is repurposed to mean that an individual has been placed on a more restrictive list.



The heart of the document revolves around the rules for placing individuals on a watchlist. “All executive departments and agencies,” the document says, are responsible for collecting and sharing information on terrorist suspects with the National Counterterrorism Center.

It sets a low standard - ”reasonable suspicion“ - for placing names on the watchlists, and offers a multitude of vague, confusing, or contradictory instructions for gauging it. In the chapter on “Minimum Substantive Derogatory Criteria” - even the title is hard to digest - the key sentence on reasonable suspicion offers little clarity:


“To meet the REASONABLE SUSPICION standard, the NOMINATOR, based on the totality of the circumstances, must rely upon articulable intelligence or information which, taken together with rational inferences from those facts, reasonably warrants a determination that an individual is known or suspected to be or has been knowingly engaged in conduct constituting, in preparation for, in aid of, or related to TERRORISM and/or TERRORIST ACTIVITIES.”

The rulebook makes no effort to define an essential phrase in the passage - ”articulable intelligence or information.” After stressing that hunches are not reasonable suspicion and that “there must be an objective factual basis” for labeling someone a terrorist, it goes on to state that no actual facts are required:


“In determining whether a REASONABLE SUSPICION exists, due weight should be given to the specific reasonable inferences that a NOMINATOR is entitled to draw from the facts in light of his/her experience and not on unfounded suspicions or hunches.

Although irrefutable evidence or concrete facts are not necessary, to be reasonable, suspicion should be as clear and as fully developed as circumstances permit.”

While the guidelines nominally prohibit nominations based on unreliable information, they explicitly regard “uncorroborated” Facebook or Twitter posts as sufficient grounds for putting an individual on one of the watchlists.


Single source information,” the guidelines state, “including but not limited to ‘walk-in,’ ‘write-in,’ or postings on social media sites, however, should not automatically be discounted…

the NOMINATING AGENCY should evaluate the credibility of the source, as well as the nature and specificity of the information, and nominate even if that source is uncorroborated.”

There are a number of loopholes for putting people onto the watchlists even if reasonable suspicion cannot be met.

One is clearly defined: The immediate family of suspected terrorists - their spouses, children, parents, or siblings - may be watchlisted without any suspicion that they themselves are engaged in terrorist activity.

But another loophole is quite broad - ”associates” who have a defined relationship with a suspected terrorist, but whose involvement in terrorist activity is not known. A third loophole is broader still - individuals with “a possible nexus” to terrorism, but for whom there is not enough “derogatory information” to meet the reasonable suspicion standard.

Americans and foreigners can be nominated for the watchlists if they are associated with a terrorist group, even if that group has not been designated as a terrorist organization by the U.S. government.



They can also be treated as “representatives” of a terrorist group even if they have “neither membership in nor association with the organization.” The guidelines do helpfully note that certain associations, such as providing janitorial services or delivering packages, are not grounds for being watchlisted.

The nomination system appears to lack meaningful checks and balances. Although government officials have repeatedly said there is a rigorous process for making sure no one is unfairly placed in the databases, the guidelines acknowledge that all nominations of “known terrorists” are considered justified unless the National Counterterrorism Center has evidence to the contrary.

In a recent court filing, the government disclosed that there were 468,749 KST nominations in 2013, of which only 4,915 were rejected–a rate of about one percent. The rulebook appears to invert the legal principle of due process, defining nominations as “presumptively valid.”




Profiling Categories of People

While the nomination process appears methodical on paper, in practice there is a shortcut around the entire system. Known as a “threat-based expedited upgrade,” it gives a single White House official the unilateral authority to elevate entire “categories of people” whose names appear in the larger databases onto the no fly or selectee lists. This can occur, the guidelines state, when there is a “particular threat stream” indicating that a certain type of individual may commit a terrorist act.

This extraordinary power for “categorical watchlisting” - otherwise known as profiling - is vested in the assistant to the president for homeland security and counterterrorism, a position formerly held by CIA Director John Brennan that does not require Senate confirmation.

The rulebook does not indicate what “categories of people” have been subjected to threat-based upgrades. It is not clear, for example, whether a category might be as broad as military-age males from Yemen. The guidelines do make clear that American citizens and green card holders are subject to such upgrades, though government officials are required to review their status in an “expedited” procedure.

Upgrades can remain in effect for 72 hours before being reviewed by a small committee of senior officials. If approved, they can remain in place for 30 days before a renewal is required, and can continue “until the threat no longer exists.”


“In a set of watchlisting criteria riddled with exceptions that swallow rules, this exception is perhaps the most expansive and certainly one of the most troubling,”
Shamsi, the ACLU attorney, says.

“It’s reminiscent of the Bush administration’s heavily criticized color-coded threat alerts, except that here, bureaucrats can exercise virtually standard-less authority in secret with specific negative consequences for entire categories of people.”

The National Counterterrorism Center declined to provide any details on the upgrade authority, including how often it has been exercised and for what categories of people.




Pocket Litter and Scuba Gear

The guidelines provide the clearest explanation yet of what is happening when Americans and foreigners are pulled aside at airports and border crossings by government agents. The fifth chapter, titled “Encounter Management and Analysis,” details the type of information that is targeted for collection during “encounters” with people on the watchlists, as well as the different organizations that should collect the data.

The Department of Homeland Security is described as having the largest number of encounters, but other authorities, ranging from the State Department and Coast Guard to foreign governments and “certain private entities,” are also involved in assembling “encounter packages” when watchlisted individuals cross their paths. The encounters can be face-to-face meetings or electronic interactions - for instance, when a watchlisted individual applies for a visa.

In addition to data like fingerprints, travel itineraries, identification documents and gun licenses, the rules encourage screeners to acquire health insurance information, drug prescriptions, “any cards with an electronic strip on it (hotel cards, grocery cards, gift cards, frequent flyer cards),” cellphones, email addresses, binoculars, peroxide, bank account numbers, pay stubs, academic transcripts, parking and speeding tickets, and want ads.

The digital information singled out for collection includes social media accounts, cell phone lists, speed dial numbers, laptop images, thumb drives, iPods, Kindles, and cameras. All of the information is then uploaded to the TIDE database.

Screeners are also instructed to collect data on any “pocket litter,” scuba gear, EZ Passes, library cards, and the titles of any books, along with information about their condition - ”e.g., new, dog-eared, annotated, unopened.” Business cards and conference materials are also targeted, as well as “anything with an account number” and information about any gold or jewelry worn by the watchlisted individual.



Even “animal information” - details about pets from veterinarians or tracking chips - is requested. The rulebook also encourages the collection of biometric or biographical data about the travel partners of watchlisted individuals.

The list of government entities that collect this data includes the U.S. Agency for International Development, which is neither an intelligence nor law-enforcement agency. As the rulebook notes, USAID funds foreign aid programs that promote environmentalism, health care, and education.

USAID, which presents itself as committed to fighting global poverty, nonetheless appears to serve as a conduit for sensitive intelligence about foreigners. According to the guidelines, “When USAID receives an application seeking financial assistance, prior to granting, these applications are subject to vetting by USAID intelligence analysts at the TSC.”

The guidelines do not disclose the volume of names provided by USAID, the type of information it provides, or the number and duties of the “USAID intelligence analysts.”

A USAID spokesman told The Intercept that “in certain high risk countries, such as Afghanistan, USAID has determined that vetting potential partner organizations with the terrorist watchlist is warranted to protect U.S. taxpayer dollars and to minimize the risk of inadvertent funding of terrorism.” 

He stated that since 2007, the agency has checked “the names and other personal identifying information of key individuals of contractors and grantees, and sub-recipients.”





Death and the Watchlist

The government has been widely criticized for making it impossible for people to know why they have been placed on a watchlist, and for making it nearly impossible to get off. The guidelines bluntly state that “the general policy of the U.S. Government is to neither confirm nor deny an individual’s watchlist status.” But the courts have taken exception to the official silence and footdragging: In June, a federal judge described the government’s secretive removal process as unconstitutional and “wholly ineffective.”

The difficulty of getting off the list is highlighted by a passage in the guidelines stating that an individual can be kept on the watchlist, or even placed onto the watchlist, despite being acquitted of a terrorism-related crime.

The rulebook justifies this by noting that conviction in U.S. courts requires evidence beyond a reasonable doubt, whereas watchlisting requires only a reasonable suspicion. Once suspicion is raised, even a jury’s verdict cannot erase it.

Not even death provides a guarantee of getting off the list. The guidelines say the names of dead people will stay on the list if there is reason to believe the deceased’s identity may be used by a suspected terrorist–which the National Counterterrorism Center calls a “demonstrated terrorist tactic.” In fact, for the same reason, the rules permit the deceased spouses of suspected terrorists to be placed onto the list after they have died.

For the living, the process of getting off the watchlist is simple yet opaque. A complaint can be filed through the Department of Homeland Security Traveler Redress Inquiry Program, which launches an internal review that is not subject to oversight by any court or entity outside the counterterrorism community.



The review can result in removal from a watchlist or an adjustment of watchlist status, but the individual will not be told if he or she prevails. The guidelines highlight one of the reasons why it has been difficult to get off the list - if multiple agencies have contributed information on a watchlisted individual, all of them must agree to removing him or her.

If a U.S. citizen is placed on the no fly list while abroad and is turned away from a flight bound for the U.S., the guidelines say they should be referred to the nearest U.S. embassy or consulate, which is prohibited from informing them why they were blocked from flying.

According to the rules, these individuals can be granted a “One-Time Waiver” to fly, though they will not be told that they are traveling on a waiver.

Back in the United States, they will be unable to board another flight.

The document states that nominating agencies are “under a continuing obligation” to provide exculpatory information when it emerges. It adds that the agencies are expected to conduct annual reviews of watchlisted American citizens and green card holders. It is unclear whether foreigners - or the dead - are reviewed at the same pace.

As the rulebook notes, “watchlisting is not an exact science.”


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Trump Launches LyingCrookedHillary.com + A Clinton Expose
June 25 2016 | From: Infowars / Various

A large percentage of Americans already see Hillary as "crooked."



The Trump campaign has launched LyingCrookedHillary.com which showcases “Crooked Hillary’s 10 Legendary Lies” and a notification service for Hillary’s next lie.

Related: Stanford Study Confirms Election Fraud - She is backed by the cabal establishment - what more does it take to destry the facade?

LyingCrookedHillary.com is rolling out a list of Hillary lies over time, and the first lie listed is “Hillary Lies to Benghazi Families.”


“Hillary has no shame! The Benghazi attacks were a preventable tragedy disgraced further by Hillary’s web of lies,”
the site published by Donald J. Trump for President, Inc. states.

“She knew within hours that the attacks in Benghazi were a terrorist attack, and not a spontaneous protest due to a You Tube Video, but she lied anyways.”

“She stood in front of the flag-draped coffins of four Americans that died serving their country and peddled the lie that the video was to blame both to the victims’ families and the American public.”

Trump, however, doesn’t have to do much to paint Hillary as “crooked;” a Gallup poll revealed that a huge portion of Americans – not just Trump supporters – view Hillary as a “liar.”




“When asked what comes to their mind when they think of Hillary Clinton, the most common unprompted responses are ‘dishonest,’ ‘liar’ or ‘dislike her,’”
Zero Hedge reported in Feb.

“What is perhaps more troubling is that in addition to the 21% of responses in the ‘dishonest/don’t trust her’ category [by far the highest percentage], another 7% of Americans use even stronger words in a similar negative vein, including ‘criminal,’ ‘crooked’ and ‘thief.’”

In comparison, only 3% of poll respondents described Hillary as a “good politician.”


“The perceptions of Hillary Clinton as dishonest are not new,”
Zero Hedge continued. “When Gallup asked the same question in 2008, ‘dishonest’ was Americans’ most frequent response.”

“And, in a Gallup poll conducted in September 2015, Americans overwhelmingly referred to the email scandal when asked to mention what they had read or heard about Clinton.”


Donald Trump's Full Anti-Hillary Clinton Speech in NYC

Wednesday 22 june 2016





When Bill Clinton was President

Related: Secret Service Agent Exposes the Clintons’ Blood-soaked Political Career in a Book

When Bill Clinton was president, he allowed Hillary to assume authority over a health care reform. Even after threats and intimidation, she couldn't even get a vote in a democratic controlled congress.



This fiasco cost the American taxpayers about $13 million in cost for studies, promotion, and other efforts.

Then President Clinton gave Hillary authority over selecting a female attorney general. Her first two selections were Zoe Baird and Kimba Wood - both were forced to withdraw their names from consideration.

Next she chose Janet Reno - Bill Clinton described her selection as "my worst mistake."

You may not remember that Reno made the decision to gas David Koresh and the Branch Davidian religious sect in Waco, Texas resulting in dozens of deaths of women and children.

Bill Clinton allowed Hillary to make recommendations for the head of the Civil Rights Commission. Lani Guanier was her selection. When a little probing led to the discovery of Ms. Guanier's radical views, her name had to be withdrawn from consideration.

A slow learner, Bill Clinton allowed Hillary to make some more recommendations. She chose former law partners Web Hubbel for the Justice Department, Vince Foster for the White House staff, and William Kennedy for the Treasury Department.

The result: Hubbel went to prison, Foster (presumably) committed suicide, and Kennedy was forced to resign.

Many younger votes will have no knowledge of "Travelgate." Hillary wanted to award unfettered travel contracts to Clinton friend Harry Thompson - and the White House Travel Office refused to comply.

She managed to have them reported to the FBI and fired. This ruined their reputations, cost them their jobs, and caused a thirty-six month investigation. Only one employee, Billy Dale was charged with a crime, and that of the enormous crime of mixing personal and White House funds. A jury acquitted him of any crime in less than two hours.

Still not convinced, Hillary was allowed to recommend a close Clinton friend, Craig Livingstone, for the position of Director of White House security.

When Livingstone was investigated for the improper access of about 900 FBI files of Clinton enemies (Filegate) and the widespread use of drugs by White House staff, suddenly Hillary and the president denied even knowing Livingstone, and of course, denied knowledge of drug use in the White House. Following this debacle, the FBI closed its White House Liaison Office after more than thirty years of service to seven presidents.

Next, when women started coming forward with allegations of sexual harassment and rape by Bill Clinton, Hillary was put in charge of the "bimbo eruption" and scandal defense.

Some of her decisions in the debacle were:

She urged her husband not to settle the Paula Jones lawsuit. After the Starr investigation they settled with Ms. Jones.

She refused to release the Whitewater documents, which led to the appointment of Ken Starr as Special Prosecutor.


After $80 million dollars of taxpayer money was spent, Starr's investigation led to Monica Lewinsky, which led to Bill lying about and later admitting his affairs.

Hillary's game plan resulted in Bill losing his license to practice law for 'lying under oath' to a grand jury and then his subsequent impeachment by the House of Representatives.

Hillary avoided indictment for perjury and obstruction of justice during the Starr investigation by repeating, "I do not recall," "I have no recollection," and "I don't know" a total of 56 times while under oath.

After leaving the White House, Hillary was forced to return an estimated $200,000 in White House furniture, china, and artwork that she had stolen.

Now there is destruction of possibly incriminating emails while Hillary was Secretary of State and the "pay to play" actions of the Clinton Foundation.

What will be next?


Hillary Clinton: A Career Criminal




Related Articles:

FBI Gets “Smoking Gun” Evidence in Clinton Email Scandal

Wikileaks Drops Hillary Email Bomb That Could End Her Campaign but FB Censored It

Wikileaks will publish ‘enough evidence’ to indict Hillary Clinton, warns Assange

Clinton Foundation "Hacked By Russians", "Foundation Vulnerabilities" Document Leaked


Hillary Clinton’s Neocon Resumé


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

This Story Could Be The Smoking Gun For False-Flag Operations + Santa Monica Terror Suspect Becomes Poster Child For Gun Grabbers
June 25 2016 | From: NeedToKnowNews / Infowars

Santa Monica; Two police officers who wish to remain anonymous for fear of retaliation say that James Wesley Howell, an Indiana man who was found with a car full of explosives and weapons, told police he was part of a team that planned shooting attacks on gay communities in Florida and California.



Howell told police he was turning himself in because he wanted protection. His story was that he had been assured by his recruiters that he would not be harmed in the shooting but, when he heard on the news that Omar Mateen, the lead gunman in the Orlando group, had been killed by sniper fire, he realized he was being set up as a patsy and would be killed. 

Related: Robert Steele: Draft List of 63 Orlando False Flag Anomalies

Soon after that, the FBI took over the investigation, and information to the public was filtered to remove any facts that might show the Orlando shooting as a planned event involving others. GetOffTheBS 2016 Jun 15 (Story) (Cached)

It is important to remember that the police officers who are the source of this story choose to remain anonymous, so it cannot be independently verified at this time, but circumstantial evidence supports it.


For example: 

1. After the FBI took charge of the investigation, Police Chief Jacqueline Seabrooks changed her original report that Howell was part of a group of five people who intended to do harm at the gay-pride event in West Hollywood. Her altered report made no mention of anyone other than Howell.

2. The web site that reported this story is still carrying the article without triggering legal action against it. That is significant because, if the story is false, immediate legal action would be expected. If it is true, Howell will be killed or ‘disappeared’ to prevent him from talking, but the last thing the perpetrators would want is a public trial where witnesses can be called to testify. 


This news story could be one of the most important reports ever published in the annals of journalism

That’s quite a statement but, when you consider the nature of its content, it is no exaggeration to say that it has the potential to fundamentally change the relationship between the United States government and the American people, and that could lead to a profound change, not only in America, but the entire world. 

The story still is still unfolding, and it is likely that officialdom either will pull it off the Internet or do everything possible to discredit it but, unlike most false-flag scenarios, there are many people on the outside of the plot who can verify the accuracy of this one. In fact, there may even be an entire police department to do that. If so, the sheer number of witnesses could outweigh the threats against job security or physical safety. We shall see.




Santa Monica Terror Suspect Becomes Poster Child For Gun Grabbers

Indiana Rep. Ed DeLaney said on Tuesday the state “blew it” when it did not enforce a gun ban on James Wesley Howell, the man arrested in Santa Monica, California on weapons charges soon after the attack on the Pulse nightclub in Orlando, Florida.



Delaney, a Democrat, wants to outlaw 30-round ammunition magazines and “automatic military-type” weapons. He said Indiana has “very, very limited” gun laws.


Police records indicate Howell was in possession of a loaded AM-15, a firearm similar to an AR-15 manufactured by Anderson rifles. The AM-15 is a civilian weapon and is not fully automatic, as Delaney claims. Since Orlando, Democrats have characterized semi-automatic rifles as automatic military weapons.

Guy Relford, the owner of Tactical Firearms Training in Indianapolis and a Second Amendment attorney, told the Associated Press DeLaney “simply doesn’t understand anything about firearms.” He added that the 1994 assault weapons ban did nothing to reduce violent crime. His claim is backed up by a study by the National Institute of Justice.


“Every time we have a mass shooting what these politicians want to do is to turn around and take guns out of the hands of everybody who didn’t do it,”
Relford said.

Hillary Clinton and Obama now refer to civilian firearms as “weapons of war.” Earlier this month, Florida Rep. Alan Grayson told CNN an AR-15 can fire 700 rounds per minute.


“If [Mateen] was not able to buy a weapon that shoots off 700 rounds in a minute, a lot of those people would still be alive,”
the Democrat congressman said.

“If somebody like him had nothing worse to deal with than a Glock pistol… he might have killed three or four people and not 50. It’s way too easy to kill people in America today, and we have to think long and hard about what to do about that.”

The firearm allegedly used by Omar Mateen in Orlando was a Sig Sauer MCX rifle. It fires 45 rounds per minute. Grayson later modified his statement to say Mateen’s firearm could fire 700 rounds per minute if converted to full auto.

Police also say Howell was in possession of Shoc-Shot, a binary explosive marketed primarily for making exploding targets for firearms practice. The binary explosive cannot be ignited with a fuse or electric charge. Police told the media Howell was in possession of an “IED-type of device.”



In March, NBC’s Today Show characterized a similar product, Tannerite, as a dangerous explosive.

Bob Owens of Bearing Arms wrote:


“You can expose it to an electrical charge, and it will not detonate. You can try to ignite it with a match or a torch, or smash it with a hammer. It will not detonate.

You can shoot it will a .22 rifle or 9mm +P hollowpoint from a pistol, and it will not go off. The minimum threshold to consistently detonate a Tannerite is a FMJ [full metal jacket] bullet moving at a bare minimum of 2,000 feet-per-second.”

Howell was rated a low-level offender in Indiana on a misdemeanor intimidation conviction and ordered in April to forfeit all firearms under the terms of his probation.


Federal Effort to Outlaw Firearms Stalled

Earlier this week, the Senate refused to advance four measures on so-called gun control. Senator Susan Collins, Republican of Maine, and Senator Heidi Heitkamp, Democrat of North Dakota, responded to the defeat by announcing a proposal to prohibit gun sales to individuals on the government’s secret no-fly and selectee lists.


“Surely the terrorist attacks in San Bernardino and Orlando that took so many lives are a call for compromise, a plea for bipartisan action,”
Collins said. “

Essentially, we believe if you are too dangerous to fly on an airplane, you are too dangerous to buy a gun.”

Collins was joined at a news conference announcing the proposal by Senator Tim Kaine, a Virginia Democrat who is frequently mentioned as a potential running mate for Hillary Clinton.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Another Big-Screen Movie Just Released Investigates Vaccines For Autism Implications
June 24 2016 | From: ActivistPost

Hot on the heels of the CDC-whistleblower and vaccine-fraud-documentary VAXXED, a new feature length film – Man Made Epidemic – made its debut in London (UK) at the Curzon Cinema in Soho on Thursday, June 16, 2016!



Kudos go to the producer, filmmaker Natalie Beers, and other production crew members for taking on such an overwhelming project, which took two years to complete.

Congratulations and thanks for having the fortitude to work on a much-needed investigation of vaccines, vaccinations and environmental issues relative to ever-increasing autism, also must be given to Lothar Moll, Executive Producer; Lucy Martens, Director of Photography; Simon Modery, Editor; and David Hason, Music Composer.

According to the movie’s webpage:


“Filmmaker Natalie Beer sets off on a journey around the world speaking to leading doctors, scientists and families to find out the truth about the autism epidemic and whether or not vaccines have a role to play.

The film explores the common misconception that autism is solely genetic and looks into scientists concerns over recent years about environmental factors such as medication and pesticides which continue to leave our children with physical and neurological damage."


Ask your local movie theater to show Man Made Epidemic on their movie screens as soon as possible, since it will be an excellent cinematic companion to VAXXED thereby putting much needed pressure on the U.S. HHS, CDC, FDA, the World Health Organization, and others who indiscriminately push vaccines based upon fraudulent, consensus vaccine pseudoscience!



Fraudulent
is not to be used lightly, as there are various incidences that have exposed fraud:

1. The Simpsonwood Meeting in June 2000 to rework the CDC epidemiologist Verstraeten’s finding that vaccines cause autism. Here’s the transcript of that infamous clandestine meeting.

2. Two Merck & Company employee whistleblowers lawsuit in federal court in Philadelphia, PA, regarding Merck’s fudging for ten years the efficacy ratings of the mumps active in its MMR vaccine. Here’s The Wall Street Journal’s report on that.

3. CDC epidemiologist-whistleblower William Thompson, PhD, proved that the CDC trashed documented study evidence that the MMR vaccine caused autism in young black boys less than three years of age, and handed over copies of those ‘trashed’ documents to a member of the U.S. Congress asking for a congressional investigation, which has not happened YET. The movie VAXXED documents that embarrassing, conniving and fraudulent vaccine science story.




Probably NOTHING explains more why there should be an investigation into vaccines and vaccinology ‘science’ than the candid remarks made by the “father of American vaccines,” Dr Maurice Hilleman, MD, the Merck & Company head vaccine maker for years, discussing on video the very real problems with vaccines, their growth mediums - animals and their tissues, cancer viruses, etc. 

However, now we have to factor in, since Hilleman’s time, newly-added neurotoxic chemicals and nanoparticles [3]. See Dr Hilleman’s nonchalant disclosure, plus how cavalierly colleagues treated the information, to realize why you really have to question vaccine ingredients.






Related Articles

There is literally so much information coming out about the truth relating to vaccines nowadays that we literally cannot keep up with it all. There is simply no room for denial unless one is retarded. And quite possibly from vaccination.

JUST LOOK AT IT ALL!

Countries with highest vaccination rates have highest infant mortality rates, too

Franklin doctor refuses to administer vaccines

Tennessee Medical Office Stops Vaccines Because ‘They Cause Autism’

Tennessee doctor could lose license after announcing office will no longer vaccinate due to autism concerns

Vaccinations Are Injecting Parasites Into Our Children

The Shocking Lack of Evidence Supporting Flu Vaccines

Top 9 vaccines you NEVER need and exactly why the CDC has to scare everybody into getting them

The top 7 strangest, literally mind-blowing vaccine ingredients

Confirmed: Renowned Physician Jeff Bradstreet Who Linked Vaccines to Autism Was Murdered

De Niro Autism film affair: What the media is not reporting

What's in that vaccine?

Vaccine mandates are NOT about vaccines... the state wants to OWN your body!

Robert De Niro to Produce Documentary Exposing Corruption Within the Vaccine Industry




Three new vaccine science videos released by the Health Ranger: Discover medical school 'obedience training' by the vaccine industry and more...

Vaccines: The awful truth

How to naturally detox from mandatory vaccine injections forced upon you by the medical police state

CFR: Unvaccinated are Healthier than Vaccinated Populations

American College of Pediatricians warns about toxic effects of Gardasil vaccine; sounds alarm over massive scientific fraud that concealed toxic effects

Learning about vaccine dangers the hard way

You Need to Watch This Before Getting Your Baby Vaccinated!

Author Of Mandatory Meningitis Vaccine Bill Caught Taking $420k From Big Pharma

Studies Prove Without Doubt That Unvaccinated Children Are Far Healthier Than Their Vaccinated Peers

Donald Trump issues warning on the relation between autism and vaccines




New Australian law allows forced vaccinations, quarantine or jail to ‘prevent the spread of disease’

The Vaccinated children are carriers of live viruses that they were injected with, could ‘shed’ the virus to others

Toxic Phenol Ingredient in Vaccines

10 shocking reasons why Zika virus fear is another fraudulent medical hoax and vaccine industry funding scam

The most shocking & damming interview I have watched regarding vaccine injuryInterview with Dr. Judy Mikovits, PhD

A Shot Never Worth Taking: The Flu Vaccine ~ by Kelly Brogan, MD

Effectiveness of inactivated influenza vaccines

Merck’s Former Doctor Predicts that Gardasil will Become the Greatest Medical Scandal of All Time






Top Five Videos to Watch Before You Get Your Flu Shot

UK government admits swine flu vaccine causes brain damage, awards compensation to 60 families

Teenage girl dies five days after receiving HPV vaccine jab

Italian Court Rules Mercury And Aluminum In Vaccines Cause Autism: US Media Continues Total Blackout Of Medical Truth

“The Dose Makes the Poison”: Rethinking Traditional Toxicity Testing

Vaccines Now Mandatory in California - Strict Penalties for ANYONE Who Refuses

Vaccine Deception Video Collection

Big Pharma’s Dirty Little Secret: Vaccine-Induced Autoimmune Injury

Immunise your children

Antibodies AFTER vaccines do NOT mean immunity

Polly Gillespie - when truth matters


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Can Brexiters Overcome False Flag Murder & Rothschild UK Collapse Fearmongering? + Soros, Rothschild Warn Of Brexit Doom; Osborne Threatens With "Suspending" Market
June 24 2016 | From: Geopolitics / ZeroHedge

We believe that the UK Brexit is just a small yet very important step towards freedom from the SuperState European Union that is managed by non-elected Khazarian Nazionists.



If successful, the people still have to deal with the bogus Saxe-Coburg- Gotha UK monarchy.

Related: EU referendum live: David Cameron resigns as UK shocks the world by voting for Brexit

Related: Here’s Why Britons Must Vote for “Leave EU” Today

Nevertheless, the big guns of the Khazarian Mafia are in full force in making statements aimed at sowing fear into the public who “will suffer from an immediate and dramatic impact on financial markets, investment, prices and jobs,” once the Brexit campaign succeeds.

These doom and gloom scenario is peddled on top of the recent false flag murder of a drugged man who, according to mainstream press, even shouted “Britain First” in reference to the “most radical” group among the Brexit campaigners.

Related: UK Labour MP Jo Cox’s Murder: A Desperate Anti-Brexit Psyop

Truth be told, most citizens of the corporate monarchy of the United Kingdom don’t have enough information about the true purpose of the European Union. This topic is summarily dismissed in the mainstream media as being just another conspiracy theory.

That’s why a mere statement of “economic consequences” from a George Soros is enough to tremble the hell out of them. According to him;


“As opinion polls on the referendum result fluctuate, I want to offer a clear set of facts, based on my six decades of experience in financial markets, to help voters understand the very real consequences of a vote to leave the EU.

The Bank of England, the Institute for Fiscal Studies and the IMF have assessed the long-term economic consequences of Brexit. They suggest an income loss of £3,000 to £5,000 annually per household – once the British economy settles down to its new steady-state five years or so after Brexit. But there are some more immediate financial consequences that have hardly been mentioned in the referendum debate.

To start off, sterling is almost certain to fall steeply and quickly if there is a vote to leave – even more so after yesterday’s rebound as markets reacted to the shift in opinion polls towards remain. “


- TheGuardian

Remember, this is just a poll which they control and not the actual voting sentiments. But they are now conditioning the mind of a failure for the Brexit.

Now, if that is true, why would the likes of Soros and his master issue statements urging the people against Brexit if indeed the Leave campaign is losing?


“I would expect this devaluation to be bigger and more disruptive than the 15% devaluation that occurred in September 1992, when I was fortunate enough to make a substantial profit for my hedge fund investors, at the expense of the Bank of England and the British government.

It is reasonable to assume, given the expectations implied by the market pricing at present, that after a Brexit vote the pound would fall by at least 15% and possibly more than 20%, from its present level of $1.46 to below $1.15 (which would be between 25% and 30% below its pre-referendum trading range of $1.50 to $1.60).

If sterling fell to this level, then ironically one pound would be worth about one euro – a method of “joining the euro” that nobody in Britain would want.

Brexiters seem to recognise that a sharp devaluation would be almost inevitable after Brexit, but argue that this would be healthy, despite the big losses of purchasing power for British households. In 1992 the devaluation actually proved very helpful to the British economy, and subsequently I was even praised for my role in helping to bring it about.

But I don’t think the 1992 experience would be repeated. That devaluation was healthy because the government was relieved of its obligation to “defend” an overvalued pound with damagingly high interest rates after the breakdown of the exchange rate mechanism. This time, a large devaluation would be much less benign than in 1992, for at least three reasons.

…Today, there are speculative forces in the markets much bigger and more powerful. And they will be eager to exploit any miscalculations by the British government or British voters. A vote for Brexit would make some people very rich – but most voters considerably poorer.


- TheGuardian

The logic being that he is the expert in currency manipulation and people should listen to him. Against that rationale is the Iceland experience when they severed their monetary policies away from the vulture bankers.

Once the initial disruptions are contained, the more independent economy will strengthen itself as the fundamentals are stabilized.

And he is not part of the “speculative forces” he is talking about, that “will be eager to exploit any miscalculations by the British government or British voters.”

Yes, he considers a vote for Brexit as a miscalculation, as if he is really good with math when even his rise to prominence in world finance is only by the virtue of his having privileged access to information within a system that has been rigged also by his cohorts.



George Soros talks with Jim Flaherty, centre, and Peter Munk, right. Soros spoke to a crowd of Canada's business elite on Monday at the Canadian International Council gala.

The truth of the matter is, these Khazarian Mafiosi are afraid that the Brexit campaign might just win because their Brexit arguments are more level headed, and for the open minded that’s a positive way to move forward.

While the Remain campaign are dwelling mostly on pessimism as if the world would end with Brexit.

This Jacob Rothschild opinion piece came much earlier…



“Success stories in any field are built on one great idea. This was certainly the case with my forebear Mayer Amschel Rothschild, who at the end of the 18th century sent his five sons to the five financial capitals of Europe to set up the first truly international banking system, a “common market”.

Operating from London, Paris, Vienna, Naples and Frankfurt, the brothers, working together to exchange information and ideas, built an extraordinary business that operated across boundaries and cultures.

A hundred and fifty years later, the foundation of the EEC operated on similar principles, namely that we are stronger…”

- TheTimes

With reference to the article’s title, when does evidence come before the action, i.e. Brexit?

The key message right there is the statement “We shouldn’t accept a diminished role on the world stage,” which is not addressed at the great people of great Britain but could only mean that the Rothschild dynasty is not ready yet to have a “diminished role” on their lives.

Here’s the kicker: Great Britain was already great before the European Union came into being. Most of all, the EU is collapsing whether Bexit succeeds or not. The only difference is, with Remain, Britons will be at the front seat when it happens.

This is the reason why the Rothschild camp is campaigning for Remain, for the UK taxpayers to absorb a major portion of the impact of the impending EU economic collapse.

To put it simply, the Rothschild dynasty is far more concerned on the accelerated collapse of their brainchild European Union through the Brexit, than being genuinely troubled over the fate of the UK.

Bear in mind, the collapse of these megacorporations  masquerading as government entities doesn’t necessarily mean the collapse of your ability to survive. In fact, your life would be a lot better without these bankers and their stooges in your midst.

So, while the Remain campaigners are focusing on fear and pessimism, the Leave campaign is straightforward in reminding that Britain will become great again, alone.

 

It would become even greater once the true blooded Britons kicked out their bogus and useless monarchy, together with the Rothschild banking system, after the Brexit.

Of course, that’s a tall order, but as we say here in Asia,“A journey of a thousand miles, begins only with a single step.”

That single step, my British friends, is the Brexit.

Related: Brexit: What Is It About? - Paul Craig Roberts

The Big Guns Are Out: Soros, Rothschild Warn Of Brexit Doom; Osborne Threatens With "Suspending" Market

Recently, we recounted the story of "Black Wednesday" when on September 16, 1992, the UK was forced out of the EU’s exchange-rate mechanism, or ERM, when the BOE tapped out and allowed the British pound to float freely, leading to 15% losses in the sterling. As we noted, this was George Soros' infamous trade which "broke the Bank of England" and made the Hungarian richer by over $1.5 bilion.

24 years later Soros is back, and this time he is warning against the kind of devaluation that made him a billionaire and which he believes will be unleashed by Brexit, when in a Guardian Op-Ed he wrote that U.K. voters are “grossly underestimating” the true costs of a vote to leave the EU, saying that there would be an "immediate and dramatic impact on financial markets, investment, prices and jobs."

He predicts that the pound would decline "precipitously", seeing a gargantuan drop of at least 15% and possibly >20% to below $1.15. Considering it has now become trendy for analysts to come up with ever "doomier" forecasts of just how low cable would plunge in case of Brexit, we are surprised Soros stopped there.

Here Soros makes the distinction how the collapse in cable would be different from the one that made him richer by saying that this devaluation wouldn’t be “healthy” like the one in 1992 because BOE wouldn’t cut rates, U.K. has large current account deficit and devaluation unlikely to improve manufacturing exports this time. Just don't tell that to the BOJ, which would gladly leave the EU - twice if it had to - if it meant a 20% devaluation.

“Brexit would make some people very rich - but most voters considerably poorer”; “there are speculative forces in the, markets much bigger and more powerful" than the speculators that profited from the 1967 devaluation at Britain’s expense. "A vote to leave could see the week end with a Black Friday, and serious consequences for ordinary people."

Here is the gist of Soros' scaremongering, from the Guardian op-ed titled "The Brexit crash will make all of you poorer – be warned":


“David Cameron, along with the Treasury, the Bank of England, the International Monetary Fund and others have been attacked by the leave campaign for exaggerating the economic risks of Brexit.

This criticism has been widely accepted by the British media and many financial analysts. As a result, British voters are now grossly underestimating the true costs of leaving.

As opinion polls on the referendum result fluctuate, I want to offer a clear set of facts, based on my six decades of experience in financial markets, to help voters understand the very real consequences of a vote to leave the EU."

Of course, Soros' set of facts may be clouded by his far greater equity stake in equity interests around Europe, and the globe, which would be drastially impacted by not only a Brexit, but by a European Union which is suddenly on the rocks.

From that point on, Soros' entire analysis is on the "worst case" scenario centered around a collapsing pound, something which most ironically every other central bank around the globe is so desperate to achieve:


“... Sterling is almost certain to fall steeply and quickly if there is a vote to leave– even more so after yesterday’s rebound as markets reacted to the shift in opinion polls towards remain.

I would expect this devaluation to be bigger and more disruptive than the 15% devaluation that occurred in September 1992, when I was fortunate enough to make a substantial profit for my hedge fund investors, at the expense of the Bank of England and the British government."

At least he is honest.

It is notable that Soros' warning comes just days after that of Jacob Rothschild himself who said in another Op-Ed, this time for The Times, that leaving the EU could lead to a "damaging and disorderly situation" in the UK as he urged Britons to vote 'remain'.

Just like Soros, Lord Rothschild, suddenly exhibiting a rare strain of humanitarian concern, said readers should not "risk the wellbeing of our country" and European countries are "better off together".

He said that "at present we enjoy being a permanent member of the UN security council and we are essential to the G8 and Commonwealth. But diplomacy, defence, the environment and our values of being a liberal democracy will all be at risk" adding that "I can see no good reason why we should accept our playing a diminished role on the world stage," especially if his own personal fortune would be jeopardized.

...

Finally, completing the doom loop, was none other than Chancellor George Osborne who, according to the Telegraph, "refused to rule out suspending trading on the London stock market if Britons vote to leave the European Union on Friday morning...

The threat from the Chancellor, made in an LBC radio interview on Monday evening, after the market had closed could force shares down in London as early as Tuesday morning
."


“Iain Dale, the presenter, asked Mr Osborne: “If the financial markets do plummet on Friday would you have to consider suspending trading on the FTSE?”

The Chancellor responded: “Well look, the Bank of England and the Treasury – Governor Carney and myself – we have of course discussed contingency plans.

But the sensible thing is to keep those secret and make sure you are well prepared for whatever happens but if you set them all out in advance then you rather undermine the power of those plans.”

Pushed again on the contingency plans, Mr Osborne said: “I have a responsibility to the people listening to this programme to do all I can to protect them.  “But I have to tell you that you cannot in the end protect people from the economic shock that leaving the EU would bring about.”

And in case the threat of shuttered markets was not enough, Osborne also hinted at imminent mass layoffs, suggesting that redundancy notices could be issued hours after Britons vote to leave the EU at the vote.


“Mr Osborne pointed to warnings from the London Stock Exchange there would be 100,000 job losses in the City after a Brexit.

Mr Osborne was challenged about whether redundancies warned by the bank JP Morgan could come as early as Friday – the day after the referendum. Mr Osborne replied: “I think that will start to happen very quickly, sadly.”

Amid all this gloom, Osborne presented the "only" alternative that would not lead to the imminent economic collapse he so forcefully imagines:


“He added that if the UK voted to remain there would be a “quick snap back” for the British economy, he said that “decisions will be taken and investment will come in”.

Asked if these redundancy notices would be issued on Friday morning if Britons vote to leave, Mr Osborne said: “That will start to happen very quickly sadly.”

Now if only the people will do what these noble public servants tell to do in their own best interest...

Finally, Osborne also played down claims he could be forced to leave the Treasury after the referendum amid anger form Tory backbenchers over the way he has campaigned, saying:It’s really not about my job”.

Oh but is George, just like it is in Soros and Rothschild's own self interest for the people to vote "Remain." To suggest otherwise is naive, but it may also be irrelevant.

With very little time until the vote, the scaremongering tactic, not to mention the murder of an innocent woman, may have already done its job judging by the reveral in public opinion.

In any case, one can only hope that unlike the case of the failed Greek referendum where the people voted one way only to get the opposite, no matter how the Brits vote, it will truly represent the democratic will of the majority and that particular outcome is what they get.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Government's Disregard For Evidence Is An Own Goal
June 23 2016 | From: Scoop

By casually dismissing research showing that 90 - day employment trials have not met policy goals, the Government is undermining its own big data initiative.



The New Zealand Association of Scientists (NZAS) is alarmed at the Government’s response to a recent study by Motu researchers , and asks John Key to consider the implications of undermining his Government’s own big data initiative for short - term political gain.


“The Government has invested millions of dollars to construct a database that tracks the performance of every business and every employee in New Zealand”,
said the NZAS President Craig Stevens, ”but for New Zealanders to benefit from this investment, the Prime Minister needs to be prepared to listen to what the data says."

The 90 - day employment trials were introduced for all businesses after a pilot suggested that the trial periods “encouraged employers to take on new staff and helped those at the margins of the labour market, particularly young people, get jobs".

Using the Government’s database, Motu researchers Dr Isabelle Sin and Nathan Chappell were able to measure the impact of the trials on employment.

They found that it was very unlikely that either of these objectives had been achieved.


“By dismissing the results of Motu’s study as ‘academic’ and resorting to anecdote to justify the policy instead, said Stevens, “the Prime Minister undermines his Government’s stewardship of New Zealanders’ private data.”

"The Association calls on the Government to make responsible use of big data, and this includes ensuring that the evidence it provides is taken seriously, regardless of whether that evidence is politically palatable.

Stevens said “as a society and an economy we face challenges from many sides, to dismiss careful research is not helpful”.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Mainstream Media Finally Admits 72 Mass Banker ‘Suicides’ Were Likely A Vast Criminal Conspiracy
June 22 2016 | From: HumansAreFree

There is no question that this is a story that just won't die, even if 72 bankers in it’s path had to die before the story could get to this point. Hopefully no more will die before the wizard behind the curtain is finally revealed and brought to justice for his or her crimes… however that seems rather distant at the moment. 



Jay Syrmopoulos is the original author of this particular article at Humans are Free, however, since I’ve been following this story since 2014 as well, I have supplemented his original article with previous findings of mine and the end result almost tripled the size of the article. At the bottom of this post, you’ll see several sections containing relevant and supporting links, the first section having seven stories I did on the mysterious banker “suicides.”

Naturally throughout all of 2014 and 2015, anyone trying to make sense of how 72 high profile banking professionals all died in “mysterious suicides,” was labeled a “conspiracy theorist,” because after all… there’s nothing suspicious about that at all right?

 It's nice to see that what some were once ignorant enough to say looked like wild speculation, is now beginning to resemble a vast criminal conspiracy connected to the
Libor, interest-rigging scandal as you can read in Jay’s article below.

First though, in the following video, Dahboo77 discusses an article by Dave Hodges of the Common Sense Show about the banker death phenomena. In addition to the banker deaths, Dahboo77 brings up the unexpected and sudden deaths of men like Andrew Breitbart, Tom Clancy, and Andrew Hastings (who’s covered more in detail below). 





In the video you just saw, Dahboo77 claims all of those men went to their graves with stories untold. Was that by design? The next video titled, "Why Andrew Breitbart, Michael Hastings and Tom Clancy were Murdered" certainly makes the case that they were killed because they knew too much. 





I’m going to go out on a limb and say that anyone reading an article about 72 high level bankers all dead from “mysterious suicides” is open to the idea that Dahboo77 mentions in the first video when he talks about how this is “all tied together,” and how, “it’s so obvious.” 

There probably was a time when hearing about the global elites’ (also known as the Illuminati) master plan to enslave every man women and child on earth might have sounded like lunacy to you, but no more loony than 72 dead bankers, right? The skeptics can read some of my links at the bottom about HOW some of the dead bankers died.  

That will erase any doubt. Dahboo77 also talks about moving toward the ultimate goal: One World Government with One World Currency, and he even mentions underground bunkers. 



Related: The Real Reasons Behind Negative Interest Rates And Banning Cash

For those ready to open their eyes, Dahboo77 is correct… Every ounce of all of this ties together. There are many pieces we don't know, however the pieces that we have been able to put together are very frightening. 

Much of it is detailed in the links that follow my video below (to the extent possible). My video explains what to expect both in the links that follow and the remainder of this crazy post.  


To anyone out there rolling their eyes:

1. The families of the 72 dead aren’t rolling their eyes… This is VERY real for them

2. John F. Kennedy himself said he was aware of a plan to enslave every man, woman, and child, but before leaving office he planned to expose that plan. He was referring to the plan of the Illuminati. You see how well that worked out for him right?

Understand something: The bogeymen ARE real, they DO have a plan for humanity, and it's NOT good. There is so much information available to anyone willing to break free from the very same corporate media the bogeymen control, nut you have to unplug from the Matrix. I explain below.



What once looked like wild speculation is now beginning to resemble a vast criminal conspiracy connected to the Libor, interest-rigging scandal.

Over forty international bankers allegedly killed themselves over a two-year period in the wake of a major international scandal that implicated financial firms across the globe.



Related: SFO Charges Ex-Barclays Bankers Over Libor Rigging

However, three of these seemingly unrelated suicides seem to share common threads related to their connections to Deutsche Bank. 

These three banker suicides, in New York, London, and Siena, Italy, took place within 17 months of each other in 2013/14 in what investigators labeled as a series of unrelated suicides.


“In each case, the victim had a connection to a burgeoning global banking scandal, leaving more questions than answers as to the circumstances surrounding their deaths,” according to the New York Post. 

“But all three men worked for, or did business with, Deutsche Bank.”

Financial regulators in both Europe and the U.S. in 2013 began a probe that would ultimately become known as the Libor scandal, in which London bankers conspired to rig the London Interbank Offered Rate, which determines the interest banks charged on mortgages, personal and auto loans. 

The scandal rocked the financial world and cost a consortium of international banks, including Deutsche Bank, about $20 billion in fines.




David Rossi, a 51-year-old communications director at the world’s oldest bank, Italian Monte dei Paschi di Siena, which was on the brink of collapse due to heavy losses in the derivatives market in the 2008 financial crisis, fell to his death on March 6, 2013. 

At the time of his death, Monte Paschi was being investigated for its handling of billions in these risky derivative bets involving Deutsche Bank and Merrill Lynch.

According to a report in the NY Post:


“A devastating security video shows Rossi landing on the pavement on his back, facing the building - an odd position more likely to occur when a body is pushed from a window.

“The footage shows the three-story fall didn’t kill Rossi instantly. For almost 20 minutes, the banker lay on the dimly lit cobblestones, occasionally moving an arm and leg.

“As he lay dying, two murky figures appear. Two men appear and one walks over to gaze at the banker. He offers no aid or comfort and doesn’t call for help before turning around and calmly walking out of the alley.”

About an hour later, a co-worker discovered Rossi’s body. The arms were bruised and he sustained a head wound that, according to the local medical examiner’s report, suggested there might have been a struggle prior to his fall.

Ultimately Italian authorities ruled Rossi’s death a suicide. Rossi’s widow, Antonella Tognazzi, protested vigorously at the suggestion her husband’s death was a suicide, telling the Italian press that her husband “knew too much.” 

Tognazzi pointed to the alleged suicide note from Rossi as a prime example of the suspicious nature of his death. In the note, Rossi refers to Antonella Tognazzi as Toni, but according to Tognazzi, that was not something he ever called her.



In October 2014, two Monte Paschi executives were convicted of obstructing regulators and misleading investigators by Italian authorities over the bailed-out Italian bank’s finances in the wake of the acquisition of Banca Antonveneta – which was heavily financed by Deutsche Bank.

In January of this year, Italian authorities civilly implicated three Deutsche Bank executives, including Michele Faissola, the wealth management director of the German bank - charging them with colluding with Monte Paschi in falsifying accounts, manipulating the market and obstructing justice.

Another of the mysterious deaths being revisited is that of William Broeksmit, 58, a Deutsche Bank exec was found hanging from a dog leash tied to a door at his London home in January 2014. 

Broeksmit was found among a mess of financial papers, with a number of notes to friends and family nearby. A Deutsche Bank colleague, Michele Faissola, was called and arrived minutes later and began suspiciously going through the financial documents and reading the suicide notes.


“Yes, he killed himself,”
stepson Val Broeksmit told the NY Post. 

“But there’s a question: could it be suicide by extortion, could it be suicide by pressure or saying if you don’t do this, we’re going to do this? There’s a couple suspicions I have.”

Broeksmit’s stepson still wonders what his father’s colleague was searching for amongst the mess of financial documents. 

Adding to the suspicious nature of his stepfather’s death, Val provided the NY Post email messages revealing that prior to his death, Broeksmit had just messaged friends about his excitement for an upcoming ski vacation scheduled for one week later.

Although a clinical psychologist revealed Broeksmit had been treated due to being “very anxious about authorities investigating areas of the bank at which he worked,” his depression over the Libor scandal had subsided, as his doctor gave him a clean bill of health only a month before his death.

According to the report by the NY Post:


“A month before his death, William Broeksmit wrote - in what his son says shows his anger - to fellow executives, asking why he should take the lead on the sticky matter of the upcoming Federal Reserve-mandated stress test for the bank.

“He also questioned the 'generous' loan-loss numbers being used by the bank, afraid that federal regulators would see the bank was losing more on loans than the books showed. Large losses could lead the feds to slap the bank with restrictions.

Who is recommending that I do this? I am supposed to be an independent director and this puts me further into a role aligned with management,” he wrote.




New York City attorney, Calogero “Charles” Gambino, 41, was a married father of two, and Deutsche Bank’s in-house lawyer for 11 years at the bank’s downtown headquarters. Gambino primarily worked on defending the Deutsch Bank against Libor charges and other regulatory probes.

In October 2014, Gambino’s was found hanging from an upstairs balcony of his Brooklyn home, with a rope that was snaked through the banister and tied off on the newel post on the first floor. There was no note found and the family has steadfastly refused to comment on his death.

In his work as corporate counsel for Deutsche, Gambino had dealings with many of the bank’s European executives - including Michele Faissola and William Broeksmit and had intimate knowledge of the inner workings of the bank’s operations. Gambino’s death was ruled a suicide.

In the cases of Gambino, Rossi and Broeksmit, authorities seemingly never looked for, nor discovered, the apparent connections that reveal a deadly international criminal conspiracy at work.

However, authorities in Siena, Italy have recently exhumed the body of banker David Rossi, 51, and reopened their investigation into his death. They are expected to release their findings at the end of the month.

The common thread in each of these deaths is that all of the dead bankers had intimate knowledge of the international Libor scandal as it related to Deutsche Bank. 

It seems apparent that these men were killed to ensure their silence, thus allowing those responsible for the interest rigging scandal within Deutsche to avoid responsibility.

Must-read on the subject: 'Suiciding' Top Bankers and Billionaires - Do You Know Why?


Alexander Light at HumansAreFree writes:
 

An investment banker jumped to his death from a luxury apartment building in Manhattan. Authorities confirmed Thomas J. Hughes was 29-years-old.

A man leaping from a luxury lower Manhattan apartment building met a grisly end Thursday when he was decapitated after crashing into a railing, horrified witnesses said.

The unidentified man jumped from a West St. building at about 11 a.m., officials said. His body exploded apart after it hit the railing bordering Battery Place and the underpass that leads to FDR Drive - leaving stunned onlookers covered in blood.

“There were body parts all over the floor,” said Hans Peler, 48, manager of the GGMC parking garage, which stands just a few feet from the gory scene. “Blood was all over (my employee’s) shirt. I sent him straight home. He was very upset,” said Peler. “It’s terrible, man.”

Related: Banking Cabal’s Carnival: Israel ~ The Land Of Delusion

Thomas J. Hughes, 29, a former Citigroup and UBS investment banker who joined the boutique shop of Moelis & Company in February, 2014.

Body parts may have also hit or bounced off a Honda CRV that stopped short on the roadway and remained at the scene, witnesses said. “I don’t know where he came from! I don’t know where he came from!” a passenger of the SUV was heard screaming.

Witness Mario Mroczkowski, 37, said the impact was so bad, the man’s body was left in pieces. “I got close, but when I looked, all I saw were body parts … guts everywhere,” Mroczkowski said. “He hit the railing and got his head cut off.”

Taxi driver Tony Santos, 45, was in his SUV in front of the Ritz-Carlton across the street when he was startled by the sound of the body’s impact. “I heard like a boom,” Santos said.

Hours after the apparent suicide, the man remained unidentified. Body parts were found under the CRV, witnesses said. Blood was found pooled under the car and spattered on both sides of the railing, witnesses said. “He’s a mess,” a police source said. “His face is barely decipherable.”

Witnesses believe the man jumped from the 18th floor of 1 West St., home of Ocean Luxury Residences where one-bedroom apartments go for up to $4,000 a month. At least one witness said he jumped from the roof of the 31-story building. 

Styled after a 14th-century palace, 1 West St. has a Venetian-look lobby, fitness center and outdoor decks overlooking New York Harbor. Cops were investigating the man’s death Thursday afternoon.

Police investigate the grisly scene where Thomas J. Hughes leaped from a luxury apartment building near the Battery Tunnel Thursday.

Related: Man jumps to his death from downtown Manhattan luxury apartment building, is decapitated: witnesses

At this point we have lost count of how many bankers have taken their own lives in the past year, despite stocks rising to all time highs and an artificial “wealth effecting” environment which if nobody else, benefits the banker class. We dread to think what happens to New York’s pavements once the central planners finally lose control.

Also reported at:
Zero Hedge


The Astonishing List of 72 Top Bankers Dead - And No Natural Causes!

I’ve recently stumbled across a list of top bankers that have been killed in cold blood, died in “accidents” or have allegedly committed suicide.

In some of the cases, their deaths are so suspicious that the ‘suicide’ verdict is simply ridiculous, as you will see.

While searching for news reports documenting their deaths, I’ve managed to find a lot more cases of high ranking bankers that have been found dead in suspect circumstances. I’ve added the cases to the list and included the appropriate reference links.

Head Of The Illuminati Snake ~ Rothschild Estimated Worth: $300-$500 Trillion


More on the Rothschilds:

Complete List Of Banks Owned By Illuminati Rothschild Family

The Rothschild's Own Israel – and Direct Its Genocidal Policy

10 Dark Secrets From The Wealthiest Family In World History

These 13 Families Rule the World: The Shadow Forces Behind the NWO

1798: Proof America's Role in the Illuminati Conspiracy Began (Videos)

The Council on Foreign Relations and Their Role With The Illuminati

The fact that none of the bankers on this list died of natural causes is absolutely stunning. Before proceeding to the list, I suggest you reading the following piece: ‘Suiciding’ the Bankers and Billionaires - Do You Know Why?

1. Nov – Shawn Miller, 42, Citigroup managing director – found dead in bathtub with throat slashed. Murder weapon is missing. – Reference.

2. Oct – Edmund Reilly, 47, a trader at Midtown’s Vertical Group, threw himself in front of a speeding Long Island Rail Road commuter train. – Reference.

3. Jan – William ‘Bill’ Broeksmit, 58, HUNG/POSSIBLE SUICIDE.

4. June – Richard Gravino, 49, Application Team Lead, JP Morgan, SUDDEN DEATH cause unknown/pending

5. June – James McDonald – President & CEO of Rockefeller & Co – apparently self-inflicted, GUNSHOT WOUND




6. May – Thomas Schenkman, 42, Managing Director of Global Infrastructure, JP Morgan, SUDDEN DEATH, cause unknown/pending

7. May – Naseem Mubeen – Assistant Vice President ZBTL Bank, Islamabad, SUICIDE jumped

8. May – Daniel Leaf – senior manager at the Bank of Scotland/Saracen Fund Managers, FELL OFF A CLIFF

9. May – Nigel Sharvin – Senior Relationship Manager Ulster Bank manage portfolio of distressed businesses, ACCIDENTAL DROWNING

10. April – Lydia (no surname given) 52, France’s Bred-Banque-Populaire, SUICIDE jumped – Reference.




11. April – Li Jianhua, 49, Non-bank Financial Institutions Supervision Department of the regulator, HEART ATTACK

12. April – Benedict Philippens, Director/Manager Bank Ans-Saint-Nicolas, SHOT

13. April – Tanji Dewberry – Assistant Vice President, Credit Suisse, HOUSE FIRE

14. April – Amir Kess, co-founder and managing director Markstone Capital Group private equity fund, CYCLIST HIT BY CAR

15. April – Juergen Frick, 48, Bank Frick & Co. AG, SHOT Dead

Rothschild Billionaire Mahafarid Amir Khosravi, executed In Iran For bilking money then buying Iranian property for Agenda 21

16. April – Jan Peter Schmittmann – former CEO of Dutch Bank ABN Amro, (Possibly suicide, SHOT)

17. April – Andrew Jarzyk – Assistant Vice President, Commercial Banking at PNC Financial Services Group, MISSING/DEAD

18. March – Mohamed Hamwi – System Analyst at Trepp, a financial data and analytics firm, SHOT

19. March – Joseph Giampapa – JP Morgan lawyer, CYCLIST HIT BY MINIVAN

20. March – Kenneth Bellando, 28, (youngest) former JP Morgan, SUICIDE, allegedly jumping from his apartment building. – Reference.




Kenneth Bellando


21. Feb – John Ruiz Morgan Stanley, Municipal Debt Analyst, died suddenly, NO CAUSE GIVEN

22. Feb – Jason Alan Salais, 34, Information Technology specialist at JPMorgan, FOUND DEAD outside a Walgreens pharmacy

23. Feb – Autumn Radtke, CEO of First Meta Bitcoin, a cyber-currency exchange firm, “Suspected SUICIDE” – Reference.

24. Feb – James Stuart Jr., Former National Bank of Commerce CEO, FOUND DEAD.

25. Feb – Edmund (Eddie) Reilly, trader at Midtown’s Vertical Group, SUICIDE Previously Mentioned #2

26. Feb – Li Junjie, JP Morgan, Alleged SUICIDE after jumping from the JP Morgan HQ in Hong Kong – Reference.




27. Feb – Ryan Henry Crane, 37, Executive at JP Morgan, SUDDEN DEATH cause unknown – Reference.

28. Feb – Richard Talley - A coroner’s spokeswoman Thursday said Talley was found in his garage by a family member who called authorities. They said Talley died from seven or eight self-inflicted wounds from a nail gun fired into his torso and head. - Reference.

29. Jan – Gabriel Magee, 39, JP Morgan employee, dead after allegedly jumping from the rooftop of JP Morgan HQ in Europe.

30. July – Julian Knott, 45, JPMorgan Executive Director, Global Tier 3 Network Operations, allegedly shot his wife multiple times, then shot himself dead. – Reference.

31. Jan – Mike Dueker, Suicide - “Suicide” By 13 Meter Embankment (40-50 feet). He may have jumped over a 4-foot (1.2-meter) fence before falling down a 40- to 50-foot embankment.” – Reference.

Dueker worked at Seattle-based Russell for five years, and developed a business-cycle index that forecast economic performance. He was previously an assistant vice president and research economist at the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis. – Reference.

China Executes Keynesian Bankers aka; Rothschild Henchmen

32. Jan – Carl Slym, SUICIDE

33. Jan – Tim Dickenson, Communications Director at Swiss Re AG, SUDDEN DEATH cause unknown

34. Dec 2013 – Robert Wilson, a retired hedge fund founder, apparent SUICIDE leaped to his death from his 16th floor residence

35. Dec 2013 – Joseph . Ambrosio, age 34, Financial Analyst for J.P. Morgan, died suddenly from Acute Respiratory Syndrome




36. Dec 2013 – Benjamin Idim, CAR ACCIDENT

37. Dec 2013 – Susan Hewitt – Deutsche Bank, DROWNING

38. Nov 2013 – Patrick Sheehan, CAR ACCIDENT

39. Nov 2013 – Michael Anthony Turner, Career Banker, CAUSE UNKOWN

40. Nov 2013 – Venera Minakhmetova, Former Financial Analyst at Bank of America Merrill Lynch, CYCLIST HIT




41. Oct 2013 – Michael Burdin, SUICIDE

42. Oct 2013 – Ezdehar Husainat – former JP Morgan banker, killed in FREAK ACCIDENT when her SUV crushed her to death

43. Sept 2013 – Guy Ratovondrahona -Madagascar central bank, Sudden death – cause not confirmed

44. Aug 2013 – Pierre Wauthier, SUICIDE

45. Aug 2013 – Moritz Erhardt, SUICIDE

46. July 2013 Hussain Najadi, CEO of merchant bank AIAK Group, SHOT

47. July 2013 Carsten Schloter, SUICIDE

48. July 2013 Sascha Schornstein – RBS in its commodity finance, MISSING




49. April 2013 David William Waygood, SUICIDE

50. Mar 2013 – David Rossi – communications director of troubled Italian bank Monte dei Paschi di Siena (MPS), SUICIDE

51. Fang Fang – JP Morgan, China, DISGRACED

52. Nick Bagnall – Director at Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, son accidentally killed himself while trying to re-enact a Tudor hanging

53. Robin Clark – RP Martin -Wolf of Shenfield City banker shot, SURVIVED

54. Kevin Bespolka – Citi Capital Advisors, Dresdner Bank, Merrill Lynch and Morgan Stanley, Seriously injured and son dead

55. Robert Wheeler, 49, a Deutsche Bank financial advisor, DISGRACED

56. Chris Latham – Bank of America, ON TRIAL, Murder for Hire

57. Igor Artamonov – West Siberian Bank of Sberbank, Daughter found dead (POSSIBLE SUICIDE)

58. Hector Sants, Barclays – resigned due to stress and exhaustion, after being told he risked more serious consequences to his health if he continued to work – a remarkable turnaround as the Church reportedly approached him two months later and was told he had made a full recovery.



59. April 21st Bruce A. Schaal, 63, died suddenly Banker in Twin Lakes for 35 years

60. April 20th Keith Barnish 58, Died Suddenly (Still working as Senior Managing Director at Doral Financial Corporation. Previously Bear Stearns, Bank of America Senior Vice President).

61. March 12th Jeffrey Corzine, 31, son of MF Global CEO and Chairman Jon Corzine involved in major banking crime was found dead in an apparent suicide.

62. Keiran Toman, 39, former banker who believed he was being stalked by a reality TV crew starved to death in a hotel room, after leaving the “do not disturb” sign on door for TWO weeks.

[Highly suspicious claims, as many of us probably know that the hotel cleaning staff will knock on the door after 24 hours and eventually enter the room if failing to respond]. An inquest was opened after his death in July 2010 but his family asked for a second hearing as they were not informed. Police found all of Mr Toman’s possessions in the room, but despite documents mentioning his family, failed to tell them he had died. — Reference.

63. Nicholas Austin, 49, A former bank manager from Hersden died after drinking antifreeze in an effort to “get high”. was found in a coma by his wife Lynn at their home in Blackthorne Road on October 5. He died the same day. – Reference.


“I took special note of the last one – he died drinking antifreeze in an attempt to “get high”! Funny one that is, as if a banker would be stupid enough to try that.

The list is shocking, I never saw so many suicides and car accidents. No gall bladder stones, cancer deaths, strokes, or simply falling ill, it is just a litany of action.

That pretty much says it all.”

-Jim Stone Freelance


64. Melissa Millian, 54, Senior Vice President at MassMutual Financial Group, stabbed in the chest near a jogging alley in Connecticut – Reference.

65. Karl Slym, 51, Tata Motors managing director – not a banker, but a top official that could be connected somehow to the others – discovered dead on the fourth floor of the Shangri-La hotel in Bangkok.

66. Geert Tack was a private banker for ING and managed portfolios of wealthy clients in Blegium. The cause of death was unknown at the time of the report, but he disappeared in mysterious circumstances, after driving his personal car to a garage from which he took a replacement car to an unknown destination. His body was found in November 2014 near the shores of the Ostend coast. – Reference.

67. Thieu Leenen, 64, Relatiemanager ABN/AMRO, Eindhoven, Nederland

68. Calogero Gambino, 41, Associate General Counsel and Managing Director at Deutsche Bank, America – Alleged SUICIDE by hanging – Reference.

69. Thierry Leyne, 48, banker at Anatevka S.A., Israël, “apparent SUICIDE”- Reference.

70. Tod Robert Edward, 51, Vice President of M&T Bank, Lancaster and Harrisburg Offices, and served as President of the Mortgage Banker’s Assn – died on August 31st, 2014, on Grindstone Island, Clayton, NY, from injuries sustained in an accident. – Reference.

71. Therese Brouwer, 50, Managing Director ING, Nederland – Died in MH17 Crash – For me, this is absolutely HUGE, as I’ve spent weeks debunking the official story and, IMO, proving the false flag. – Reference.




72. Michael A. Tabacchi, 27, and his wife, Iran Pars Tabacchi, 41, were found dead Friday about 11:30 p.m. in the bedroom of their Closter home after a 911 call placed by the husband’s father, Bergen County Prosecutor John Molinelli said in an interview. – Reference.

Related: The Rothschild's Own Israel – and Direct Its Genocidal Policy 


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Smart Meters ‘Not Needed’ After All For European Power Grid + How To Opt Out From ‘Smart’ Meters
June 22 2016 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

A smart meter is installed, but industry players have questioned their use. A transition to an intelligent electricity grid in Europe can take place without smart meters, industry players have said, in comments that will embarrass the European Commission, which pushed a Europe-wide plan to roll out smart meters years ago.



There are other more efficient ways than smart meters to help develop intelligent power grids, said industry delegates at the annual convention of Europe’s electricity association Eurelectric, held in Vilnius last week.

Related: EU smart meter roll-out lags behind ambition

These include quicker integration of renewables, the development of energy storage and energy demand response solutions, said the industry representatives.

The actual benefits of smart meters were also questioned at the conference, as several member states have done previously. Germany, for instance, has decided not to have a national roll-out plan at all, running counter to requirements laid out in EU legislation.


80% Roll-Out Target

EU member states are required to implement smart meters under the 2009 Third Energy Package wherever it is cost-effective to do so, with the goal to replace 80% of electricity meters with smart meters by 2020.

The 80% target applies to both households and commercial buildings, a Commission spokesperson confirmed. The EU executive will publish in the next one to two years a report on smart meters “in the context of our regular monitoring exercise of the progress of members states,” the spokesperson said.

But progress has been sluggish, with few countries having completed their roll-outs and a number of nations – most notably Germany – having so far decided against a nation-wide deployment of smart meters.



And the countries that do have a commitment to smart meters, such as the UK, have run into hurdles in completing its roll-out because some meters would cease to work if a consumer decided to change energy supplier.

Markus Merkel, a senior advisor to the management board of German distribution system operator (DSO) EWE, told the Eurelectric conference that “there isn’t a positive business case” for smart meters in Germany.


Real Data Vital

EWE’s move towards an intelligent grid has focused to a large extent on upgrading the system to integrate the vast amount of new renewable energy at a quicker pace.

He said smart meters would be more useful for DSOs in their work to upgrade the grid if they provided real time data on energy consumption rather than the circa 15-minute intervals that current products provide.


"We need something different, and maybe smart metering 2.0 – the next generation of smart meters – will deliver something more that we as DSOs can also use,”
he said.

Laurence Carpanini, director smarter energy solutions at IBM, echoed the real time data point, adding: “I don’t look at smart meters now as being the drivers of change – you don’t need smart meters really.”

Instead, industry players should “think about flexibility solutions as a whole” and focus on a mix of demand response technologies, frequency response and energy storage, she said.

Storage was also highlighted by Ari Koponen, CEO of Finnish DSO and utility Caruna. He said that while smart meters have been “essential” for collecting energy consumption data, the aspiration should be to access this data in real time and bring in more storage solutions.

“This would [bring] the smartness of the grid to a whole different level,”
Koponen said.



The industry’s comments are an embarrassment for the European Commission’s own plan to deploy smart meters across Europe by 2020.

The Commission spokesperson declined to comment on the views about whether or not smart meters are necessary for the transition to an intelligent grid.

Member states are expected to conduct their own cost-benefit analyses for their national smart meters roll-out plans, the official said.


Positions


A spokesperson for Eurelectric sent a statement to EurActiv after publication of this article, clarifying their position on smart meters.


"Even though there are voices in the industry saying that we don’t necessarily need smart meters, this does not represent the view of all Eurelectric members,"
said Anamaria Olaru, communication and PA coordinator for Eurelectric.

"The debate on 'Enhancing the value of the intelligent grid' showed a complexity of views from our speakers" while the EurActiv article "was written from a pure grid perspective, missing out on the consumer perspective,"
she said.

Related: The Disturbingly Aggressive Roll Out Of Smart AKA Advanced Meters - While Children Starve And The Elderly Freeze In Rural Aotearoa (NZ)


Background

The foundations for rolling out smart meters in Europe were laid down in a 2006 EU directive on energy end-use efficiency and energy services. The directive required member states to ensure that consumers of energy and water are provided with individual meters and accurate billing, including time-of-use information.

The gas and electricity directives of the third energy package, adopted in 2009, require member states to prepare a timetable for the introduction of intelligent metering systems.

In the case of electricity, at least 80% of customers should be equipped with smart meters by 2020, pending a cost-assessment study.

EU legislation on buildings has also sought to pave the way for the introduction of smart meters. The Energy Performance of Buildings Directive for instance required member states to "encourage the introduction of intelligent metering systems" when a building is constructed or undergoes major renovation.


Take Back Your Power Trailer:




UPDATE (19 June): A point of clarification: What’s happening here is an increasing number of industry players are recognizing ‘smart’ meters as a false solution.

But rollouts are still happening or planned. We must continue to demand our right to a safe analog meter, and spread the awareness to everyone in our lives until the tipping point is reached and this harmful agenda is stopped and reversed.

Our take: It’s great to increasingly see industry officials realizing that ‘smart’ meters are simply useless toward their stated purposes.





The simple fact of the matter, as we’ve known since making Take Back Your Power (watch it here), is that ‘smart’ meters are an unlawful radiating surveillance device being pawned off in the name of climate action.

Despite obvious harm to rights, safety, security and health, utilities are still pushing them because of the market value of this unlawful, in-home surveillance data - which in the words of a Director at NARUC is estimated to be worth “a lot more than the commodity that’s consumed [electricity] to generate that data.”

That commodity is a $2.2 trillion dollar market. But in their greed, they are forgetting about liability. -Josh del Sol

Related: Nelson Woman Faces Hefty Power Bill Because Of Smart Meter - Contact Now In Damage Control


How To Opt Out From ‘Smart’ Meters (Before & After Measurements)

This must-see short film by Andrew Lankes of Austin, TX is loaded with truth and solutions for ‘smart’ meters, wireless, and dirty electricity.

What we like best about this 12-minute video are the clear measurements — with a ‘smart’ meter, and after it was replaced with a safe analog. Watch it here:




Dirty Electricity Measurements:

Kitchen – with ‘smart’ meter: 232 V/sec
Kitchen – with analog meter: 50 V/sec

Bedroom – with ‘smart’ meter: 153 V/sec
Bedroom – with analog meter: 60 V/sec


Wireless Radiation Measurements:


Smart meter: over 2,000 uW/m2* (device maxed out)
Analog meter: 0.4 uW/m2
* – pulses much higher than 2,000 uW/m2

Router with wireless: over 2,000 uW/m2 (device maxed out)
Router without wireless: 0.6 uW/m2

DECT cordless phone base: over 2,000 uW/m2 (device maxed out)
Mobile phone: over 2,000 uW/m2 (device maxed out)


Solutions:


1. Replace ‘smart’ meter with analog meter

2. Hardwire computers with ethernet cable

3. Put cell phone in airplane mode when not in use, and don’t use right next to head. (Good idea: airtube headset)

4. Use a corded landline



We’re Bio-Electric Beings, Affected by Electromagnetics

Quite simply, we are bio-electric beings. As we’ve seen in Take Back Your Power (watch it here), once a utility installs a ‘smart’ meter, thousands (if not millions) are suffering functional impairments, illness or returning bouts of cancer and other diseases.

There are literally thousands of studies that show a biological effect from electromagnetic frequencies (EMF). And just this month, a $25M study by the US National Toxicology Program (NTP) concluded that cellphone radiation is linked with an increase presence of cancerous tumors.

But of course, industry and most government agencies are in full denial. It’s time the world knows what’s going on with ‘smart’ meters - better termed radiating surveillance meters.

Opting-out is not the solution, but it’s a start. It’s time we kick these ‘smart’/advanced/AMI meters out of our homes and neighborhoods once and for all. Contact your utility today and demand a safe analog meter.

Related: Hundreds Of Smart Meters Simultaneously Explode


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Truth Is Out: Last Chapter Of The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia?
June 21 2016 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

The greatest news story in history: The story of what is going to happen in 2016 will be the greatest news story in history of mankind on planet Earth. 



The RKM-robbers with their criminal cheats of debt-banking, inside jobs, mass killings, mass surveillance, terror attacks, aircraft downing, and religious deceit, are disintegrating.

Related: David Wilcock:ull Disclosure and Ascension: The War Has Gone Hot!

Thirteen centuries of élite-led misinformation are soon coming to an end. Disclosure means light and change for the healing of mankind and our planet.

There is a good probability that the bulk of major changes will be disclosed in an avalanche of unexpected news-shocks, simultaneously from multiple sources, likely beginning in Asia or Switzerland. And that will be the beginning of a new era in history people are going to witness; it is the first major change on this planet since Atlantis sank about 12,000 years ago.

The Shocking Truth Will be Known:

Soon people, inside and outside governments, will commence to speak the truth with greater energy and clarity, with less fear than ever before in human history. And their words will be heard, preserved and multiplied beyond the reach of Khazarian suppression.

Many things will become unobstructed, seeing the world in a different light, unlocking the truths mankind has been deceived. Remember; Humanity is greater than politics, and shall conquer.

Many historic facts will come under scrutiny for finding the true truth. Like how tsunamis, freak weather conditions and earthquakes in Japan, Central America and Haiti have been deliberately man-made by covert government agencies. The fate of thousands of missing children worldwide will become known. How and why deliberately diseases such as Cancer, Ebola, AIDS,SARS, MERS, H5N1, Zika, and Morgellons were created.

Stopping the global warming hoax or climate change charades for deliberate environmental destruction, ending poverty, ending war, eliminating disease and subsequently restoring the planet to full health. Understanding the intentional bioterrorism like food-poisoning, GMO, chemtrails, etc. that are applied by government agencies seeking to reduce the world’s population.

The 188-nation in the BRICS alliance, led by China, Russia, Brazil, India, and South Africa, will become central in facilitating truthful global news flows, necessary for the introduction of new asset-backed international currencies.

New ‘crowd-sourced’ media outlets will emerge. Accelerating leaked testimonials and whistleblowing by making remedies more effective and more patriotic that also shall change Western scientific attitudes, banking, security and military cultures.


Important Disclosures:

Further important disclosures are expected about endemic professional corruption in Western healthcare systems. Pharmaceutical medicine will be shown to be a manipulative tool, designed by the corporate controllers to make people sick.

The tools of this manipulation are sophisticated poisons dressed-up as expensive medicines or vaccines. In most cases prescribed medications are unnecessary, likewise intrusive surgery, which makes even more expensive medicines necessary.

When the money is followed it becomes obvious why attempts to suppress or outlaw alternative herbal remedies have been implemented that work better and cost less.



More information about The Ritalin Conspiracy, and about the Statin Scam that inhibit the production of cholesterol very effectively, but cholesterol is good for the body. As cholesterol is not the cause of heart disease, so actually there is NO problem.

Statins are good for doctors but bad for patients. The name of this game is; Hypercholesterolemia, which requires the services of doctors to detect its presence. It’s a health issue that makes patients dependent on doctors. Doctors that became the sales representatives for the drugs industry. Drugs that make money for the invisible RKM sitting at the top of the pharmaceutical industry.

A new international blockchain payment system will evolve for the transfer of new gold backed international currencies, making market manipulation and paper derivatives an impossibility.


International Gold Backed Currency:

A new international gold backed currency is to replace the Euro and US dollar that will use the CIPS system since Swift cannot deal with Chinese Yuan. 

Almost all of the real gold in the world is now in the hands of positive allies. – The BIS, the World Bank, the New York Stock Exchange and the Federal Reserve Board have all been hacked.



The US Treasury Department, now free from Khazarian control, is going to issue a new $20 bill that will either be backed by Asian gold or will be a new US domestic currency, depending on ongoing financial negotiations.

The plan is to stop the upcoming US presidential election, intel sources say. With the purpose to eliminate the Khazarian presidential candidate Hillary Clinton who is nearing her indictment, as prosecutors move in on her, while Obama is forced to stop her protection, and likely being impeached. As Benjamin Fulford reports:


"Legally the United States Corporate government is now under the control of the United Nations Corporation headed by Baron Rothschild.

However, the status of the United Nations Corporation itself is doubtful because they have neither the gold nor the moral standing to maintain the current chaotic, and planet destroying systems they oversee. Rothschild and Khazarian mafia control has been reduced, in essence, to the bankrupt G7 group of nations.

What important is to know, is that the WDS and its allies have identified the names and locations of all the top members of this ruling Khazarian bloodline and have the technical capability of removing them from this world.

Doing so would be the very last option the WDS would take and it would only happen if it became necessary to do so to prevent genocide. The point though is that the families that currently control the G7 and the UN corporation are no longer in any position to dictate to the world.

Their financial system, the source of their power, is now based almost entirely on fraud."

The Khazarian Mafia is the world’s largest Organized Crime Syndicate that has infiltrated and hijacked America in 1913. This mafia gang was taken over by the Bauer family of Banksters who changed their name to Rothschild.

Now known as the RKM the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, empowered by Babylonian Talmudic “Money-Magic” known as “making money from nothing”, gained absolute control over the world’s banking system. The Global Banking Ponzi Scheme will eventually be exposed in full and The Global Supremacists themselves brought to justice.


The identities of the hidden Khazarian Zionist political bosses embedded in corporate America will be disclosed. The use of human clones in managing European Royal families, international banking, spiritual fascism in religion, industrial militarism and political assassinations will be made clear for all to see.

The fact that mind-controlled human clones have been ‘democratically elected’ into national leaderships, that have signed state and religious papers, and have been terminated at will and substituted with others, will be revealed. The present Pope Jorge Mario Bergoglio called ‘Francis’, will be obliged to retire. And Queen Elizabeth II of England will abdicate her throne.



The Legitimacy of ‘Royal’ Status:

The legitimacy of ‘royal’ status will attract increased forensic scrutiny in the public domain. Why should élite, unelected, unappointed, unqualified bloodlines have privileged access to vast invisible influence and wealth?



The role of the European royal families in the Nazi related shadow banking nexus will be exposed. As their vast capital is revealed, held in multiple off-ledger black screen accounts of stolen and hidden monies grown into thousands of quadrillions.


Dirty Tricks:

A whole range of dirty tricks will become known to the public, like the backgrounds of the Greek disaster that purposely has been created, as a test case for further pilfering of the EU continent and the Americas. Here an expose to show the working:

The banks don’t want Greece to be able to service its debt, because the banks intend to use Greece’s inability to service the debt in order to loot Greece of its assets and resources and in order to roll back the social safety net put in place during the 20th century. Neoliberalism intends to reestablish feudalism – a few robber barons and many serfs: The One Percent and the 99 percent.

The younger part of the Greek population will have emigrated and will have been replaced by immigrants fleeing Middle Eastern and African wars who will have loaded up Greece’s unfunded welfare system.

The Refugees crisis is financed by George Soros to take over all of the EU, with the help of Angela Merkel, Francois Hollande, and most of the other mind-controlled EU puppet leaders.

In other words, Greece is now being destroyed by the EU that it so foolishly joined and trusted. The same thing is happening to Portugal and is also underway in Spain, France, and Italy. The looting has already taken place in Ireland, Latvia, a number of African-, and Latin American- countries, and is underway in Ukraine.

All this shows why all countries in the world are experiencing financial turmoil, which is important to understand. The smiling puppet leaders are the least concerned about the fate of their countrymen.

Citizens’ money keeps dwindling by the implemented measures of austerity. All developed countries with debt will culminate into a situation that now is being experienced by Greece.

The whole system is broken and severely damaged. While the ‘received’ bail-out monies were spent to pay off debt to foreign banks, owned by the RKM, which to this day continues to be the case.

The world has entered the looting stage of capitalism. Misery and Despair will be the result. But now the truth is out, an entirely different approach is necessary. WAKEUP citizens all of you to STOP this, by changing course! And pass on this message by forwarding it to all your contacts with your personal motivation, to read it, and similarly forward it to their contacts. Take the attitude, as what de Russian President Putin says about the Rothschilds:


“They do not own the world, and they do not have carte blanch to do whatever they want. If we do not challenge them there will be other issues. We will not be bullied by them.”

It is time to fundamentally change the managing of our society. A Swiss like Canton structure where locals decide about their own future is a good example for the change of governing.

The money creation must be in the hands of the people and not in privately owned central bank institutions.

We the people are the owners of this planet. We decide what should be done, governments are our elected servants, to run society the way we want, and not the other way around as it is today; by puppet leaders and unelected officials that act as a dictator. – Have faith in it. NOW is the time for action.


Change is on the Horizon:

Former CIA Deputy Director Mike Morell has admitted on a MSM channel – in Hard Talk on MSNBC TV that Bush and Cheney lied about the war on Iraq.

Those of us who get the news from alternative reliable sources have known this for years. What is important though is the fact that it was said on ‘corporate controlled media’. What this means is that other corporate media will quote this news and becomes part of the “official” public view.

So hopefully it is clear and well-explained that the truth is out and urgency and duty have arrived for all the people to come into action in making the necessary changes.

Are We On Our Way Home? | Neil Keenan Udate

Neil and his Group K has made his seven-year long journey towards ensuring the liberation and return of the Global Collateral Accounts that would be opened and accessible as originally intended. Truly upon the cusp of opening the GCA’s the world population is going “to live happily ever after”.

This is Neil’s quest. For the sake of the people on this planet we pray that Neil regains his strength and finally achieves his goal. This is what the world needs, a winner; and a winning outcome.

Listen to this video to fully understand the meaning and the history of Neil’s tremendous endeavour.

 



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Several Million Readers Are Unable To Help Prove The Official Orlando Shootings Story + Reasons To Question The Official Story Of The Orlando Shooting
June 21 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / GlobalResearch /

The apparently fake (false-flag) Orlando nightclub shootings are - in keeping with their modus operandi - being used by the Cabal for multiple purposes. Just as with Sandy Hook, there have been no bodies produced - no evidence to back any claims made. All the while the public lap up what they are told to believe is real, as the narrative is forced towards gun control, ISIS, race / religion conflicts and all sorts of other trivia - providing a very effective media blackout for other events taking place unnoticed with the convenient benefit of a media smokescreen.



As not a single one of my several hundred thousand readers of this [ paucraigroberts.com ] site plus the several million who read repostings on other sites and translations abroad have been able to find a shred of evidence that corroborates the official story of the Orlando mass shooting, I close my attempt to prove the government’s case.

Related: Worst Mass Shooting In US History Leaves 50 Dead, Many Wounded At Orlando Gay Club - Shooter Pledged ISIS Allegiance + Shooter An Employee Of CIA Front Company Wackenhut / G4S – Sacrificial Lamb?

In the URL below is an account that is likely overall correct. However, the author, in an attempt to marshall all possible evidence against the US government, inadvertantly buys into the government’s account, as so many skeptics do.

The author says that Mateen, like Tsarnaev, “was known to the authorities, who let him proceed unfettered.”

By involving authorities as permissive accomplices, the author undermines the account that it was a false flag attack.

So many skeptics do this that it makes you wonder: Orlando Nightclub Shooting: Questions and Anomalies Surround ‘Worst Mass Shooting in U.S. History’




Reasons To Question The Official Story Of The Orlando Shooting

As more and more evidence emerges regarding the mass shooting in an Orlando gay club that resulted in the death of at least 52 people and many more injured, signs are increasingly pointing toward the possibility of a false flag operation.

Already, a number of points lend credence to those who might suggest that intelligence agencies more so than desert-dwelling terrorist organizations are responsible for organizing and directing the attacks.


A number of questionable aspects regarding this shooting include:

1. The FBI knew about the shooter and investigated him prior to the attack.

2. The shooter had a connection to a known ISIS recruiter.

3. The shooter’s father was a former “Afghan presidential candidate” who supported the Taliban.

4. The FBI’s history in creating terrorism.


Omar Mir Seddique Mateen has now been revealed as the gunman in the Orlando club attack. According to mainstream reports, Mateen carried an AR-15 rifle and a handgun into the Pulse club around 2 a.m. and started shooting, killing 50 people and wounding 53. A stand-off ensued which lasted for about 3 hours before a SWAT team crashed into the building with an armored vehicle and killed Mateen.



There was a distinct lack of dead bodies and bloodied 'survivors'

Mateen had allegedly pledged allegiance to ISIS before the shooting by calling 911 and stating allegiance to ISIS leader Abu Bakr Al-Baghdadi as well as mentioning the Tsarnaev brothers. Mateen was an American citizen born to Afghan parents from Port St. Lucie, Florida, about a 125 miles away from Orlando, a distance which he allegedly drove to commit the attack.


FBI Foreknowledge, ISIS Sympathies,Taliban Ties

What may at first sound like an instance of senseless violence, brings with it a number of other questions. For instance, the FBI was already well aware of Mateen and his connections to radical jihad and terrorism.

According to CNN’s article, “50 Killed in Florida Nightclub, Shooter Pledged ISIS Allegiance,” two officials tell CNN that the FBI had investigated Mateen at some point for possibly having ties to or sympathizing with Islamic extremism. A law enforcement official said there were two cases opened involving Mateen but the probes didn’t result in enough evidence to charge him with anything.

The investigations were reported by a number of mainstream media organizations and later confirmed by the FBI itself during a press conference. The FBI admitted that Mateen had been interviewed by agents twice in 2013 due to comments made about radical jihad which were overheard by coworkers.

He was interviewed for a third time one year later due to his connection to Moner Mohammad Abu Salha, an American who had traveled from Florida to train in Syria and later to return to the United States in order to recruit other Americans to fight in the Western-backed terrorist brigades attempting to overthrow secular and legitimate government, Bashar Al Assad.

Salha allegedly returned to Syria and blew himself up in a suicide bombing. It is also interesting to note that Mateen’s father Seddique Mateen is a political personality in his own right having hosted a TV show and apparently declared himself a presidential candidate for Afghanistan.

Seddique has denounced the Pakistani government and expressed support and encouragement for the Taliban movement.

Still, the question regarding the fact that Mateen was on the FBI’s radar is extremely important. One key aspect suggesting a false flag that should be looked for soon after the attack is any possible connection the suspect or group of suspects may have had with intelligence agencies.

A connection to any one of these organizations and institutions may go some length in explaining how the attack was coordinated, the motivation of the perpetrators, the actual involvement (or not) of the suspects, and who actually directed the operation.



For instance, on 9/11, many of the alleged hijackers had previously had close contact with the FBI, CIA, and other high-level intelligence agencies (both home and abroad). Likewise, the Tsarnaev brothers who have been accused of masterminding and carrying out the Boston Bombing had ties to the FBI before the attack.

In many instances, connections to certain military agencies and communities should serve as the same red flag as connections to intelligence agencies since these institutions have largely been blended together.


The FBI’s Sordid History of Organizing Terrorist Attacks

Indeed, the FBI has had a long history in creating, organizing and facilitating terrorist attacks in order to bust them at the last minute and claim credit for stopping terror attacks.

The FBI also has a long history of investigating, monitoring and interviewing suspects of high-profile terrorist attacks before those attacks were committed but doing nothing about them.

As Tony Cartalucci writes in his article, “US Law Enforcement Knew Florida Shooter BEFORE Shooting,”


A terror suspect armed to the teeth storming a public place and killing scores is actually a very familiar script. The FBI wrote several such scripts in 2015 alone, including entrapping and arresting a mentally-ill suspect after providing him with an arsenal of deadly weapons almost identical to the arsenal recently employed in Flordia.

The Intercept would report in its article, “Another “Terror” Arrest; Another Mentally Ill Man, Armed by the FBI,” that:

U.S. law enforcement officials announced another terror arrest on Monday, after arming a mentally ill man and then charging him with having guns.

ABC News quoted a “senior federal official briefed on the arrest” as saying: “This is a very bad person arrested before he could do very bad things.”

But in a sting reminiscent of so many others conducted by the FBI since 9/11, Alexander Ciccolo, 23, “aka Ali Al Amriki,” was apparently a mentally ill man who was doing nothing more than ranting about violent jihad and talking (admittedly in frightening ways) about launching attacks - until he met an FBI informant. At that point, he started making shopping lists for weapons.

The Intercept would also reference the FBI’s affidavit (.pdf), stating (emphasis added):

According to the affidavit, Ciccolo first talked to the FBI informant about attacking two bars and a police station. Later, he spoke of attacking a college campus with a homemade pressure-cooker bomb like the one used in the Boston Marathon terror attack; he also talked about using guns and a lot of ammo. Ciccolo, according to the affidavit, then “ordered the firearms from a confidential human source (“CHS”) working with the FBI.”

The list of weapons provided to the mentally-ill suspect by the FBI informant is shocking. Revealed in the official FBI affidavit (.pdf), the weapons included a 9mm Glock 17, a 10mm Glock 20, a .223 Colt AR-15 rifle, (referred to by the media as an “assault rifle”), and a 556 Sig Arms SG550 rifle (also often referred to as an assault rifle). Also included in the affidavit is the same hysterical rhetoric encouraged by FBI informants now evident in the recent actions of terror suspect Omar Mateen in Florida.

The FBI literally provided a mentally-ill man they helped plan a terrorist attack together with, an arsenal of deadly weapons – arresting him just before he committed his crime.

The only factor that prevented the 2015 entrapment of Ciccolo from becoming a live Florida shooting-style attack was the fact that the FBI arrested Ciccolo before he carried out his planned attack – while those following Mateen did not arrest him.

The role of the FBI in Mateen obtaining his weapons will never be known since Mateen is now – conveniently – dead.

Even if he purchased them “legally” at a gun store, it should be noted that in other FBI entrapment cases, suspects were encouraged to purchase weapons themselves, with the FBI arresting them only after they left gun stores with their newly acquired arsenal.


Interestingly enough, in the Ciccolo incident that Cartalucci refers to above, the plan which was fed to Ciccolo involved attacking bars, a target that was actually realized in Orlando.

Of course, there will be many who will argue that the FBI, while entrapping unintelligent suspects, would never actually let the drill go live it is important to remember the 1993 World Trade Center bombing where that is precisely what the FBI did.


Who Controls ISIS?

Lastly, one immensely important question must be asked: If ISIS is responsible for the attacks, who controls ISIS? For many, claims that the attacker belongs to ISIS is a deal breaker. For these individuals, ISIS is a shadowy terrorist organization that supports itself and has created a caliphate in eastern Syria and western Iraq that can scarcely be defeated (except when the Russians bomb it).

However, the facts do not support such a shallow understanding of the ISIS terrorist organization.



ISIS was entirely created, funded and directed by the United States, Britain, France and other NATO countries. Its actions have been coordinated by the Anglo-American Intelligence apparatus for geopolitical purposes all across the world both at home and abroad.

For this reason, the declaration that ISIS committed a terrorist attack in Paris is by no means a get-out-of-jail-free card for the Western Intelligence apparatus. Instead, it is the trademark of their handiwork. Please see these articles for more information on the nature of ISIS: hereherehere and here.


Conclusion

While the right-wing media blames Muslims and the left-wing media blame guns, perhaps it would be more effective if thinking individuals would examine the possibilities that this attack was a false flag incident designed to push an agenda that would benefit those in power in some way or other.

Out of this attack we will no doubt see another push for the evisceration of the Second Amendment and other civil liberties as well as increased hype regarding ISIS as a threat to the American way of life and a greater attempt at justification for foreign adventures.

While the information presented above may not be enough evidence to prove in the court of law that the Orlando attack was a false flag attack, it is reason enough to question the official story thus far. If this attack is indeed placed in the lap of ISIS, however, all fingers should immediately point to NATO and the Atlanticist Intelligence apparatus.

It is they who control ISIS and they who bear the responsibility for its actions. If the attack is attributed to a lone jihadist nut the FBI has some serious explaining to do since it appears that the agency itself is the greatest initiator of terrorist activity inside American borders and is either the most incompetent anti-terror fighter in the U.S. or it is complicit in the attacks that take place.


Related Articles:

The sheer volume of information coming out and articles being written is voluminous and far too much to be worked into one article.

Below is just a sampling that provides a much larger picture of what has really been going on. Some are more perceptive than others...


Kevin Barrett: Is Orlando a False Flag? Update 13: Floor Plan – 8 Exits Over 8 CCTV Cameras – New Hypothesis - FBI Continues to Cover Up

Orlando nightclub massacre eyewitnesses: 'More than one shooter, snipers fired at police, someone blocked exits'

New Orlando Shooter Eyewitness Emerges: Testifies That 5 People Were Involved In Pulse Attack

Orlando Shooter Wasn’t the First Murderer Employed By Global Mercenary Firm

What the Media is NOT Telling You about the Orlando Shootout

Orlando nightclub massacre eyewitnesses: 'More than one shooter, snipers fired at police, someone blocked exits'

No Lone Wolf Shooting? Reported Multiple Orlando Gunmen

Is This What Orlando Is All About?

Orlando shooter: deeper hidden ties to the FBI?

Father of Orlando Shooter is Long-time CIA Asset

Stop Exploiting LGBT Issues to Demonize Islam and Justify Anti-Muslim Policies

Nine Lost Souls the FBI Charged as Terrorists While Letting the Orlando Shooter Go

Read This Before The Government Uses the Orlando Shooting to Start Another War


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

New Zealand Defence Force To Get $20bn Upgrade + More To Planned US Warship Visit Than Mere Celebration
June 20 2016 | From: RadioNewZealand / Various

The government will spend $20 billion on the Defence Force in a long-term investment plan that includes a new cyber security system for defence networks.



The $20bn spend outlined in the White Paper will be spread over 15 years

A new White Paper, which updates the Defence Force's policy, was released on June 8th that detailed plans to replace the Air Force Boeing 757, the C130-Hercules, the Orion maritime patrol aircraft and the ANZAC frigates, over the next 15 years.

It also said work was well under way to consider whether the existing Light Armoured Vehicles might be modernised, or replaced.



The plan allows for the replacement or review of the Defence Force's aircraft, frigates and Light Armoured Vehicles

While New Zealand did not face the prospect of an imminent military attack, there were growing threats as a result of failing states and pressure on food and water resources, the paper said.

Prime Minister John Key said the new policy was being launched at a time of "increasing uncertainty and instability in the international environment".


"The emergence of ISIL (Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant), heightened tensions in the East and South China seas, increases in military spending across South East Asia, and the rapid evolution and spread of cyber threats are just a few examples,"
he said.

New Zealand's geographical isolation did not provide the protection it once did, Mr Key said.

"As a maritime nation dependent on open trade routes, our security and prosperity is inextricably linked to events occurring far from our shores.

New Zealand needs a defence force than can protect New Zealand and also contribute to international security and stability," he said.




Prime Minister John Key presents the White Paper at Parliament

This included responding to activities in New Zealand's Exclusive Economic Zone, Antarctica and the Southern Ocean, Mr Key said.

Cyber security was also identified as a major new risk, and a new defence cyber support network would be developed.

More intelligence personnel would be hired to help analyse and distribute information collected from surveillance. The paper noted demand for disaster relief and and recovery efforts in the South Pacific would increase in coming decades.


Cyber Attacks 'As Effective a Weapon as a Bomb'

The White Paper noted increasing reliance on technology and information was creating "new vulnerabilities".

The threat to systems relying on networked technologies had increased "markedly" since 2010, it said.


"New Zealand therefore has an interest in contributing to international cyberspace and space efforts to protect this infrastructure from being exploited or disrupted."

Defence Minister Gerry Brownlee would not give specific details about the resourcing for the boosted cyber security system, as that had not yet been determined.



Defence Minister Gerry Brownlee also spoke at the paper's presentation


"But it will be a significant number of people who are deployed into the armed forces or from the armed forces who will specialise in, to a greater extent, in this sort of deterrent."

Mr Brownlee said cyber weapons were now significant, as evidenced by the reliance of individuals on a multitude of technologies.


"Now you can multiply that across a whole economy, or a whole set of economies and see what the potential might be to turn an attack on that - we all know about this - cyber attacks into an effective a weapon as a bomb.

So it's a much wider concept than just saying it's to protect, or it's to attack - we need to know what other people are up to, particularly in a military sense."

When asked how closely the Government Communications Security Bureau would be involved, Mr Brownlee said there would be a "high level of co-operation".


Maritime Threats and Illegal Fishing

As activity in New Zealand's waters increased, the White Paper warned incidents that required a New Zealand response were more likely to occur.

It said the size, intrinsic value and challenges associated with managing the country's large maritime domain underlined the significance of maritime threats to New Zealand.



The White Paper highlighted the Defence Force's activities and responsibilities in Antarctica and the Southern Ocean

New Zealand had a direct interest in the stability of Antarctica and the Southern Ocean, including its preservation, and the Defence Force must continue to monitor illegal, unregulated and unreported fishing, the paper said.

Mr Brownlee said illegal fishing came at a great cost to the country.


"Illegal fishing is one of the things that troubles us the most. It is an attack on our economy.

Similarly throughout the Pacific when you have unregulated fishing in some of our Pacific neighbours, that is also an attack on their economy and comes at a cost to us and our partner nations," Mr Brownlee said.

The White Paper also raised concerns about escalating tensions in the East and South China seas.

Over half of the country's maritime trade passed through the South China Sea, and the paper predicted that, over the coming decades, it was likely to remain a contested environment.

There would be serious implications for trade routes, and New Zealand's ability to service markets, should major instability occur in the region, it said.


"A secure maritime environment is vital to ensure our continued prosperity through maritime trade, as it is estimated that 99 percent of New Zealand's exports and imports are delivered by sea transport,"
Chief of the Defence Force Lieutenant General Tim Keating said.

"We just can't leave maritime security responsibilities to others without having a credible contribution ourselves," he said.


Funding Not Broken Down

A $20bn price tag over the next 15 years would be needed to implement the plan, but the White Paper did not contain a specific breakdown of costs.

Related: Defence White Paper 2016


Mr Key said the money would have to be appropriated through the normal budget process.


"So Budget 2016 had the forecast period where there was some obviously increase but also base allocation for [the Defence Force].

Secondly, there is some that can be funded through their depreciation allowance but over time, future budgets will have to make bigger allowances, both capital and operating, for Defence's capability."

The level of military spending was justified, Mr Key said.

"Well, firstly, it's over a long period of time... Secondly, if you look at our spending at about 1.1 percent of GDP, it's at the more modest end of spending when nations allocate resources towards our military capability."




More To Planned US Warship Visit Than Mere Celebration

Nicky Hager writes "Let the US send a warship" to be part of the NZ Navy's 75th birthday in November because the Nuclear-Free Act will not be threatened by such a visit.



The United States nuclear powered warship Texas arrives in New Zealand, in August 1983

The response of Auckland Peace Action is that it is not okay for any warships from anywhere to come to New Zealand, nuclear-armed or not.

Related: New Zealand To Abandon It’s Hard Fought Nuclear Free Stance?

The aspirations of the nuclear-free movement of the 1970s and 1980s did not come from a selfish desire to be safe from nuclear war and fallout. It was a powerful political movement that demanded a different kind of world: one entirely free of nuclear weapons, and one in which New Zealand set an example as a neutral, non-aligned, peacemaking country.

What Nicky Hager failed to mention and what people need to know today about the proposed visit of some 30 navies (including the US Navy) is that this event, billed as a "celebration", is part of an enormous arms fair sponsored by the world's largest weapons manufacturers - including nuclear weapons makers - and a military recruiting and public-relations campaign that will involve New Zealand in future wars.

The nuclear-free legislation isn't threatened; it has just been sidelined.

The week of events planned for Auckland in November is sponsored by many companies who directly profit from war, including Lockheed Martin, Thales, Babcock, ThyssenKrupp, and Cubic Defence (all in the top 100 list of international arms companies), along with the NZ Defence Industry Association, itself an industry trade promotion group consisting of another 60-odd members involved in weapons and military-related production.



Lockheed Martin is the world's largest weapons manufacturer and supplier to such regimes as Saudi Arabia, a country that today stands accused of using these very weapons to commit war crimes.

Along with the "International Fleet Review" which is essentially a parade of military hardware, a two-day arms fair at the ANZ Viaduct Events Centre is planned. Lockheed Martin is the principle sponsor and more than 500 delegates and weapons company representatives are expected. Here, military men can make deals to buy all the naval hardware and other weaponry on display.

Unsurprisingly, Lockheed Martin currently has a $446 million contract with the NZ Navy to upgrade New Zealand's two frigates, Te Mana and Te Kaha, boats the Government has already indicated it plans to replace as part of its $20 billion boost to the NZ Defence Force announced as part of last week's Defence White Paper.

This enormous injection of cash into the military is happening despite the NZDF's own evidence that "the country does not face a direct military threat in the foreseeable future".

The NZDF and those who support New Zealand's involvement in US wars, however, clearly do see a threat - a threat to their public support and, thus, continued operations.

This is the real reason behind the Navy's 75th birthday.



Their "celebration" is a stage-managed marketing event to secure public support for future wars, ever-increasing budgets and the recruitment of young men and women to fight and die.

The Navy says so itself: its four goals for the event are "reputation, relationships, retention and recruiting".

The New Zealand military has been continuously at war in Afghanistan alongside the US for 15 years; it is conducting regular training with the US Marine Corp, and it participates in the largest maritime war exercises in the world, the US-led Rimpac.

Related: RIMPAC, the Rim of the Pacific Exercise, is the world's largest international maritime warfare exercise

Instead of leading us to complacency because the Nuclear-Free Act is still intact, Hager could have taken the opportunity to encourage a redoubling of the efforts of the thousands of people who worked to make New Zealand nuclear-free and the necessity of expanding that position.

That movement was brave, capable and courageous 30 years ago. It is a movement to truly celebrate, but its work remains unfinished.

It is that work that is now urgently necessary.

Related: Fully Loaded: The Ten Biggest Gun Manufacturers in America


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
UK Labour MP Jo Cox’s Murder: A Desperate Anti-Brexit Psyop
June 19 2016 | From: Geopolitics

The Brexit Referendum will be held on June 23, and one British MP Jo Cox, a staunch anti-Brexit proponent, was shot and killed by a man with psychological issues [read: drugged] and who happened to shout “Britain First” just before the murder.



Yes, it’s not “Allahu Akbar”, this time around. As can be expected, the social media and the mainstream media are now being flooded with the “pro Brexit are extremists” branding to ruin the growing pro-Leave EU sentiments as shown by recent polls.


Related: Some may already be using the murder of MP Jo Cox for political gain



Make no mistake, it wasn’t the deranged Thomas Mair who murdered Cox but those who drugged him to madness. And there was no shouting of “Britain First” either, as new witnesses are now saying.

Here’s the strong motivation of why a sacrificial lamb must be used. From Reuters;


"
Britain’s “Leave” campaign opened up a 7-point lead over “Remain” ahead of a referendum on membership of the European Union an opinion poll showed late Monday, while the nation’s biggest-selling newspaper urged readers to vote to quit the bloc.

The result of the June 23 referendum will have far-reaching consequences for politics, the economy, defense, migration and diplomacy in Britain and elsewhere.

Recent polls are suggesting that momentum has swung towards the “Leave” camp, or a so called Brexit, unsettling investors. “Leave” in recent days has focused its campaign on the issue of immigration.

According to the YouGov poll for The Times, “Leave” held 46 percent support compared with 39 percent support for “Remain.” Undecided voters were 11 percent, while 4 percent won’t vote.

Last Monday The Times/YouGov had reported a 1 percent lead for the “Remain” campaign.

In another, though not unexpected, boost for “Leave,” media tycoon Rupert Murdoch’s Sun newspaper called on its readers to vote to quit the 28-member EU.

“The Sun urges everyone to vote Leave. We must set ourselves free from dictatorial Brussels,” said the tabloid, which has a circulation of 1.7 million."

- Reuters

It used to be as high as 10% lead for Leave EU campaign.

Bloomberg tracker indicates 3.3% lead for Leave EU campaign [here], while the Rothschild’s Economist gave it a statistical tie [here]…

… which should make it easy for the globalists to sway the votes in their favor, i.e. the preservation of the European SuperState.

The recent murder of Jo Cox is an indication that the anti-Brexit camp are so desperate, they believe they could easily use it to reverse the sentiment of the people, or at the very least, they could use the murder to mask the rigging of the votes on June 30, just like they employed fear mongering during the last Scotland referendum.

Scotland Referendum Fraud Exposed

The bigger picture, however, will always be that the Sheeples are subjected to constant flow of distraction to preoccupy them with issues that that have nothing to do with real freedom. The limited choices of the people will always confine them to that same “divide and rule” control system that has worked for thousands of years and has continued to enslave them even today.

There must be a more decisive action from those who see things as they truly are.

 

Aside from the fiat monetary scam and bloodsoaked petrodollar, another significant source of funds for the Nazionist Khazarian Mafia is the “healthcare” industry which registered a whopping $3.09 trillion in 2014, and is projected to soar to $3.57 trillion in 2017, in the US alone. We believe that this is just a conservative figure.

We can avoid using drugs, defeat any viral attack and scaremongering, like the Zika virus, easily by knowing how to build our own comprehensive antiviral system. Find more about it here.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Spark Boss Accuses Google Of 'Despicable Behaviour'
June 19 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview

Sorry, don't want to foist a story-based-on a tweet on NBR readers but I couldn't help but highlight Spark boss Simon Moutter's post on Twitter last night.



The chief executive retweeted an NBR story on Google NZ's latest financial filing, adding his own comment:


"Despicable behaviour – posting $10m revenue despite generating $67m annual ad revenue in NZ to offshore entity."

The $67 million is the estimate of Google's ad revenue booked in New Zealand in the Fairfax-NZME merger application – and the pair's figures seem in line with estimates by the IAB and others.

However, social media consultant Louis van Wyk hit back with a couple of good jabs, tweeting to NBR:


"So will Moutter put his money where his mouth is? Will Spark avoid Google ads in favour of supporting local media?"



And:


"Spark spends a lot on Facebook too. How much tax did Facebook pay in NZ?"
 [Answer: very little].

Mr van Wyk makes a good point. NBR has asked the Spark boss if he thinks his company should stop promoting itself through Google and Facebook ads, thereby helping to line the pockets of these profit-shifters.

Don't hold your breath for a boycott. Google and Facebook command a huge share of New Zealander's online attention. Spark would be cutting off its nose to spite its face.

Mr Moutter has previously called on the government to move faster on revenue and profit-shifting by multinationals (and, elsewhere noted that Google and other tech companies are now competitors to Spark with their "over-the-top" voice and video-conferencing services).



Australia and the UK have introduced so-called "Google tax" measures against such behaviour. The Spark boss says doing the same here would level the playing field. Revenue Minister Michael Woodhouse says a process is in train in alignment with an OECD initiative that could see tighter rules from July 2017.

With the separate investigation into offshore trusts wrapping up early, Mr Woodhouse might want to turn his attention to Mr Moutter's favourite topic (and remember, the Spark boss was part of the lobby that successfully pushed for the so-called "Netflix tax" or the new provision for offshore providers of online services to charge GST).

An overwhelming majority of NBR readers agree with Mr Moutter. However, NBR economics editor Rob Hosking is wary of policy being driven by "moral panic". 

A Google spokeperson told NBR earlier this month:  


"Google complies with the law in every country where we operate. We believe international forums like the OECD are the right places to decide tax rules for multinational businesses because everyone would benefit from a simpler and more transparent system.

Google’s average global corporate tax rate in recent years is around 19%, and we incurred taxes of more than US$3.3 billion in 2015."


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Crisis In Science Research: Over 70% Of Researchers Fail To Reproduce Another Scientist's Experiments
June 16 2016 | From: Sott

More than 70% of researchers have tried and failed to reproduce another scientist's experiments, and more than half have failed to reproduce their own experiments.



Those are some of the telling figures that emerged from Nature's survey of 1,576 researchers who took a brief online questionnaire on reproducibility in research.

The data reveal sometimes-contradictory attitudes towards reproducibility. Although 52% of those surveyed agree that there is a significant 'crisis' of reproducibility, less than 31% think that failure to reproduce published results means that the result is probably wrong, and most say that they still trust the published literature.



Data on how much of the scientific literature is reproducible are rare and generally bleak. The best-known analyses, from psychology 1 and cancer biology 2, found rates of around 40% and 10%, respectively.

Our survey respondents were more optimistic: 73% said that they think that at least half of the papers in their field can be trusted, with physicists and chemists generally showing the most confidence.






The results capture a confusing snapshot of attitudes around these issues, says Arturo Casadevall, a microbiologist at the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health in Baltimore, Maryland.


“At the current time there is no consensus on what reproducibility is or should be."
But just recognizing that is a step forward, he says. "The next step may be identifying what is the problem and to get a consensus."



Failing to reproduce results is a rite of passage, says Marcus Munafo, a biological psychologist at the University of Bristol, UK, who has a long-standing interest in scientific reproducibility. When he was a student, he says;


"I tried to replicate what looked simple from the literature,
and wasn't able to. Then I had a crisis of confidence, and then I learned that my experience wasn't uncommon."

The challenge is not to eliminate problems with reproducibility in published work. Being at the cutting edge of science means that sometimes results will not be robust, says Munafo. "We want to be discovering new things but not generating too many false leads."



The Scale of Reproducibility

But sorting discoveries from false leads can be discomfiting. Although the vast majority of researchers in our survey had failed to reproduce an experiment, less than 20% of respondents said that they had ever been contacted by another researcher unable to reproduce their work.

Our results are strikingly similar to another online survey of nearly 900 members of the American Society for Cell Biology (see go.nature.com). That may be because such conversations are difficult.

If experimenters reach out to the original researchers for help, they risk appearing incompetent or accusatory, or revealing too much about their own projects.

A minority of respondents reported ever having tried to publish a replication study. When work does not reproduce, researchers often assume there is a perfectly valid (and probably boring) reason.

What's more, incentives to publish positive replications are low and journals can be reluctant to publish negative findings. In fact, several respondents who had published a failed replication said that editors and reviewers demanded that they play down comparisons with the original study.

Nevertheless, 24% said that they had been able to publish a successful replication and 13% had published a failed replication. Acceptance was more common than persistent rejection: only 12% reported being unable to publish successful attempts to reproduce others' work; 10% reported being unable to publish unsuccessful attempts.



Survey respondent Abraham Al-Ahmad at the Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center in Amarillo expected a "cold and dry rejection" when he submitted a manuscript explaining why a stem-cell technique had stopped working in his hands. He was pleasantly surprised when the paper was accepted 3. The reason, he thinks, is because it offered a workaround for the problem.

Others place the ability to publish replication attempts down to a combination of luck, persistence and editors' inclinations. Survey respondent Michael Adams, a drug-development consultant, says that work showing severe flaws in an animal model of diabetes has been rejected six times, in part because it does not reveal a new drug target.

By contrast, he says, work refuting the efficacy of a compound to treat Chagas disease was quickly accepted 4.


The Corrective Measures

One-third of respondents said that their labs had taken concrete steps to improve reproducibility within the past five years. Rates ranged from a high of 41% in medicine to a low of 24% in physics and engineering.

Free-text responses suggested that redoing the work or asking someone else within a lab to repeat the work is the most common practice. Also common are efforts to beef up the documentation and standardization of experimental methods.

Any of these can be a major undertaking. A biochemistry graduate student in the United Kingdom, who asked not to be named, says that efforts to reproduce work for her lab's projects doubles the time and materials used - in addition to the time taken to troubleshoot when some things invariably don't work.

Although replication does boost confidence in results, she says, the costs mean that she performs checks only for innovative projects or unexpected results.

Consolidating methods is a project unto itself, says Laura Shankman, a postdoc studying smooth muscle cells at the University of Virginia, Charlottesville. After several postdocs and graduate students left her lab within a short time, remaining members had trouble getting consistent results in their experiments.



The lab decided to take some time off from new questions to repeat published work, and this revealed that lab protocols had gradually diverged. She thinks that the lab saved money overall by getting synchronized instead of troubleshooting failed experiments piecemeal, but that it was a long-term investment.

Irakli Loladze, a mathematical biologist at Bryan College of Health Sciences in Lincoln, Nebraska, estimates that efforts to ensure reproducibility can increase the time spent on a project by 30%, even for his theoretical work.

He checks that all steps from raw data to the final figure can be retraced. But those tasks quickly become just part of the job.


"Reproducibility is like brushing your teeth,"
he says. "It is good for you, but it takes time and effort. Once you learn it, it becomes a habit."

One of the best-publicized approaches to boosting reproducibility is pre-registration, where scientists submit hypotheses and plans for data analysis to a third party before performing experiments, to prevent cherry-picking statistically significant results later.

Fewer than a dozen people mentioned this strategy. One who did was Hanne Watkins, a graduate student studying moral decision-making at the University of Melbourne in Australia. Going back to her original questions after collecting data, she says, kept her from going down a rabbit hole.

And the process, although time consuming, was no more arduous than getting ethical approval or formatting survey questions.


"If it's built in right from the start,"
she says, "it's just part of the routine of doing a study."


The Cause

The survey asked scientists what led to problems in reproducibility. More than 60% of respondents said that each of two factors - pressure to publish and selective reporting - always or often contributed.

More than half pointed to insufficient replication in the lab, poor oversight or low statistical power. A smaller proportion pointed to obstacles such as variability in reagents or the use of specialized techniques that are difficult to repeat.

But all these factors are exacerbated by common forces, says Judith Kimble, a developmental biologist at the University of Wisconsin - Madison: competition for grants and positions, and a growing burden of bureaucracy that takes away from time spent doing and designing research.


“Everyone is stretched thinner these days,"
she says. "And the cost extends beyond any particular research project.

If graduate students train in labs where senior members have little time for their juniors, they may go on to establish their own labs without having a model of how training and mentoring should work".

"They will go off and make it worse,
"
Kimble says.

What can be done? Respondents were asked to rate 11 different approaches to improving reproducibility in science, and all got ringing endorsements. Nearly 90% - more than 1,000 people - ticked "More robust experimental design" "better statistics" and "better mentorship".

Those ranked higher than the option of providing incentives (such as funding or credit towards tenure) for reproducibility-enhancing practices. But even the lowest-ranked item - journal checklists - won a whopping 69% endorsement.



The survey - which was e-mailed to Nature readers and advertised on affiliated websites and social-media outlets as being 'about reproducibility' - probably selected for respondents who are more receptive to and aware of concerns about reproducibility.

Nevertheless, the results suggest that journals, funders and research institutions that advance policies to address the issue would probably find cooperation, says John Ioannidis, who studies scientific robustness at Stanford University in California.


"People would probably welcome such initiatives."

About 80% of respondents thought that funders and publishers should do more to improve reproducibility.

“It's healthy that people are aware of the issues and open to a range of straightforward ways to improve them," says Munafo.

And given that these ideas are being widely discussed, even in mainstream media, tackling the initiative now may be crucial.

"If we don't act on this, then the moment will pass, and people will get tired of being told that they need to do something."

Downlaod the full questionnaire used in the survey and the raw data in a spreadsheet (the data are also available as a tab-delimited file at Figshare).


Comment: What is Conspicuously Absent from the Ddiscussion is Scientific Misconduct:

Richard Horton, editor-in-chief of The Lancet, has written bleakly:


“The case against science is straightforward: much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue.

Afflicted by studies with small sample sizes, tiny effects, invalid exploratory analyses, and flagrant conflicts of interest, together with an obsession for pursuing fashionable trends of dubious importance, science has taken a turn towards darkness."



Dr. Marcia Angell, a physician and longtime Editor in Chief of the New England Medical Journal (NEMJ), which is considered one of the most prestigious peer-reviewed medical journals in the world, makes her view of the subject quite plain:


"It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines."

Related Articles:

Fraud is growing more rampant in scientific studies

Corruption in Science: Who's afraid of peer review?

Corruption of science and data fraud: Stanford researchers uncover patterns in how scientists falsify research

Corruption of science: Nearly all scientific papers controlled by same six corporations

Corruption of Science: Fraud and Errors in Scientific Studies Skyrocket

Corrupt Science: Cancer Research of 10 Years Useless: Fraudulent Studies, Says Mayo Clinic

The Corruption of Science in America



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
So, You Thought Slavery Was Dead? Think Again
June 16 2016 | From: AntiMedia

Nearly 46 million human beings are subject to slavery, a new report released this week concluded.



According to the third annual Global Slavery Index, which gathers and analyzes surveys conducted by Gallup, the number of people forced into “modern slavery,” or “human trafficking, forced labour, debt bondage, forced or servile marriage or commercial sexual exploitation,” rose from 35.8 million to 45.8 million since 2014 - a 28 percent increase.

The Global Slavery Index is a project of Walk Free, an Australian human rights organization dedicated to ending modern slavery, which researchers caution does not mean traditional slavery, in which:


“People were held in bondage as legal property.



This year, the researchers for the index analyzed survey responses from 42,000 respondents in 53 languages and 167 countries, though they noted gathering such information is;


A difficult undertaking due to the hidden nature of this crime and low levels of victim identification.”

Even so, Andrew Forrest, the founder of Walk Free, suspected the 28 percent increase from 2014 to 2016 was “due to better data collection, although he feared the situation was getting worse with global displacement and migration increasing vulnerability to all forms of slavery,”Reuters reported.

The new analysis highlights the persistence of slavery in modern society, cataloguing the worst-offending nations and noting that instances of modern slavery occurred in all 167 countries included in the study.

According to the report, 58 percent of individuals forced into modern slavery were located in five countries: India, China, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Uzbekistan. Those nations had the highest “absolute” number of slaves - India was found to have over 18 million slaves, and China, which took second place, had over 3 million.

The report also listed nations with the highest proportions of slaves relative to their total populations: North Korea, Uzbekistan, Cambodia, India, and Qatar.

With over 1.1 million slaves in a nation of just over 25 million, North Korea had the highest proportion of victims, with 4.373 percent of the population subject to servitude. That amounts to roughly 1 in 20 North Korean citizens forced into slavery. As the report explains, in North Korea;


“There is pervasive evidence that government-sanctioned forced labour occurs in an extensive system of prison labour camps while North Korean women are subjected to forced marriage and commercial sexual exploitation in China and other neighbouring states.”

The 2016 index further noted other instances of state-sponsored slavery, naming Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan, Tajikistan, Belarus, China, Eritrea, Russia, Swaziland, and Vietnam - as well as North Korea - as the worst offenders.

It also criticized North Korea, Iran, Eritrea, Equatorial Guinea, Hong Kong, Central African Republic, Papua New Guinea, Guinea, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, and South Sudan for their lack of effort in combating slavery.

Interestingly, Iraq, Afghanistan, Yemen, Syria, Somalia, and Libya, all nations subject to U.S. military intervention, tied for sixth place in the list of oppressive countries by proportion to population - totaling several million designated modern slaves among them.

But the researchers did not include these nations’ governments when they analyzed efforts to curb slavery, perhaps unintentionally highlighting yet another oppressive force in the contemporary human experience:


“Due to the ongoing conflict and extreme disruption to government function,”
they note, “we have not included ratings for Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Somalia, Syria or Yemen.”

Critics of the report challenged the statistical methods, arguing the analysts used “flawed methodology by extrapolating on-the-ground surveys in some countries to estimate numbers for other nations.”

However, as Reuters reported, “Forrest said a lack of hard data on slavery in the past had held back efforts to tackle this hidden crime and it was important to draw a ‘sand in the line’ measurement to drive action.”

He challenged critics to produce an alternative.

Without measurement you don’t have effective management and there’s no way to lead the world away from slavery,” he said.



Discussing options for eradicating modern slavery, Forrest, an Australian mining billionaire and philanthropist, singled out businesses that fail to scrutinize slavery in the production of their products:


Businesses that don’t actively look for forced labour within their supply chains are standing on a burning platform. Business leaders who refuse to look into the realities of their own supply chains are misguided and irresponsible,
he said.

As Reuters noted, the2016 index again found Asia, which provides low-skilled labor in global supply chains producing clothing, food and technology, accounted for two-thirds of the people in slavery.”

Calling on leaders in government and civil society (as well as business), to work harder in eradicating modern slavery, Forrest ultimately waxed optimistic.


“Through our responsible use of power, strength of conviction, determination and collective will, we all can lead the world to end slavery,”
he said.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Message From Iraqi Children To America And The World + Israeli IDF Colonel Leading ISIS Terrorists Arrested In Iraq
June 15 2016 | From: FarsNews / Youtube / GlobalResearch

“The security and popular forces have held captive an Israeli colonel, a commander of Iraq’s popular mobilization forces. The Zionist officer is ranked colonel and had participated in the Takfiri ISIL group’s terrorist operations,” he added.



Noting that he was arrested along with a number of ISIL terrorists, the commander said, “The Israeli colonel’s name is Yusi Oulen Shahak and is ranked colonel in Golani Brigade of the Zionist regime’s army with the security and military code of Re34356578765az231434.” Note: Some of this material in this article collection is a few months old - but this has no bearing on the content.

Related: The Bush / Cheney / Rumsfeld Strategy for Iraq


Guess Who is Behind the Islamic State: Israeli IDF Colonel Leading ISIS Terrorists Arrested in Iraq

He said that the relevant bodies are now interrogating the Israeli colonel to understand the reasons behind his fighting alongside the ISIL forces and the presence of other Zionist officers among ISIL terrorists.
Message From Iraqi Children To America And The World




The Iraqi security forces said the captured colonel has already made shocking confessions.

Several ISIL militants arrested in the last one year had already confessed that Israeli agents from Mossad and other Israeli espionage and intelligence bodies were present in the first wave of ISIL attacks on Iraq and capture of Mosul in Summer 2014, but no ranking Israeli agent had been arrested.

Political and military experts told FNA that the capture of the Israeli colonel will leave a grave impact on Iraq’s war strategy, including partnership with Israeli allies.

In a relevant development in July, Iraqi volunteer forces announced that they had shot down a drone that was spying on the Arab country’s security forces in the city of Fallujah, Western Iraq.

Iraq’s popular forces reported that they had brought down a hostile surveillance aircraft over the Southeastern Fallujah in Anbar Province.

They said that the wreckage of the ISIL’s spy drone carried ‘Israel-Made’ labels. This was not the first Israeli-made drone downed in Iraq. In August 2015 an Israeli Hermes drone was shot down in the vicinity of Baghdad Airport.


Delivery Of US Weapons And Ammunition To ISIS: Iraqi Commander Wiretaps ISIS Communications With US Military

A commander of Iraq’s popular forces disclosed that wiretapping of ISIL’s communications has confirmed the reports that the US planes have been airdropping food and arms supplies for the Takfiri terrorists.

Related: Caught in the Act: US Plane Airdrops Arms Intended for Daesh in Iraq


“The wiretapped ISIL communications by Iraqi popular forces have revealed that the US planes have been dropping weapons and foodstuff for the Takfiri terrorist group,”
Commander of Iraq’s Ali Akbar Battalion told FNA.

He noted that tapping on ISIL disclosed the terrorist group’s regular contacts with the US army, and said:


“They exchanged sentences like if they would have a share of the ammunition dropped near (Spiker Military Base) or responses such as ‘you will also receive your share’.”

“The US forces by dropping weapons and ammunition for ISIL, specially in Yassreb, Al-Ramadi and near Spiker Base in Hay al-Qadessiya have provided a lot of help to the ISIL,” he added.

Many similar reports by Iraqi officials and forces have surfaced in the last few months.

In February, an Iraqi provincial official lashed out at the western countries and their regional allies for supporting Takfiri terrorists in Iraq, revealing that the US airplanes still continue to airdrop weapons and foodstuff for the ISIL terrorists.


“The US planes have dropped weapons for the ISIL terrorists in the areas under ISIL control and even in those areas that have been recently liberated from the ISIL control to encourage the terrorists to return to those places,”
Coordinator of Iraqi popular forces Jafar al-Jaberi told FNA.

He noted that eyewitnesses in Al-Havijeh of Kirkuk province had witnessed the US airplanes dropping several suspicious parcels for ISIL terrorists in the province.


“Two coalition planes were also seen above the town of Al-Khas in Diyala and they carried the Takfiri terrorists to the region that has recently been liberated from the ISIL control,”
Al-Jaberi said.

Meantime, Head of Iraqi Parliament’s National Security and Defense Committee Hakem al-Zameli also disclosed that the anti-ISIL coalition’s planes have dropped weapons and foodstuff for the ISIL in Salahuddin, Al-Anbar and Diyala provinces.

In January, al-Zameli underlined that  the coalition is the main cause of ISIL’s survival in Iraq.


“There are proofs and evidence for the US-led coalition’s military aid to ISIL terrorists through air(dropped cargoes),”
he told FNA at the time.

He noted that the members of his committee have already proved that the US planes have dropped advanced weaponry, including anti-aircraft weapons, for the ISIL, and that it has set up an investigation committee to probe into the matter.


“The US drops weapons for the ISIL on the excuse of not knowing about the whereabouts of the ISIL positions and it is trying to distort the reality with its allegations."

He noted that the committee had collected the data and the evidence provided by eyewitnesses, including Iraqi army officers and the popular forces, and said, “These documents are given to the investigation committee… and the necessary measures will be taken to protect the Iraqi airspace.”

Also in January, another senior Iraqi legislator reiterated that the US-led coalition is the main cause of ISIL’s survival in Iraq.


The international coalition is only an excuse for protecting the ISIL and helping the terrorist group with equipment and weapons,” Jome Divan, who is member of the al-Sadr bloc in the Iraqi parliament, said.

He said the coalition’s support for the ISIL is now evident to everyone, and continued, “The coalition has not targeted ISIL’s main positions in Iraq.”

In Late December, Iraqi Parliamentary Security and Defense Commission MP disclosed that a US plane supplied the ISIL terrorist organization with arms and ammunition in Salahuddin province.

MP Majid al-Gharawi stated that the available information pointed out that US planes are supplying ISIL organization, not only in Salahuddin province, but also other provinces, Iraq TradeLink reported.

He added that the US and the international coalition are:


“Not serious in fighting against the ISIL organization, because they have the technological power to determine the presence of ISIL gunmen and destroy them in one month”.

Gharawi added that “the US is trying to expand the time of the war against the ISIL to get guarantees from the Iraqi government to have its bases in Mosul and Anbar provinces.”

Salahuddin security commission also disclosed that “unknown planes threw arms and ammunition to the ISIL gunmen Southeast of Tikrit city”.

Also in Late December, a senior Iraqi lawmaker raised doubts about the seriousness of the anti-ISIL coalition led by the US, and said that the terrorist group still received aids dropped by unidentified aircraft.


“The international coalition is not serious about air strikes on ISIL terrorists and is even seeking to take out the popular (voluntary) forces from the battlefield against the Takfiris so that the problem with ISIL remains unsolved in the near future,”
Nahlah al-Hababi told FNA.

“The ISIL terrorists are still receiving aids from unidentified fighter jets in Iraq and Syria,” she added.

Hababi said that the coalition’s precise airstrikes are launched only in those areas where the Kurdish Pishmarga forces are present, while military strikes in other regions are not so much precise.

In late December, the US-led coalition dropped aids to the Takfiri militants in an area North of Baghdad.

Field sources in Iraq told al-Manar that the international coalition airplanes dropped aids to the terrorist militants in Balad, an area which lies in Salahuddin province North of Baghdad.

In October, a high-ranking Iranian commander also slammed the US for providing aid supplies to ISIL, adding that the US claims that the weapons were mistakenly airdropped to ISIL were untrue.


“The US and the so-called anti-ISIL coalition claim that they have launched a campaign against this terrorist and criminal group – while supplying them with weapons, food and medicine in Jalawla region (a town in Diyala Governorate, Iraq). This explicitly displays the falsity of the coalition’s and the US’ claims,”
Deputy Chief of Staff of the Iranian Armed Forces Brigadier General Massoud Jazayeri said.

The US claimed that it had airdropped weapons and medical aid to Kurdish fighters confronting the ISIL in Kobani, near the Turkish border in Northern Syria.

The US Defense Department said that it had airdropped 28 bundles of weapons and supplies, but one of them did not make it into the hands of the Kurdish fighters.

Video footage later showed that some of the weapons that the US airdropped were taken by ISIL militants.

The Iranian commander insisted that the US had the necessary intelligence about ISIL’s deployment in the region and that their claims to have mistakenly airdropped weapons to them are as unlikely as they are untrue.

Related: We Didn't Need to Wait for Chilcot, Blair Lied to us About Iraq. Here's the Evidence


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Worst Mass Shooting In US History Leaves 50 Dead, Many Wounded At Orlando Gay Club - Shooter Pledged ISIS Allegiance + Shooter An Employee Of CIA Front Company Wackenhut / G4S - False Flag / Sacrificial Lamb?
June 14 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview / Inforwars

A shooting rampage at an Orlando, Florida nightclub early Sunday left “approximately 50″ people dead, including the gunman, and 42 injured, authorities said.



At a 7 AM EDT news conference, Police Chief John Mina said the shooting began at 2:02 a.m., when three police officers engaged in a gun battle with a suspect outside Orlando Pulse, an LGBTQ club just south of downtown.

Related: Orlando shooting: 50 killed, shooter pledged ISIS allegiance

A hostage situation then took place inside, and a SWAT team was called in, Mina said. Police received updates from patrons trapped in the club, and decided to storm the club at about 5 a.m.


“We exchanged gunfire with the suspect, and he was dead at the scene”,
Mina said.

Javer Antonetti, 53, told the Orlando Sentinel that he was near the back of the dance club when he heard gunfire. “There were so many (shots), at least 40,” he said. “I saw two guys and it was constant, like ‘pow, pow, pow,’.”

Mina said 42 people were transferred to local hospitals, and one officer was wounded. He estimated the death toll at 20, and said at least 30 people were rescued.


“Tonight our community witnessed a horrific crime… that will have a lasting effect on our community,”
Orlando Mayor Buddy Dyer said.

“Do we consider this an act of terrorism? Absolutely, we are investigating this from all parties’ perspective as an act of terrorism,” said Danny Banks, special agent in charge of the Florida Department of Law Enforcement Danny Banks.

“We can confirm this is a mass casualty situation. Support from local/state/federal agencies,” Orlando police tweeted about four hours after events began to unfold. Then, a short time later: “Pulse Shooting: The shooter inside the club is dead.”

Orlando’s annual weeklong Gay Days festival ended on June 6 in which up to 150,000 in the LGBTQ community come from over the world for the 25th anniversary of Gay Days. It is one of the largest gay pride events in the world.


Orlando Shooting Suspect Identified As Omar Mateen, Registered Democrat Of Afghan Descent With Firearm License

The suspected gunman in today’s gruesome Orlando nightclub shooting which killed “approximately 20 people” has been identified by relatives and law enforcement officials as Omar Mateen, a 29-year-old from Fort Pierce, Florida, CBS reports.

Related: Donald Trump Seizes on Orlando Shooting and Repeats Call for Temporary Ban on Muslim Migration



According to social media, he is a US citizen, born in 1986, from Port Saint Lucie, FL. and both his parents are from Afghanistan. He was a registered democrat with a security officer and firearms license.

The Orlando Mayor says he used an assault rifle, while Florida Congressman Alan Grayson adds that he believes the attack is “more likely than not” ideologically motivated.





Related: Orlando Killer Worked For Company Transporting Illegal Immigrants Inside US; Was Interviewed By FBI 3 Times

According to BBC, Mateen was not on any terrorism watch list, although as CBS also adds Islamic terrorism is being investigated as one of the possible motives behind the mass shooting. CNN adds that the suspected Orlando gunman was trained in use of weapons.

Some more details on the alleged shooter as disclosed on Find the Data, disclose that he was a registered Democrat in the 18th Congressional District.

A search of the Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services database reveals that Mateen had security officer and firearms licenses:







Is Orlando a False Flag? Update: Shooter An Employee Of CIA Front Company Wackenhut / G4S - False Flage / Sacrificial Lamb?

Orlando nightclub shooting: Yet another false flag?

It sure walks, talks and quacks like one

Related: Orlando Shootings Mask Clinton Hijacking of California Primary

They’re calling it “the worst terror attack since 9/11.” A Muslim is being blamed for shooting up a gay nightclub in Orlando, Florida, killing more than fifty people.

In the recently-published Another French False Flag, former CIA clandestine services officer Robert David Steele – who admits he executed on false flag operation for the Agency – lists ten “key indicators of a modern false flag.”

The most important is #10: “Who benefits?” So let’s start there. [ Read full article ]

Update 2: An alert reader has pointed out that only the stupid would accept the video taped pledge of allegiance to ISIS at face value. In a clandestine environment, the shooter could be told that he is auditioning for a possible operational promotion, and asked to do this, even given a script. A prospective candidate for access agent status going against ISIS would be assigned to increase mosque attendance and signs of commitment. There is NOTHING so far that suggests this individual had anything against gays or any reason to actually target gays. All signs point to a false flag event.

Update 2: An alert reader has pointed out that the shooter (who was killed on site and cannot speak for himself) was an employee of a known CIA front company and ally, Wackenhut / G4S. Wackenhut, which manages prisons among other capabilities, is perfectly positioned to provide “men without a country” or relatives, and to provide men who can be mentally incapacitated or conditioned for “special duties.”

See Also:

Orlando Killer Worked For Company Transporting Illegal Immigrants Inside US; Was Interviewed By FBI 3 Times

Orlando nightclub shooter worked for government security contractor

Phi Beta Iota: We are particularly impressed by the connections that Dr. Barrett draws between Robert Steele’s “who benefits” test question, and the radical contrast between the past week of celebrating Muhamad Ali. This mass murder is exactly what one can expect from amoral individuals who want to force the US hand in relation to putting troops on the ground against ISIS in Syria.

What the public does not understand is that ISIS is a creation of Saudi Arabia and the USA, and the objective in Syria is to make possible a Saudi pipeline to the sea. Israel supports the destabilization of Syria because that is consistent with its grand strategy to destabilize the Middle East.

We have not seen the bodies and therefore doubt very much the veracity of the official narrative. We are pretty certain the FBI will not do serious forensics that could reveal multiple shooters, so this will be another coverup, just like the assassination of JFK, the assassination of MLK, the USS Cole, 9/11, and other recent false flags.

See Also:

False Flags @ Phi Beta Iota

Orlando Shooting- Paul Craig Roberts

Heavily armed man arrested while heading to ‘harm’ LA gay pride event

Man 'Cut Off' Live On Air, After Saying Someone Was Holding Doors Closed at Pulse Night Club


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Destructive Effects Of Negative Interest Rates
June 14 2016 | From: KiwiWatch

One of the best things that ever happened to me was my mother taught me to save from a very young age. Indeed when I first started primary school we had school banking where every pupil had a small Post Office bank book and every week someone from the Post Office appeared to do school banking.



We were encouraged to save our threepences (3 cents), sixpences (6 cents) and shillings (10 cents) from what ever jobs we had done for mum & dad over the past week. House jobs were normal play, no house keepers where we lived.

In those days my parents had lived through two world wars and the great depression of the 1930’s. They knew hardship and struggle. Our family was working class but in business albeit one that required hard labour.

They knew what thriftiness was all about, just to get by to raise their three children as best they could and school banking was part of that era of saving for a rainy day. They had lived through a period where the rainy day lasted years and years and poverty was reality for a huge number of people.

I can still recall the pleasure that I got once I was old enough to know what was going on from seeing the amount in my deposit book build up. Even more fun was it when at the end of the year someone else added some more shillings on top of my savings, my introduction to ‘interest’.

But this is no longer the way it is, central bankers have embarked on a grand manipulation, a manipulation that destroys the centuries old paradigm that those that save and accumulate savings are rewarded with interest by depositing the savings with institutions that are able to lend it to someone else who needs additional capital to expand a business or purchase a property and who will pay interest for the privilege of using funds they don’t have.





The paying of or charging of interest becomes a silent arbitor of risk: when interest is added to an investment decision by a borrower it has a governing effect on investment decision making.

But now in some countries banks are paying people to borrow whilst not rewarding the savers upon whose funds the advances are made. This is an absurdity.

Central bankers have manufactured a distortion and it simply doesn’t make sense. I still can’t get my head around it, even worse try to explain it to others.

Sure, I’m not an economist but I live in the real world and logically know that this financial experimentation will deliver unintended consequences and like all experiments those consequences will only become apparent after the fact. I never thought negative interest rates were even possible.

It is as though central bank activity is criminally working against everyone’s interests accept their own.

Such is the desperation of central bankers to avoid a recession or even another depression that they are simply doing everything they can to rig market outcomes, simultaneously not allowing the markets to be the free regulator of risk. Indeed so many comment that free markets no longer exist.

Financial derivatives appear to be the only instruments that can generate a positive return because you can bet against the market. Now central bankers, cornered by their own stupidity will watch as fundamental rules of saving, investment and return are destroyed.

We need to question why they would allow this to happen and who is going to profit from this. One thing I know is that they will be safe if a major blow out occurs.



Perhaps you'd like to email the Reserve Bank of New Zealand and ask them to explain tis dubious scenario and how it might impact New Zealand?

For you can be sure that if he was not on board with the privately owned Rothschild-driven central banking system that he WOULD NOT be the Governor of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand.

It makes ‘saving for your retirement’ a questionable activity as the return on saved capital has been stolen by bankers from those who have saved or invested and effectively disbursed to the bankers all around the world. They pay virtually nothing now on deposits but they can embark on riskier lending activity that result in distortions and bubbles, particularly in asset markets.

Bonds, a conventional financial asset that are an integral part of any diversified portfolio now yield negative returns completely destroying the historical actuarial calculations that superannuation funds rely on to pay superannuitant pensions.



This too forces the funds to invest into riskier assets for return. Many super funds have calculated return in the 6-8%pa range but because the funds can barely generate yield they are now massively underfunded. Central banker manipulation of interest rates is responsible for this.

Peter Schiff of Euro Pacific capital sums negative interest rates: 


“Negative interest rates are a disaster. It’s not working in Japan, it’s not working in Europe, it’s not going to work here. Just because it doesn’t work doesn’t mean we’re not going to do it, because everything we do doesn’t work and we do it anyway.

It shows desperation, that you’ve had all these central bankers lowering interest rates and expecting it to revive the economy. And then when they get down to zero, rather than admit that it didn’t work, because clearly if you go to zero and you still haven’t achieved your objective, maybe it doesn’t work.

Instead of admitting that they were wrong, they’re now going negative.

 It has allowed the distortion to impact global share markets and created a misallocation of capital such as acquisitions (companies taking over a competitor) and companies purchasing their own shares to (falsely) show an increase in earnings per share. In other words markets become distorted from reality bloated by cheap money that disguises underlying a competitive reality.

While US acquisition activity is through the roof it rarely adds value often muddying the earnings quality of the acquirer. With interest rates so low, companies are overpaying to grow. This poses problems for investors as it makes it more difficult to value a company that is bolted together with acquisitions.



Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

Low interest rates have also led companies to spend money to buy back shares, often using cheap debt. Revenue growth has been anemic and the only way to grow earnings per share is by lowering the share count but those buybacks have added future trouble.

Instead the balance sheet of buy-back corporates holds a whole lot more debt that may backfire if / when interest rates are allowed to rise back to ‘normal’ levels. It now appears that companies that have completed aggressive share buy backs have actually under performed since 2011. Hard to explain.

Another unintended consequence is that is that it encourages banks to go out and make as many loans as they can forcing money to be lent to risky borrowers, presumably to fight the global deflationary environment.

It’s hard to see how this will end well. We are truly in uncharted territory. The bankers are well educated, but they’re doing something that’s never been done before. No one knows exactly what’s going to happen when they try to unwind it, but it stands to reason that it won’t be pretty.

Related: Financial Feudalism & The Economics Of Control


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Royal Society Of New Zealand Claims On Seal Level Rise Don't Stand Up
June 13 2016 | From: NewZealandClimateScienceCoalition

The Royal Society of New Zealand has released a study claiming that, in the next
hundred years, New Zealand sea levels will surely rise by 0.3m and 1m is possible. It
strongly recommends that we should be taking action now to deal with this.



The RoyalSociety claim does not stand up to close examination.

First, the rise in sea level and New Zealand coast has been about 0.14 m over the last 100 years with no sign of a recent increase in the rate.

There is no solid evidence to indicate that this steady rate will increase rapidly in the future. The Royal Society's claims are based on dubious climate models that predicted that, by now, temperatures would be 0.5° higher than they really are and increasing faster and faster.

When they fed this dubious data into their sea level models, they predicted rapidly increasing sea level rise. How surprising!

A Russian climate model alone makes predictions that match recent temperatures. This model assumes that CO2 makes only a small contribution to global warming. Perhaps it is right!

Related: Humans Are NOT To blame For Global Warming, Says Greenpeace Co-Founder, As He Insists There Is 'No Scientific Proof' Climate Change Is Manmade

Secondly, they have ignored the fact that, all around New Zealand the land is rising or falling at different rates. So it is quite wrong to assign a single value of sea level rise to the whole country.



The Royal Society’s conclusions are a serious matter because many Councils are now restricting building close to the sea and putting restrictions on existing houses that have substantially reduced their value.

So what do we really know about sea level rise?

The long-term record is from tide gauges spread around the world. The oldest records date back to the 1890s and the average rise for 225 tide gauges spread around the world is 1.48 mm per year.

See the data at: www.sealevel.info

This is close to the generally accepted 1.72 mm per year for tide gauges.

In the 1990s, Australia set up a series of very accurate tide gauges all around Australia and on many Pacific Islands.

These show that, for the majority of sites, the sea level rise since the mid-1990s was less than 2 mm per year.



The Pacific Islands record shows, for instance, that the sea level in Tuvalu has hardly changed since 1992. At the moment, as a result of the current El Niño, Tuvalu sea level is about 100 mm below the level in 1994 - 1997.

According to "Sea level rise –history and consequences” by Douglas there has been noacceleration of the rate of rise during the 20th century.

Data is available is from satellite observations since 1993. These show a rise of about 3.2 mm per year with indications of a recent decline in the rate.

Nobody seems to be able to explain why it is about twice the tide gauge rate. Many “climate scientists” have adopted the dubious practice of substituting satellite for tide gauge readings post 1993 so that they can claim that the rate of rise is increasing.

Predictions of sea level rise from the more realistic of the IPCC computer models range from about 150 mm to 600 mm by 2100. In 2011, NASA’s predictions range from 200 mm to 700 mm.



The Ministry for the Environment and NIWA seem to have used an Australian prediction that cobbled the satellite record onto the tide gauge record and predicts a sea level rise of something like 0.5 m to 0.8 m by 2100.

The Royal Society of New Zealand leads the pack with a projected rise of 0.3 m to 1 m. More than anybody else and much more than the 0.125 m we would expect if sea level rise continued at its present rate!

So there we have it. All the observational evidence indicates that the sea level is likely to rise 0.1 to 0.2 m by 2100.

But the government, the Royal Society and other public bodies ignore this evidence and, instead, choose to believe the predictions of the climate and sea level computer models that have never made an accurate prediction.



On the basis of this dubious evidence they are devaluing coastal properties, preventing development in places where, in all probability, there would be negligible risk for hundreds of years and, on Auckland's north-western motorway at least, spending millions of dollars on extra raising of the existing road to a level far above the likely sea level rise within its lifetime.

So blind belief in flawed computer models overrules the evidence.



Taxpayers and coastal communities bear the cost.

What we need is an independent study by people with open minds and practical experience of the New Zealand coastline and sea level rise rather than a group of academics.

It should be noted that many of these academics have careers devoted to supporting the increasingly dubious hypothesis that man - made carbon dioxide causes dangerous global warming that, in turn, causes rapid sea level rise.

Related: UN Climate Deal: The Joke Is On Us


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Unconditional Basic Income: Only A Matter Of Time
June 13 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview

Over last weekend Switzerland held a referendum on whether to establish an unconditional basic income.



The proposal was rejected; no real surprise given the plan was somewhat ambitious in scale.

Related: What Would Happen If We Just Gave People Money?

However, the really interesting result is the number of people who expect this issue to stick around. Europeans are starting to view a move to an unconditional basic income as only a matter of time.


The Results

With just under half of voters turning out, about 23% voted for the proposal and 77% against. In total, some 569,000 people voted for an unconditional basic income across the country. In some areas the total was much higher – for example 36% voted for the proposal in the canton of Jura.

Related: Basic Income Switzerland

The failure of the proposal is no surprise given its ambitious nature. The plan was to give all citizens a basic income of 2500 Swiss francs ($NZ3700 a month, $NZ44,400 a year); that is a hell of a lot of money even in the relatively expensive country of Switzerland.



On 4 October 2013 Swiss activists from Generation Grundeinkommen organised a performance in Bern where 8 million coins were dumped on a public square, as a celebration of the successful collection of more than 125,000 signatures, which forced the government to hold a referendum on whether or not to incorporate the concept of basic income in the Federal constitution.

The proposal also contained no consideration of how to pay for the basic income. Clearly, both of these are major issues that needed to be worked through before any such proposal could proceed. These are both issues that we considered in the book, The Big Kahuna, and we even had independent consultants: NZIER check our calculations.

It may sound like a resounding defeat but the referendum has done incredible things for the profile of the unconditional basic income in Europe. In fact, by spending time to debate the pros and cons, it seems that many now believe the unconditional basic income is the way of the future.


Is UBI the Future of Switzerland?

The debate about the unconditional basic income has clearly had some wins. People now understand that about half of the work done in most modern societies is unpaid – something an unconditional basic income can rectify. The UBI is also seen by 72% of the Swiss population as a useful response to automation and the risk to job security in the modern economy.

All in all, the debate has clearly just begun. Some 69% of Swiss voters expect another referendum on the unconditional basic income.



On April 30th, the group "Robots for Basic Income" decided to show their approval of the introduction of a basic income for all humans as jobs will be given to robots in the future. They celebrated the End of Labour Day

That figure rises to 80% if you only count the people under 39 years old. Two-thirds believe an unconditional basic income will be introduced within two decades.

After all this debate and the referendum, 77% of Swiss people want the unconditional basic income to be tested in an area, to see what actually happens. Watch this space.

Related: Labour Leader Andrew Little Promises Debate On Universal Basic Income


The Rest of Europe

These sorts of tests are already happening in the rest of Europe  Finland and the Netherlands already have plans to test the idea. Even the UK Labour Party is taking a close look at the UBI. The results of these trials will add to the evidence we have from experiments in Canada and the US in the 1970s.

The big concern with an unconditional basic income (other than the cost) is the fear that everyone will stop working. Of course, no one thinks they would stop working with an unconditional basic income; they just think everyone else would.



Related: Greece's Former Finance Minister Explains Why A Universal Basic Income Could Save Us

It is an irrational fear that wasn’t borne out in the trials of the 1970s. Back then, the only people who worked less were young men in training (who went on to earn more as a result) or parents wanting to look after their children. Hardly an employment apocalypse.

In the next few years we will see the results of these new trials emerge and these concerns will be put to bed. After the debate in Switzerland, there is a growing recognition that it is only a matter of time before we have an unconditional basic income. It is increasingly looking like a question of when, not if.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
White House Calls FBI Probe Into Clinton's Classified Emails A 'Criminal Investigation' – To Glee Of Republicans – On The Same Day Obama Endorses Her
June 12 2016 | From: TheDailyMail

Barack Obama's spokesman described the FBI's probe into Hillary Clinton's classified email scandal as a 'criminal investigation' on Thursday, less than an hour after the president endorsed his embattled former secretary of state to succeed him.



Josh Earnest told reporters during a White House press briefing that Obama was committed to keeping his hands off the investigation, trusting career investigators and prosecutors to follow evidence wherever it leads.

Within an hour of Barack Obama's endorsement of Hillary Clinton, his spokesman acknowledged that she faces a 'criminal investigation'

The misstep sent Republicans cackling to reporters

Clinton faces the possibility of prosecution for housing classified documents on a private email server

She used the homebrew setup for all her emails – including sensitive government matters – when she was secretary of state

White House press secretary Josh Earnest insisted that the endorsement wouldn't be interpreted inside the FBI as a signal to let her off the hook 


See more of the latest news on the FBI probe into Hillary Clinton's emails


“That's what their responsibility is,'
Earnest said. 'And that's why the president, when discussing this issue in each stage, has reiterated his commitment to this principle that any criminal investigation should be conducted independent of any sort of political interference."




OOPS: White House press secretary Josh Earnest said Thursday that President Obama won't interfere with 'any criminal investigation' like the one Hillary Clinton faces over classified documents in her private emails.


Related: Wikileaks Founder Julian Assange: Google Is Working With Hillary Clinton




HE SAID WHAT? Clinton has referred to the FBI probe as a routine 'security inquiry,' resisting the idea that she could face criminal charges as she makes her run for the White House 

A search Thursday through White House briefing transcripts for similar acknowledgements turned up none.

Republican National Committee spokesman Michael Short crowed to reporters that 'the White House’s admission that the FBI is investigating Hillary Clinton’s email server as a "criminal" matter shreds her dishonest claim that it is a routine "security inquiry".' 


“This is another reminder of her reckless conduct as Obama’s secretary of state, where her attempt to skirt government transparency laws exposed highly classified information and put our national security at risk."

Obama gave Clinton his official nod Thursday in a video message, saying: "I know how hard this job can be. That's why I know Hillary will be so good at it. In fact, I don't think there's ever been someone so qualified to hold this office."

In the press briefing that followed, a Fox News Channel reporter challenged Earnest on the question of whether civil servants in the U.S. Department of Justice might see the presidential endorsement as a signal that it was time to wrap up their investigations.

Clinton has been dogged for more than a year by charges that she exposed state secrets to hackers and foreign governments by keeping all her email correspondence on a private homebrew server while she was secretary of state from 2009 to 2013.

Depending on evidentiary nuances, that could violate the U.S. Espionage Act and subject Clinton to 10 years in prison, even if she put classified documents in an 'unsecured' location through simple negligence.

Clinton said Wednesday that she 'absolutely' will not face a criminal indictment. 





More than 2,000 such documents have been identified in State Department reviews of emails that Clinton turned over in late 2014 – nearly two years after she was supposed to. She also deleted more than 32,000 messages, unilaterally deeming them 'personal' in nature.

Earnest insisted that 'the reason that the president feels confident that he can go out and make this endorsement and record a video in which he describes his strong support for Secretary Clinton's campaign is that he knows the people who are conducting the investigation aren't going to be swayed by any sort of political interference.'

Related: Assange Says Google Secretly Boosts Hillary’s Campaign


“They aren't going to be swayed by political forces. They know that their investigation should be guided by the facts and that they should follow the evidence where it leads. The President has complete confidence that that's exactly what they'll do,"
he said. 

The reporter asked Earnest whether or not Obama had ever discussed the FBI investigation with Clinton, who is now the Democratic Party's presumptive nominee. 

'He has not,' the president's spokesman answered. 






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Riding Roughshod Over Middle New Zealand - Fiona MacKenzie
June 12 2016 | From: BreakingViews

Our politicians, bureaucrats and journalists are struggling to stay in touch with Middle New Zealand. Many of them think it’s unnecessary. After all, they hold the power to tell us what we ought to think and what we should endure.



The system usually works well for them. The Middlers keep to themselves, too busy with the day-to-day.

Related: Undemocratic Mayors

The problem arises when the people are actually allowed a voice. Referendums must be so frustrating to those who think “they know what’s good for us”.

Thanks to the binding nature of a couple of recent ones, New Zealand rejected a tea-towel flag and the New Plymouth Council won’t have race-based wards. If only citizen-initiated referendums didn’t have to jump so many hurdles and had the same binding status. The country might then get a few other things right.



Let’s Hear from Middle Maori

Another group we don’t hear much from are ‘Maori’. We certainly hear them referenced by those who want unquestioned control over government, natural resources and taxpayer funds, but it is hard to know who (other than themselves) these articulate and manipulative spokespeople actually represent.



Herald columnist, John Roughan, recently railed against Middle New Zealand for not getting with the programme and accepting that ‘Maori’ should be granted easy access to government power and control. 

So again I ask, who are these ‘Maori’ who are entitled to unearned privilege and want to be separated out from the rest of us?

In photos from the latest family wedding, she’s fair and beautiful, he’s dark and handsome. So do they want to be separated within our very blended country? Their marriage suggests not

We are bombarded with what the politically devious, the self-serving and the disaffected think, but is it possible that Middle Maori could want and believe much the same as other Kiwis?



Mix of World Views

In New Zealand, ethnic-based differences are less obvious than economic ones. Our many skins tones mix and mingle. People classified as Maori (by themselves or others) range widely − from very dark brown to red haired and blued eyed! There are those who work hard, those who never lift a finger.

There are those who help their families, their communities and New Zealand to prosper. Then there are others who prefer to obstruct, intimidate and bully. Some want to embrace opportunities to create regional jobs; others resist any change or cooperation.



Yet we’re constantly told that ‘Maori’ have a superior world view to the rest of us and are more entitled. Sure, we could just take this as gospel (which it’s fast becoming), but such a mantra can be difficult to fathom.

Is the superior world view that of the guy throwing litter from a car, or of the bloke claiming to have a guardianship role over the environment? Is it that of a parent who neglects or abuses a child, or that of the dad coaching his kid’s sports team?

And are the world views of New Zealanders volunteering to plant trees, deal to possums, save Kiwis or provide community services any less valuable because they have no Maori blood?



There are all sorts in our country and while our politicians, bureaucrats and journalists only listen to the noisy activists, they may just be missing out on what the people in the middle really think.



Term Limits & Referenda

People in the middle tend to be the steady voice of practical reason – those who keep a country functioning and growing good future citizens. They know how things work and what goes on in real life.

They’re not so easily persuaded by the latest trends and propaganda, being more interested in what people do than what they say. If only, the politicians, bureaucrats and journalists would listen to them and work in their best interests – rather than ride roughshod over them.



Perhaps term limits would facilitate this. Imagine if all our politicians and bureaucrats had to give up their day jobs after so many years at the trough. What a great leveller that would be! They could hit the streets, get an ordinary job and live on an ordinary income – anything that helps them reconnect.

More binding referendums on really important matters might help too. How about the fundamental issue of who should control water?



Or whether investors should be able to create city housing crises? And whether all references to race and culture should be removed from the statute books?

If this could be achieved, we might well start living in a true democracy, where every person is equal to his/her neighbour.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Satan’s Credit Card: What The Mark Of The Beast Taught Me About The Future Of Money
June 11 2016 | From: Buzzfeed

Silicon Valley has sold us on a cashless, cardless, walletless, supposedly frictionless future - but as I learned living in it for a month, we’re not quite there yet.



It’s the dead of winter in Stockholm and I’m sitting in a very small room inside the very inaptly named Calm Body Modification clinic. A few feet away sits the syringe that will, soon enough, plunge into the fat between my thumb and forefinger and deposit a glass-encased microchip roughly the size of an engorged grain of rice.

Related: Why Is There Suddenly Such A Huge Push For ‘Mark Of The Beast’ Technology?

“You freaking out a little?” asks Calm’s proprietor, a heavily tattooed man named Chai, as he runs an alcohol-soaked cotton swab across my hand. “It’s all right. You’re getting a microchip implanted inside your body. It’d be weird if you weren’t freaking out a little bit.” Of Course It Fucking Hurts!, his T-shirt admonishes in bold type.

My choice to get microchipped was not ceremonial. It was neither a transhumanist statement nor the fulfillment of a childhood dream born of afternoons reading science fiction.

I was here in Stockholm, a city that’s supposedly left cash behind, to see out the extreme conclusion of a monthlong experiment to live without cash, physical credit cards, and, eventually, later in the month, state-backed currency altogether, in a bid to see for myself what the future of money - as is currently being written by Silicon Valley - might look like.



Chai and the writer at Calm Body Modification in Stockholm



Some of most powerful corporations in the world - Apple, Facebook, and Google; the Goliaths, the big guys, the companies that make the safest bets and rarely lose - are pouring resources and muscle into the payments industry, historically a complicated, low-margin business.

Meanwhile, companies like Uber and Airbnb have been forced to become payments giants themselves, helping to facilitate and process millions of transactions (and millions of dollars) each day.

A recent report from the auditor KPMG revealed that global investment in fintech - financial technology, that is - totaled $19.1 billion in 2015, a 106% jump compared to 2014; venture capital investment alone nearly quintupled between 2012 and last year.

In 2014, Americans spent more than $3.68 billion using tap-to-pay tech, according to eMarketer. In 2015, that number was $8.71 billion, and in 2019, it’s projected to hit $210.45 billion. As Apple CEO Tim Cook told (warned?) a crowd in the U.K. last November, “Your kids will not know what money is.”

To hear Silicon Valley tell it, the broken-in leather wallet is on life support. I wanted to pull the plug. Which is how, ultimately, I found myself in this sterile Swedish backroom staring down a syringe the size of a pipe cleaner. I was here because I wanted to see the future of money. But really, I just wanted to pay for some shit with a microchip in my hand.


The first thing you’ll notice if you ever decide to surrender your wallet is how damn many apps you’ll need in order to replace it. You’ll need a mobile credit card replacement - Apple Pay or Android Pay - for starters, but you’ll also need person-to-person payment apps like Venmo, PayPal, and Square Cash.

Then don’t forget the lesser-knowns: Dwolla, Tilt, Tab, LevelUp, SEQR, Popmoney, P2P Payments, and Flint. Then you might as well embrace the cryptocurrency of the future, bitcoin, by downloading Circle, Breadwallet, Coinbase, Fold, Gliph, Xapo, and Blockchain. You’ll also want to cover your bases with individual retailer payment apps like Starbucks, Walmart, USPS Mobile, Exxon Speedpass, and Shell Motorist, to name but a few.





Plus public and regular transit apps - Septa in Philadelphia, NJ Transit in New Jersey, Zipcar, Uber, Lyft. And because you have to eat and drink, Seamless, Drizly, Foodler, Saucey, Waitress, Munchery, and Sprig. The future is fractured.

This isn’t lost on Bryan Yeager, a senior analyst who covers payments for eMarketer.



"This kind of piecemeal fragmentation is probably one of the biggest inhibitors out there,”
he said.

“I’ll be honest: It’s very confusing, not just to me, but to most customers. And it really erodes the value proposition that mobile payments are simpler.”

On a frigid January afternoon in Midtown Manhattan, just hours into my experiment, I found myself at 2 Bros., a red-tiled, fluorescent-lit pizza shop that operates with an aversion to frills.

As I made my way past a row of stainless steel ovens, I watched the patrons in front of me grab their glistening slices while wordlessly forking over mangled bills, as has been our country’s custom for a century and a half.
When my turn came to order, I croaked what was already my least-favorite phrase: “Do you, um, take Apple Pay?” The man behind the counter blinked four times before (wisely) declaring me a lost cause and moving to the next person in line.

This kind of bewildered rejection was fairly common. A change may be coming for money, but not everyone’s on board yet, and Yaeger’s entirely correct that the “simple” value proposition hasn’t entirely come to pass.

Paying with the wave of a phone, I found, pushes you toward extremes; to submit to the will of one of the major mobile wallets is to choose between big-box retailers and chain restaurants and small, niche luxury stores.

The only business in my Brooklyn neighborhood that took Apple Pay or Android Pay was a cafe where a large iced coffee runs upwards of $5; globally, most of the businesses that have signed on as Apple Pay partners are large national chains like Jamba Juice, Pep Boys, Best Buy, and Macy’s.

Partially for this reason, the primary way most Americans are currently experiencing the great fintech boom isn’t through Apple or Android Pay at all, but through proprietary payment apps from chains such as Target, Walmart, and Starbucks - as of last October, an astonishing 1 in 5 of all Starbucks transactions in the U.S. were done through the company’s mobile app.



Venmo screenshot



It wouldn’t be all that hard to live a fully functional - if possibly boring - cash-free consumer life by tapping and swiping the proprietary apps of our nation’s biggest stores.

If that doesn’t feel revolutionary or particularly futuristic, it’s because it’s not really meant to. But the future of mobile retail is assuredly dystopian.

Just ask Andy O’Dell, who works for Clutch, a marketing company that helps with consumer loyalty programs and deals with these kinds of mobile purchasing apps.


"Apple Pay and the Starbucks payment app have nothing to do with actual payments,”
he told me.

“The power of payments and the future of these programs is in the data they generate.”

Imagine this future: Every day you go to Starbucks before work because it’s right near your house.

You use the app, and to ensure your reliable patronage, Starbucks coughs up a loyalty reward, giving you a free cup of coffee every 15 visits. Great deal, you say! O’Dell disagrees.

According to him, Starbucks is just hurting its margins by giving you something you’d already be buying. The real trick, he argued, is changing your behavior.

He offers a new scenario where this time, instead of a free coffee every 15 visits, you get a free danish - which you try and then realize it goes great with coffee.

So you start buying a danish once a week, then maybe twice a week, until it starts to feel like it was your idea all along.

In that case, O’Dell said;


Starbucks has “changed my behavior and captured more share of my wallet, and they’ve also given me more of what I want.”

“That’s terrifying,” I told him.

“But that’s the brave new world, man,” he shot back.

“Moving payments from plastic swipes to digital taps is going to change how companies influence your behavior. That’s what you’re asking, right? Well, that’s how we’re doing it.”

In this sense, the payments rush is, in no small part, a data rush. Creating a wallet that’s just a digital version of the one you keep in your pocket is not the endgame.

But figuring out where you shop, when you shop, and exactly what products you have an affinity for, and then bundling all that information in digestible chunks to inform the marketers of the world?

Being able to, as O’Dell puts it;


“Drive you to the outcome they want you to have like a rat in a maze by understanding, down to your personality, who you are?”

That’s disruption worth investing in [ ?! ].


For all its
complexity and bureaucracy and importance, money, at its core, is really just information. When FDR weaned the United States off the gold standard in 1933, cash, no longer backed by physical gold, became an abstraction.

Today, that abstraction is pushed to new extremes: Not only does 92% of the money in the world exist as a series of ones and zeroes, but now it’s being transferred from place to place by any number of digital intermediaries looking to take a cut.

That process is complicated, but the key issue is trust. Money, argues David Wolman in The End of Money, is not much more than “a belief in a shared purpose, or at least a shared hallucination.”



Related: Financial Times Calls For Abolishing Cash In Order "To Give More Power To Central Banks"

This faith in the “particular religion” of cash has been at the center of standardized currencies since Kublai Khan, and the loss of that faith has been associated with every major economic catastrophe in history. But trust - especially when it comes to new forms of currency - takes time to build.

The first two weeks of my experiment, most people balked when I offered an alternative means of payment. “I’m a little worried this might not go through in time,” one server at a German beer hall told me when I asked if I could Venmo her for my bill.

A waiter at a different establishment scoffed when I tried to pay him or the restaurant via PayPal, suggesting his manager would think he was getting ripped off.

Yaeger sees this as standard for a nascent technology. “I kind of equate now to where things were 10 to 12 years ago with e-commerce,” he told me. “The concept of putting credit cards on a screen was new. Retailers and normal people were concerned about that. So innovative companies like PayPal and Amazon built that trust up over a decade while others slowly moved in.”

There are, of course, legitimate reasons not to trust these new forms of payment. Anyone who’s been mugged or lost a wallet knows cash is far from perfect, but this constellation of new digital payment products introduces a whole new category and scale of ways to get robbed, hacked, scammed, and screwed. Venmo - the social payment service that’s now transferring over $1 billion per month - may, in some ways, be the truest glimpse at a mobile payment future, but it’s not exactly entirely secure.

Smartphones can be as easily lost and stolen as wallets, but they’re also eminently breakable, orders of magnitude more expensive, and obsolete after two or three years. And the payment-apps landscape is still such that living cashlessly in 2016 means entering your credit card information or routing number into dozens of stand-alone apps, some of which look as if they’ve been built overnight by a high school computer science class.

All this risk and all this friction, in the service of…what, exactly? “Plastic works really well,” Randy Reddig, an entrepreneur who was a part of Square’s founding team, told me, taking a shot at what he called “mobile wallet hysteria.”

“I have a wallet right now in my pocket, and it’s great. It can feel like this is something that nobody is asking for. It’s solutioneering: Take something that exists just fine in the meatspace world and make it digital and somehow we’re all supposed to believe it’s better.”



Venmo screenshot



To Reddig, the true future of payments is revealing itself inside many of Silicon Valley’s biggest new companies.

Airbnb, he said, has one of the most sophisticated payments infrastructures of any company in the world, handling deposits and disbursements in hundreds of markets, many with different currencies.


“All the innovation around payments is a means to an end - table stakes,”
he said.

“Uber has one of, if not the most used mobile payments methods in the world, and it was absolutely crucial - they had to do it to create the experience and service they wanted.

Payment technology created certainty for riders and drivers that they’d get paid - it facilitated trust.”

Much as the true value of a retailer’s mobile payment app is in the metadata it gobbles up, the real power of digital payments lies in the largely invisible infrastructure that undergirds them.

Fintech companies like Square aren’t exactly sexy, but they allow small businesses and individual merchants to process transactions without prohibitively expensive equipment or the fees that legacy credit companies charge.


“It’s about financial inclusion and serving real, normal people,”
Reddig said.

“There is a lot of opportunity to build very profitable businesses that operate better than incumbents in transparency, great design, great user experience. Millennials don’t trust banks, but they trust Apple and Google.”

This is already happening, just outside the U.S. If fintech’s true believers think it’ll fundamentally change the way we live, the developing world is where their vision is revealing itself most clearly. In Kenya, for example, the payment messaging service M-Pesa has attracted over 13 million monthly active users (out of a population of 44.3 million).

As of last May, roughly 42% of Kenya’s GDP was transacted via M-Pesa, all without tying Kenyans to expensive, cumbersome bank accounts.

But more than that, M-Pesa has effectively invented a new form of credit that’s based on a history of reliable transactions from phone to phone, rather than through a bank.

In a world where 2.5 billion people don’t have bank accounts, systems like M-Pesa are set to leapfrog Western banking the same way much of the developing world skipped the desktop and went straight to the smartphone for its computing needs.

In reinventing money transfers, M-Pesa and its ilk offer more than a new way to pay - they are opportunity engines, offering the ability to build credit in a world that previously shut them out. And in the process, there are billions to be made in transfer fees.




By my third week, the cashless, frictionless future I’d hoped to live began to feel glitchy, burdensome, and alienating. I had to meticulously plan my every move hours or even days in advance - a haircut required me to convince my barber to start using Venmo, going out for a meal meant lining up a dining companion willing to submit to confused stares and drawn-out check-settling processes.

One January afternoon, I found myself trying to persuade a prodigiously bearded, flannel-shirt-wearing barista named Michael to allow me to pay him personally via Square Cash for a coffee, which he would then pay the register for. After a confession that this was all for a story from me and a pity laugh from him, Michael reached for his phone, but not before he locked eyes with me.


“I’m only doing this because I want you to write about how much this sucks for us,”
he said.

He went on to talk about a popular coffee app called Cups, which allows customers to order and pay all inside the phone.

“It’s like, now everyone who comes in is a robot - they just stare at their phone and wait to have their name called. Nobody even looks at us,”
he said.

At this point, replacing my wallet with a phone struck me as little more than a shallow gimmick, an academic exercise, like living in a house mid-construction, before the appliances work and the water and electricity have been switched on:





It’s entirely doable, and chances are no one’s going to get hurt, but that’s an awful reason to do anything. I needed something more drastic, which is how I found Hannes Sjoblad, who told me, with surprisingly little fanfare, that he could make me a cyborg.

When I contacted Sjoblad, whose LinkedIn profile lists him as the chief disruption officer at the Swedish biohacking group BioNyfiken, he’d been experimenting with NFC and RFID chip implants by hosting chipping parties for curious biohackers-to-be.

His xNT NFC chip is really just a prototype: Sjoblad’s implantees are guinea pigs testing out what they believe could become common uses for a technology that’s usually reserved for phones and credit cards.

Sjoblad himself uses his as a replacement for his house keys, business cards, and bike locks.

I asked him if I could use the chip - the same kind, more or less, that sits in and powers the Apple, Google, and Samsung Pay parts of our phones - to pay for things in a store; he wasn’t sure, but he knew a programmer who could link it to a bitcoin wallet.

We Skyped once and formalized plans to make me an implantee.

“I think when you meet us you’ll see that we’re pretty normal mainstream persons,” he told me over a grainy video chat. “We’re not like some underground den of hackers.” He let out the kind of nervous, mischievous laugh you might let slip if you ran an underground den of hackers.


In the meantime, if I couldn’t bring the future to myself, I would have to do the next best thing: get into bitcoin. At its most basic, bitcoin is the very complicated product of advanced mathematics and cryptography, a “peer-to-peer system for online payments that does not require a trusted central authority.”

Bitcoin can be mined by those who donate part of their computing power to help verify the peer-to-peer transactions going on in bitcoin’s ecosystem via the blockchain, which is a string of bundled past transactions. (It’s a bit like if you loaned part of your computer to your bank to help it process payments across the world and got a very tiny reward for the donation).

But bitcoin’s real beauty, according to its disciples, is that it’s not really governed by any entity, making it nonreversible, unfreezable, and anonymous, all with very low transaction fees. It’s a powerful idea, and bitcoin has been a bolded and underlined bullet point in every future-of-finance argument. But in 2016, almost eight years since its creation, using bitcoin is a world-class exercise in frustration.





If living without cards and cash meant planning all my purchases in painful detail, living without state-backed currency of any kind only exacerbated the problem.

To buy anything immediately out in the physical world, I had to use bitcoin to buy gift cards and then redeem them at the store for groceries, meals, and anything else.

When I ran out of toilet paper, I loaded up Gyft, a digital gift card site, and purchased a $15 CVS card, which I then redeemed for Cottonelle as the store opened - all told, a 45-minute ordeal.

Splitting the bill was impossible without a friend willing to set up their own bitcoin wallet, and sending money through bitcoin’s blockchain technology felt almost purposefully intimidating, with long, wonky wallet addresses, exchanges, and codes.

And again, there’s trust - using bitcoin means transferring real money into a volatile currency, which hit home when bitcoin’s value dropped almost 18% just hours after I converted $800 dollars to book a flight.

Though today bitcoin is niche but somewhat stable, it’s not exactly hard to imagine the whole thing melting down overnight.

(As a challenge, my editor tasked me with buying something “tangible” with bitcoin’s jokey, basically defunct cousin, Dogecoin: I was rejected by a meme memorabilia merchant on Etsy when I asked to pay for a mug with a cartoon frog using Dogecoin. A new low.)

But simply replacing paper dollars with digital ones isn’t the draw for bitcoin’s biggest advocates. Olaf Carlson-Wee, a 23-year-old early employee at the bitcoin startup Coinbase, has been living almost exclusively on bitcoin for three years.



“The exciting things are not where bitcoin competes with regular money,”
he told me, “but where the tech is so radically different it creates new modes of behavior.”

Carlson-Wee sees apps like Apple Pay as “abstraction layers,” basically just a digital copy of a common credit card - unlike bitcoin, which is a whole new platform.

Related: The Real Reasons Behind Negative Interest Rates And Banning Cash

Adi Chikara, a strategist for 3Pillar Global who has been advising on and investing in companies using blockchain technology for years, sees its elegant, unbreakable cryptographic security as a new way to ensure trust.

In some scenarios, he argues, blockchain technology can act as a replacement for currency as a whole. Imagine a system where legal contracts are automatically executed through the blockchain - for example, your monthly car payments are directly linked to your ability to unlock your vehicle and put it in gear. The particulars are complicated, but blockchain has the potential to act as a powerful reinvention of 21st-century bartering.

It’s also, ultimately, maybe the only way to ever move past a state-backed currency.



“We had paper and it was backed by gold, and right now we’re trusting the government - but with the blockchain you may not necessarily need the state,”
Chikara told me.

The early signs of this are around today - Circle, for example, is a peer-to-peer money transfer app, similar to Venmo, which is powered by the blockchain, meaning, unlike Venmo, the payments are instantaneous and can easily be converted into different currencies without fees.

Chikara readily admits we’re years, if not decades, away from a viable, universal blockchain-centric financial system. Like Venmo and Apple Pay and cash, bitcoin is still subject to human error, like in 2014, when the executive in charge of Mt. Gox, a popular cryptocurrency exchange, embezzled and lost hundreds of millions of dollars worth of bitcoin. But Chikara still proposes a scenario with no banks and no federal reserve.


“There is no printing of money,”
he said. “It’s owned jointly by the people themselves, and they trust each other.” detoxification/protection."

Blockchain technology is already being tested by traders across the world and has been implemented in the Australian stock exchange. IBM, Nasdaq OMX, Intel, and Cisco are exploring the blockchain and blockchain-based open ledger projects for trading, along with banks like Wells Fargo and JPMorgan. And recently Goldman Sachs filed a patent for SETLCoin, the company’s very own blockchain-powered currency.

But perhaps the best description of bitcoin’s potential came from Coinbase co-founder Fred Ehrsam, who sees blockchain technology as nothing less than the most significant open platform since the web.


“We take what was once a highly controlled system and turn it into a software development problem where people can go nuts,”
he said.

“And it becomes like the internet, where you have a big open network, people can build whatever they want. The market decides what’s good and what’s not. And before you know it, you have this great big open network that has all these great ideas on it and things can really start to get interesting.”


It was the
beginning of week four and bitcoin had driven me deeper into my hermetic state -most of my purchases were being made online and my relation to the real world was almost exclusively conducted through a screen of some sort. I needed a change of scenery.

As it turns out, if you yammer about the future of money long enough, somebody is likely to tell you to go to Sweden and see it for yourself. There, among the bountiful sweaters, sunless winters, and impossibly good genes, is the closest thing you’ll find to a truly cashless society.

Just 20% of all consumer payments are conducted using cash in Sweden; according to a 2015 survey, only 2% of Sweden’s economy revolves around the ancient, dirty exchange of paper money and coins. I booked my flight rather painlessly using bitcoin (thanks, Expedia!) to figure out how and why 9 million polite socialists have beaten the rest of us to the paperless money future.

With its standing desks, glass-walled meeting rooms, and long corridors lined with stark black-and-white portraits, the office of Situation Stockholm looks like a startup. In fact, it’s almost the complete opposite: a 21-year-old glossy print magazine sold primarily by the city’s homeless population. The portraits on the wall are of the magazine’s vendors, who are, incidentally, some of the first pioneers of cashless street busking.


“A common response from presumptive customers was ‘Sorry, I don’t have any cash,’”
Jenny Lindroth, an operations manager at the magazine, told me. “So we started to think of ways to take this cash business - a lot of our vendors don’t have bank accounts - digital.”

In 2007, Situation Stockholm started giving select vendors the ability to sell the magazine by having customers text a number, which would then add a charge to their cell phone bill. In 2013, the company bought card readers from a Swedish payment company called iZettle and sent its most reliable vendors out with them.



Situation Stockholm



According to Since then, Situation Stockholm has seen an uptick in sales for vendors, as well as a newfound agency.


“People outside the country seem to think that it’s interesting or funny that homeless people have these phones and card readers, but it’s not really big news here in Sweden,”
Lindroth said.

“It’s just common practice now - in Sweden you don’t have cash.”

Walking around Stockholm’s icy cobblestoned sidewalks and winding, low-arched alleyways, I found myself ducking into countless shops, bars, and konditori cafés, eavesdropping on checkout registers and craning my neck for a peek at local wallets.

Not once did I see a paper bill.

Paying by phone was commonplace, and I didn’t even get a weird look when I scanned a QR code at a grocery store checkout and wordlessly strolled away with my basket of smoked meats.
Jacob de Geer, the CEO of iZettle, Sweden’s cashlessness can be traced back to the early 1990s, when tax subsidies encouraged citizens to buy early personal computers en masse, thereby making the country extra technologically adventurous.

But all that early adoption hasn’t been easy for everyone. Swedish banks have drastically cut back on ATMs, raised cash transaction fees roughly 300% in the last four years, and made depositing as inconvenient as possible.

Recently, Lindroth witnessed an elderly woman being turned away at the bank after she attempted to deposit a large amount of cash she’d been storing at home.



“If she had transferred that money from her phone, she wouldn’t have been questioned in the same way.”

Related: Cashless Crisis: “With Digital Payments, Civilization Comes To An End Until Power Is Restored”

The problem, according to Björn Eriksson - a former head of the Swedish police and Interpol, and a prominent dissenting voice in the country’s rush to cashlessness - is not the end of paper money, but the speed of the transition, which is especially hard on older generations, those in rural areas, tourists, and new immigrants who come to the country without cards or bank accounts.




“It’s gotten so that some people are resorting to hiding money in their microwave because they have nowhere to put it,”
Eriksson told me.

It can even be dangerous to public health: Just last September, Sweden’s highest court ruled against the Kronoberg County Health Authority and reprimanded them for not accepting cash as legal tender for medical services in all but two of their health clinics.

Access to new technology is never evenly distributed. And even those like iZettle’s de Geer, who are enabling and profiting from a digital payments revolution, have reservations about abandoning paper money outright:


“Everyone thinks I’d like to see the death of cash, but privacy is a big issue for all of us.

Cash’s benefit is privacy. There’s plenty that’s legal to buy out there that you don’t want everyone to know you’ve bought.” If America is headed down Sweden’s cashless path, we have much to learn from our Scandinavian friends. Or get comfortable finding stacks of twenties in the fridge next time you’re at grandma’s place.



Chai at the Calm Body Modification clinic


As I pushed
through the door of Calm Body Modification, a bell tinkled amiably, as if to reaffirm the shop’s namesake. I looked up at the proprietors, tall men with all their exposed skin covered in tattoos. Above one, a sign advertised genital piercings for 1,000 kronor.


My piercer, Chai, and I retired to the backroom where my skewering would take place. “So now I’m going to tell you something you probably didn’t consider before,”he said, furrowing his brow.

“People - very conservative right-wing Christian types - might come after you for this. They see it as the Mark of the Beast. I just want you to be prepared.”
I nodded like this is something I had expected to hear.

This comes from the Book of Revelation: “And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond to receive a mark on their right hand, or on their foreheads; and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast or the number of his name.”

The passage essentially describes a closed economic system, where power is consolidated and financial gatekeepers can shut anyone out. It made for a potent metaphor. I’d spent the last three weeks in search of a connected, seamless future, but I found myself more separated than ever from the people around me.



Situation Stockholm



Around week two, I’d noticed how robotic my interactions had become during any financial transaction: walk into some reliable big-box establishment, mumble order, flash phone, move down the line.

Moments like my conversation at the coffee shop with Michael, the barista, heightened these concerns.

The brick-and-mortar world of commerce is in the midst of a rewiring - one that’s supposed to bring in more merchants and give consumers more access to what they want when they want it. But that means new behaviors, some of which are likely to be harmful.

New commerce apps and technology may have a lower barrier to entry than, say, credit cards, but many of these programs - like miles cards - reward you and work best when you’ve got money to spend.

And while much of fintech is billed as liberating us from the old ways and institutions, new gatekeepers are bound to emerge, in many respects, guiding us - perhaps unwittingly, at times - toward the outcomes that their data analysis has told them we want.

Bitcoin evangelists are optimistic, but the legacy banking system is as inescapable as it is flawed. Even today’s most disruptive money solutions are still reliant on traditional institutions.

While Kenya’s M-Pesa allows money to be transferred from phone to phone outside of banks using the cellular company Vodafone’s network, at the end of the day, the transferred money is still backed by the pooled accounts held in regulated commercial banks.

Bitcoin or blockchain-based currencies could free us from the tyranny of service fees and interest rates and all the regulations that complicate and ultimately exclude merchants and large populations from the global economy. Or bitcoin could be adopted by legacy institutions that will strip the technology of its open platforms and use it to create a slick, more efficient model of the current system.

The fumes from Chai’s alcohol swab jolted me back into the moment. “OK, just a slight pinch, here,” he said. “Sometimes it helps to look away.”



Related: 'It's Time To Hold Physical Cash,' Says One Of Britain's Most Senior Fund Managers


Being chipped was
oddly anticlimactic. A trip to the doctor revealed that I hadn’t done anything too horrible to myself.

“Wait, you’re telling me I can unlock doors with that thing?” my physician cheerily inquired when I asked if I should be worried about my body rejecting the chip. “I might have to get one myself!”

Over the course of a few weeks, the whole thing became an afterthought; a piece of me that stored information, like a low-tech flash drive that I couldn’t misplace.

But there was still the problem of payments. I reached out to former Venmo employee and co-founder Iqram Magdon-Ismail, who then enlisted the help of Nuseir Yassin, another former Venmo employee, to help me become the first person to pay for a meal with his hand.

I asked Magdon-Ismail, who’d had a hand in building one of the most successful person-to-person money transferring apps, to explain the allure of the payments industry. “One side effect of this industry is that you make a lot of money if you move a lot of money,” he said.


“If you’re serving an underbanked community with a financial product, you get a couple hundred thousand users and you make a small return on each one of them - well, that’s a really good business, right there.”

“It’s a big pie,” eMarketer’s Yeager said of the money to be made in the payments space.

“It’s going to be around $100 billion by the end of this year, and that’s just retail mobile commerce.”

Similarly, Jeremy Allaire, who runs Circle, cited a study by the Aite research group suggesting that personal payments in the U.S. is a $1.2 trillion market, 90% of which is cash and checks.

“What if you can help introduce a new behavior?” he said of the opportunity to capture some of that money.






As Alex Rampell, a general partner and fintech investor at the Silicon Valley venture capital firm Andreessen Horowitz, told me, the genius of Apple Pay isn’t in the “tap to pay in the physical world” at Whole Foods but the ability to store payment credentials and personal information for millions of cardholders and create a one-touch fingerprint payment method across the entire web.

If successful, Apple will have cemented itself as the most widely used and reliable online payment passport, allowing consumers to stop paying premiums at online retail giants like Amazon for the simple convenience of one-click payments.
And then, Rampell suspects, Apple will make the digital wallet available to developers.


“If Apple and Google are smart about this, they’ll encourage opening the wallet up as the next platform,” he said. “Imagine allowing budgeting apps like Mint to operate on top of the wallet so that they help you budget your finances in real time.

Or allowing lending companies to build a plugin to the Apple Wallet so every person who uses Apple Pay saves 50% on their interest rates? That could force a company like Capital One into bankruptcy by no fault of its own. And that’s a big, big deal.”

All that potential is intoxicating. Over the course of my month, I found myself unexpectedly buying into the possibilities of bitcoin, seduced by the ease of phone-waving payment. It feels good to be hopeful about these things, to imagine that there’s a way beyond crazy fees you never asked for - a way to replicate the safety, trust, and stability of banks without their consolidation of power and bureaucracy.

But disrupting at software speeds in the physical world means feeling growing pains - usually important, ignore-at-your-own-peril signals - without having time to consider and interpret them. It turns progressive early adopters like those in Sweden into a system that can exclude its elderly and consolidate power in a handful of banks, all in the name of some kind of progress.

The future of money is coming - there’s no stopping it. But there is a matter of control, of receiving the future incrementally and responsibly.

Weeks passed and normal life returned, save for the still-unused microchip in my left hand. It had become a life raft for the experiment, which had largely failed to yield the kinds of aha moments I had assumed I’d be having when I locked away my wallet.





And despite the hype and the influx of money and the feeling that everything is just about to change, it’s going to take real time.

(It’s very much worth noting that just in the week before this story was published, the fintech peer-to-peer lending darling Lending Club’s CEO resigned over an internal probe concerning improper loan sales; a security breach in a Hong Kong cryptocurrency exchange resulted in the loss of at least $2.14 million; and the massive retailer-led consortium MCX has significantly delayed - perhaps killed - the rollout of its digital wallet, CurrentC, to “concentrate more heavily” on other non-mobile-commerce areas of the financial sector.)
That’s because today’s fintech is more evolutionary than it is revolutionary. And when this change does happen, it will do so on the backs of a new generation that isn’t just asking for a new money model but is demanding it. Buying a sandwich with my fist isn’t some paradigm shift - it’s a stand-in for something weightier: a future that feels just a bit less recognizable.

One April morning, my inbox pinged. I’d given Yassin full access to my Venmo account, after which he set up a server linked to my unique Venmo payment key. Now his code was working in test runs.

We picked a restaurant - a Sri Lankan place on New York’s Lower East Side that’s partly owned by Magdon-Ismail and of course accepts Venmo - and Yassin coded the chip so that it would launch a website on the merchant’s device when scanned.

The site would trigger a payment from my Venmo account with an automatic 20% tip. All I’d need was my hand.



Related: Secret War On Cash: “Discussions At Bilderberg Centered Around Capital Controls, Abolition of Cash”

We got to the restaurant a bit after noon on a cold, rainy Monday. Absentmindedly forking spicy lamb into my mouth, I was sure we’d be derailed by a glitch or a bug.

Word of the impending hand payment spread in the cramped restaurant. Our waiter, a friendly guy in a flat-brimmed Yankees cap and a Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles T-shirt, was excited but announced his skepticism. “This is crazy, dude,” he said, half excitedly, half exasperatedly.

When the bill came, I ambled up to the counter of the cramped restaurant as the other diners craned their necks.

Our waiter held out the phone as I thrust my clammy fist forward. Nothing registered. My stomach dropped. He waved the phone like a metal detector around the whole of my fist.



Finally, a beep. We locked eyes, pupils dilated. Numbers were input. Another beep. Then, the ching of a cash register.

The sweetest sound.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Utility Smart Meters - A Probable Terrorist Connection Unveiled?
June 11 2016 | From: ActivistPost

All throughout the USA - plus globally - informed and concerned citizens are refusing AMI smart meters for electric, natural gas, and municipal water utility services, which are provided using a Marxist-draconian-like edict and rollout by utility companies that want to cash in on the funding they can receive from the feds to institute what amounts to an apparent ‘first leg’ push for the global smart grid and Internet of Things (IoT)



The IoT is designed to track everyone’s every interaction at all times - in your car (transponders and E-Z Pass); on your computers - specifically Windows 10 backdoors that apparently allow the feds access to your computer; through your ‘smart’ home appliances - especially TVs; plus a human RFID microchip surgically imbedded somewhere inside your body to enforce a cashless society, tracking, and an obvious ultimate control mechanism over every human! 

Related: The Disturbingly Aggressive Roll Out Of Smart AKA Advanced Meters - While Children Starve And The Elderly Freeze In Rural Aotearoa (NZ)

That IoT sure beats what Karl Marx, Adolph Hitler, and Joseph Stalin visualized and enforced!  Why aren’t consumers waking up to what’s being done to us? 

Furthermore, does the Draco-like (7th-century Athenian statesman and lawmaker, or his code of laws, which prescribed death for almost every offence) push for vaccines starting as soon as a fetus exits the womb until one reaches advanced old age play a part in any of this, especially vaccine nanoparticles?



Related: Seattle Suehawks: Smart meter hush-up launched because, er ... terrorism

However, one specific aspect of the dumb ‘smart’ technology came into daylight recently because of what’s been going on in Seattle, Washington - terrorism associated with hacking smart systems.  Hopefully, that aspect finally will register enough concern in the hearts, minds, and souls of humans to enable us to recognize, and seriously ponder, that we are being downsized into zombies or human robots!

The issue that’s raised security concerns, plus hackles, at corporate levels is the fact that utility companies’ smart meter technology is being equated with terroristic capabilities!  Read that again and let it sink into the very depths of your being.

All those dumb ‘smart’ gadgets we can’t live without, and everyone has bought into, pose severe capabilities for terrorists’ hacking, plus a total takeover of the grid! How do you like ‘them’ apples?



Related: Britain’s IoD: “Smart Meters Are A Government IT Disaster Waiting To Happen”

The quintessential Pandora’s Box is nothing compared with smart technology and its capabilities of being hacked at every level of communication.  How do we know that? 

Well, it’s been revealed that when Seattle City Light, a public power utility in Washington State, was asked by an activist for their smart meter and grid details, etc., in order to find out what kind of safety and security safeguards were built in by smart meter suppliers Landis+Gyr and Sensus USA, that request wound up in a rather bizarre legal battle! 

Why?

Here’s the story of activist Phil Mocek’s request for smart meter information that ran into legal troubles.  However, I’d like to cut to what may be the real deal about not releasing those plans, etc:


“The smart meter suppliers objected to the release of the information on the grounds that the unredacted documents would disclose their trade secrets and open the public to terrorist attacks on their infrastructure.
"

As a result of smart meter suppliers/manufacturers legal actions, this is where the issue currently stands:


“Mocek was given a mix of unredacted and redacted documents by the city, the meter makers complained, whereas he should only have received and published files they had censored.

Seattle officials said they were not skilled enough to know for sure which parts to redact, so left it to the suppliers to edit the files – yet, unredacted information managed to make its way into Mocek’s hands and onto the internet.

Landis+Gyr and Sensus promptly sued the city, Mocek and Muckrock, and filed for an injunction: ultimately, the suppliers wanted the documents taken down, and the unredacted copies banned from public view.

On Thursday, a temporary restraining order was granted by the King County Superior Court in Washington – and Muckrock founder Michael Morisy confirmed the unredacted documents have been taken down pending the outcome of the case."



Related: Hundreds Of Smart Meters Simultaneously Explode

However, there seems to be some element of naivety involved regarding all this, I offer, and the following leads me to that conclusion:


In the meantime, however, Mocek also has some additional problems to deal with, thanks to the legal wrangling. Though he has filed similar information requests in the past, he says he has never had to face a lawsuit simply because he wanted to look at public records and keep a local utility honest.

“I don’t think [Seattle City Light] are going to put a device on my house to spy on me,” he quipped. “I think they are being bamboozled by vendors who want to make a lot of money by replacing thousands of meters.”


Related: As US court bans smart meter blueprints from public, sysadmin tells of fight for security info

To which I offer:  I think Mr. Mocek and everyone else needs to reconsider the “spy on me” aspect. How naïve are we, if we don’t put two and two together and come up with the correct answer?  Utility companies are providing customers’ smart meter information to others, as a California utility admits:


This data is very valuable because it can reveal patterns about what you do and when.  California utility companies admitted  they are providing smart meter data to the government and third parties."

There’s a 4.3 minute video explaining what smart meters really can and do, regarding surveillance of customers’ homes in this website.  It’s found under “Privacy invasion.” 

However, I need to tell readers that my computer surveillance package won’t allow me to copy and paste that video URL into this article!  Interesting?  No - my computer is compromised as, apparently, all computers are of those who do the type of work I do.



CIA Director Calls Smart Grid “Stupid” Due to Security Problems




If the Smart Grid is that “stupid”, then there must be some ulterior Faustian reason for it to be mandated and installed, wouldn’t you say?  No one can be that damn dumb to mandate a system that can cause more harm, especially in the area of personal privacy and national security.  Haven’t we learned anything from nine-eleven?

You no doubt have heard about people who live in glass houses and their vulnerabilities. 


Well, your house, no matter what it’s made of, will become a crystal clear, see-through structure to all who want to know about your every moment, movement, occupancy times, and use of smart gadgets and, in turn, broadcast that information via hackable cell phone technology in smart meters and, ultimately, sell that personal information without your knowledge and permission to third parties; plus open your privacy, life, and home to burglars, thieves, and government or foreign hackers.

Is that the price we are willing to pay for buying into all the dumb smart technology being forced upon us?

I think every homeowner should file a formal complaint with their utility company and public utility commission informing them that they must obtain an official court order in order to be able to access your personal information via a smart meter. 

Basically, it’s a surveillance device! Enforce your lawful rights!

Related: Reports Of Illness Prompt Audit Of Smart Meter Radiation


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Bilderberg Leak: Secretive Group To Discuss Internet ID, Global Tax + Attendees List
June 10 2016 | From: Infowars / BilderbergMeetings

The secretive Bilderberg Group is set to discuss plans to implement an Internet ID to eviscerate anonymity on the web as well as a global tax on financial transactions and air travel, according to an inside source who spoke to Infowars.



The clandestine organization is set to begin its annual meeting tomorrow at the Taschenbergpalais Kempinski hotel in Dresden, Germany.

Related: Global Elite Begin Barricading Site of Bilderberg 2016

According to our source, the creation of a virtual passport that web users will need to obtain before they can use many Internet services is high on the agenda.

The Internet ID will be justified under the guise of “cybersecurity” and creating a convenient method for citizens to access government services, but free speech advocates will view the proposal with deep suspicion as it would threaten online anonymity and possibly chill dissent.

Services such as Facebook, YouTube and Twitter could also use the online passport to revoke posting permission if a user violates terms of agreement, another obvious threat to the free flow of information that has made the web what it is today.



Related: The Bilderberg Group: An Offshoot of the Venetian Black Nobility

As we reported last week, a project by the European Union Commission which is being spearheaded by former communist official Andrus Ansi is pushing an Internet ID system that will track what people buy and what they say online.

Last year, it also emerged that the Communist Chinese government was involved in setting up a huge “social credit” database that would rank citizens based on their “trustworthiness.” A pilot project called Sesame Credit, run by Chinese corporate giant Alibaba, is already monitoring social media activity to give citizens a social credit score based on their buying history and, according to come critics, their political views.

Bilderberg globalists are also set to re-invigorate momentum behind another long term goal – a global tax system presided over by the UN.

Related: The Round Table: The Hub Of The CFR, Trilateral Commission, RIIA, Club Of Rome, Bilderberg Group And The UN

Efforts to introduce a global tax, which Bilderberg has attempted in the past, will be focused around three possibilities – a tax on oil at the well-head, a supplementary charge for international financial transactions, and a green tax on all air and sea travel.

The Panama Papers will also be cited as a reason to impose the global tax on large corporations, although the costs will inevitably be passed on to the public. The first incarnation of the project will take the form of a “global body on tax cooperation,” which will be overseen by the United Nations.

The tax will be sold to the public as a means of addressing environmental concerns and helping destitute people in the third world, although whether those reasons are enough to convince anyone remains to be seen.

The topic of Brexit – Britain’s vote to leave the European Union – will also be a key focal point of Bilderberg’s discussions.

Specifically, Bilderberg will explore what options it has should the ‘leave’ camp emerge victorious. The European Union has previously quashed national referendums on further EU political integration by either changing the name and making citizens vote again, or simply ignoring their vote altogether.

Infowars reporters will be in Dresden all week covering the Bilderberg conference.


Bilderberg Meeting 2016: Attendees List

Dresden, Germany 9-12 June


CHAIRMAN
Castries, Henri de (FRA), Chairman and CEO, AXA Group

Aboutaleb, Ahmed (NLD), Mayor, City of Rotterdam
Achleitner, Paul M. (DEU), Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Deutsche Bank AG
Agius, Marcus (GBR), Chairman, PA Consulting Group
Ahrenkiel, Thomas (DNK), Permanent Secretary, Ministry of Defence
Albuquerque, Maria Luís (PRT), Former Minister of Finance; MP, Social Democratic Party
Alierta, César (ESP), Executive Chairman and CEO, Telefónica
Altman, Roger C. (USA), Executive Chairman, Evercore
Altman, Sam (USA), President, Y Combinator
Andersson, Magdalena (SWE), Minister of Finance
Applebaum, Anne (USA), Columnist Washington Post; Director of the Transitions Forum, Legatum Institute
Apunen, Matti (FIN), Director, Finnish Business and Policy Forum EVA
Aydin-Düzgit, Senem (TUR), Associate Professor and Jean Monnet Chair, Istanbul Bilgi University
Barbizet, Patricia (FRA), CEO, Artemis
Barroso, José M. Durão (PRT), Former President of the European Commission
Baverez, Nicolas (FRA), Partner, Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher
Bengio, Yoshua (CAN), Professor in Computer Science and Operations Research, University of Montreal
Benko, René (AUT), Founder and Chairman of the Advisory Board, SIGNA Holding GmbH
Bernabè, Franco (ITA), Chairman, CartaSi S.p.A.
Beurden, Ben van (NLD), CEO, Royal Dutch Shell plc
Blanchard, Olivier (FRA), Fred Bergsten Senior Fellow, Peterson Institute
Botín, Ana P. (ESP), Executive Chairman, Banco Santander
Brandtzæg, Svein Richard (NOR), President and CEO, Norsk Hydro ASA
Breedlove, Philip M. (INT), Former Supreme Allied Commander Europe
Brende, Børge (NOR), Minister of Foreign Affairs
Burns, William J. (USA), President, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace
Cebrián, Juan Luis (ESP), Executive Chairman, PRISA and El País
Charpentier, Emmanuelle (FRA), Director, Max Planck Institute for Infection Biology
Coeuré, Benoît (INT), Member of the Executive Board, European Central Bank
Costamagna, Claudio (ITA), Chairman, Cassa Depositi e Prestiti S.p.A.
Cote, David M. (USA), Chairman and CEO, Honeywell
Cryan, John (DEU), CEO, Deutsche Bank AG
Dassù, Marta (ITA), Senior Director, European Affairs, Aspen Institute
Dijksma, Sharon A.M. (NLD), Minister for the Environment
Döpfner, Mathias (DEU), CEO, Axel Springer SE
Dyvig, Christian (DNK), Chairman, Kompan
Ebeling, Thomas (DEU), CEO, ProSiebenSat.1
Elkann, John (ITA), Chairman and CEO, EXOR; Chairman, Fiat Chrysler Automobiles
Enders, Thomas (DEU), CEO, Airbus Group
Engel, Richard (USA), Chief Foreign Correspondent, NBC News
Fabius, Laurent (FRA), President, Constitutional Council
Federspiel, Ulrik (DNK), Group Executive, Haldor Topsøe A/S
Ferguson, Jr., Roger W. (USA), President and CEO, TIAA
Ferguson, Niall (USA), Professor of History, Harvard University
Flint, Douglas J. (GBR), Group Chairman, HSBC Holdings plc
Garicano, Luis (ESP), Professor of Economics, LSE; Senior Advisor to Ciudadanos
Georgieva, Kristalina (INT), Vice President, European Commission
Gernelle, Etienne (FRA), Editorial Director, Le Point
Gomes da Silva, Carlos (PRT), Vice Chairman and CEO, Galp Energia
Goodman, Helen (GBR), MP, Labour Party
Goulard, Sylvie (INT), Member of the European Parliament
Graham, Lindsey (USA), Senator
Grillo, Ulrich (DEU), Chairman, Grillo-Werke AG; President, Bundesverband der Deutschen Industrie
Gruber, Lilli (ITA), Editor-in-Chief and Anchor “Otto e mezzo”, La7 TV
Hadfield, Chris (CAN), Colonel, Astronaut
Halberstadt, Victor (NLD), Professor of Economics, Leiden University
Harding, Dido (GBR), CEO, TalkTalk Telecom Group plc
Hassabis, Demis (GBR), Co-Founder and CEO, DeepMind
Hobson, Mellody (USA), President, Ariel Investment, LLC
Hoffman, Reid (USA), Co-Founder and Executive Chairman, LinkedIn
Höttges, Timotheus (DEU), CEO, Deutsche Telekom AG
Jacobs, Kenneth M. (USA), Chairman and CEO, Lazard
Jäkel, Julia (DEU), CEO, Gruner + Jahr
Johnson, James A. (USA), Chairman, Johnson Capital Partners
Jonsson, Conni (SWE), Founder and Chairman, EQT
Jordan, Jr., Vernon E. (USA), Senior Managing Director, Lazard Frères & Co. LLC
Kaeser, Joe (DEU), President and CEO, Siemens AG
Karp, Alex (USA), CEO, Palantir Technologies
Kengeter, Carsten (DEU), CEO, Deutsche Börse AG
Kerr, John (GBR), Deputy Chairman, Scottish Power
Kherbache, Yasmine (BEL), MP, Flemish Parliament
Kissinger, Henry A. (USA), Chairman, Kissinger Associates, Inc.
Kleinfeld, Klaus (USA), Chairman and CEO, Alcoa
Kravis, Henry R. (USA), Co-Chairman and Co-CEO, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co.
Kravis, Marie-Josée (USA), Senior Fellow, Hudson Institute
Kudelski, André (CHE), Chairman and CEO, Kudelski Group
Lagarde, Christine (INT), Managing Director, International Monetary Fund
Levin, Richard (USA), CEO, Coursera
Leyen, Ursula von der (DEU), Minister of Defence
Leysen, Thomas (BEL), Chairman, KBC Group
Logothetis, George (GRC), Chairman and CEO, Libra Group
Maizière, Thomas de (DEU), Minister of the Interior, Federal Ministry of the Interior
Makan, Divesh (USA), CEO, ICONIQ Capital
Malcomson, Scott (USA), Author; President, Monere Ltd.
Markwalder, Christa (CHE), President of the National Council and the Federal Assembly
McArdle, Megan (USA), Columnist, Bloomberg View
Michel, Charles (BEL), Prime Minister
Micklethwait, John (USA), Editor-in-Chief, Bloomberg LP
Minton Beddoes, Zanny (GBR), Editor-in-Chief, The Economist
Mitsotakis, Kyriakos (GRC), President, New Democracy Party
Morneau, Bill (CAN), Minister of Finance
Mundie, Craig J. (USA), Principal, Mundie & Associates
Murray, Charles A. (USA), W.H. Brady Scholar, American Enterprise Institute
Netherlands, H.M. the King of the (NLD)
Noonan, Michael (IRL), Minister for Finance
Noonan, Peggy (USA), Author, Columnist, The Wall Street Journal
O'Leary, Michael (IRL), CEO, Ryanair Plc
Ollongren, Kajsa (NLD), Deputy Mayor of Amsterdam
Özel, Soli (TUR), Professor, Kadir Has University
Papalexopoulos, Dimitri (GRC), CEO, Titan Cement Co.
Petraeus, David H. (USA), Chairman, KKR Global Institute
Philippe, Edouard (FRA), Mayor of Le Havre
Pind, Søren (DNK), Minister of Justice
Ratti, Carlo (ITA), Director, MIT Senseable City Lab
Reisman, Heather M. (CAN), Chair and CEO, Indigo Books & Music Inc.
Rutte, Mark (NLD), Prime Minister
Sawers, John (GBR), Chairman and Partner, Macro Advisory Partners
Schäuble, Wolfgang (DEU), Minister of Finance
Schieder, Andreas (AUT), Chairman, Social Democratic Group
Schmidt, Eric E. (USA), Executive Chairman, Alphabet Inc.
Scholten, Rudolf (AUT), CEO, Oesterreichische Kontrollbank AG
Schwab, Klaus (INT), Executive Chairman, World Economic Forum
Sikorski, Radoslaw (POL), Senior Fellow, Harvard University; Former Minister of Foreign Affairs
Simsek, Mehmet (TUR), Deputy Prime Minister
Sinn, Hans-Werner (DEU), Professor for Economics and Public Finance, Ludwig Maximilian University of Munich
Skogen Lund, Kristin (NOR), Director General, The Confederation of Norwegian Enterprise
Standing, Guy (GBR), Co-President, BIEN; Research Professor, University of London
Svanberg, Carl-Henric (SWE), Chairman, BP plc and AB Volvo
Thiel, Peter A. (USA), President, Thiel Capital
Tillich, Stanislaw (DEU), Minister-President of Saxony
Vetterli, Martin (CHE), President, NSF
Wahlroos, Björn (FIN), Chairman, Sampo Group, Nordea Bank, UPM-Kymmene Corporation
Wallenberg, Jacob (SWE), Chairman, Investor AB
Weder di Mauro, Beatrice (CHE), Professor of Economics, University of Mainz
Wolf, Martin H. (GBR), Chief Economics Commentator, Financial Times

Related: The True Story Of The Bilderberg Group


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Transgender Mania Is A Symptom Of Cultural Collapse
June 10 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen

There is a deliberate and concerted effort to put everything transgender at the forefront of mass media. Academic and social critic Camille Paglia explains how this is symptomatic of a wider cultural problem.



Last year I identified the transgender and “gender fluidity” issue as an artificially created propaganda wave made to bring about important change in society.

In my article entitled The Agenda Behind Bruce Jenner’s Transformation, I explained how Bruce Jenner’s widely publicized sex change was part of wider Agenda aiming to blur the boundaries of genders and to celebrate deviation from nature as a great achievement. Furthermore, it was to prepare the field for upcoming policy changes around the world.

Months later, mass media propaganda turned into laws and policies. From the “war of the bathrooms” to the allowing of parents helping their young children undergoing sex change, modern society is shifting drastically towards a new definition of gender – a term that was considered binary since the dawn of time (in the human race).



In a context where public figures who dare addressing these issues get promptly shamed and labelled “transphobic”, open debate on the subject is nearly impossible. Luckily, there are a few illuminated minds who dare going against the grain and placing the entire transgender agenda into perspective.

Camille Paglia, an author and academic who never shied away from controversy, breaks down the implications of today’s transgender agenda. Although herself a lesbian and a feminist, Paglia has always criticized the artificial and unreasonable constructs made in the name of “equality” and political correctness.

Comment: While this woman does come across as somewhat bigoted; most probably unbeknownst to her even - she is identifying some of the key points in the illuminati NWO plan in terms of merging of sexes / sexuality and also in relation to transhumanism. It is all very dark, and although we might cringe at some of her postulations - she does touch on some relevant points; albeit clear that she does not really see the larger globalist totalitarian picture.





Here are some quotes from the above video.


“Sex reassignment surgery, even today with all of its advances, cannot in fact change anyone’s sex.”

“Ultimately, every single cell in the human body, the DNA in that cell, remains coded for your biological birth.”

“I think that the transgender propagandists make wildly inflated claims about the multiplicity of gender.”

In this day and age, stating these kinds of facts is considered wrong and “hurtful”. If mass media can turn something as clear and defined as a person’s gender into a big, vague, tornado of confusion, it can redefine anything else to fit its needs… and people will fall for it.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

United States Government Intentionally Destroyed 9/11 Evidence
June 9 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / WashingtonsBlog

If the story that the US government told us about 9/11 were true, why did the government destroy the evidence, lie to the 9/11 Commission, and prevent a real investigation?



The clear and indisputable answer is that if the evidence had not been destroyed and a real investigation had occurred, the conclusion would have been that 9/11 was an inside job designed to give the neoconservatives their “new Pearl Harbor” necessary to launch their wars in the Middle East.

Related: Is the War on Terror a Falsity?

The extraordinary gullibility of the American people is responsible for 15 years of warfare, destroyed countries, and millions of dead, maimed, orphaned, and displaced people, and for the rise of a police state in the United States. The ignorance and gullibility of the American people are responsible for these massive crimes against humanity and for Americans’ loss of their constitutionall protections.


Presumption of a Cover-Up …

Judges and lawyers know that – if someone intentionally destroys evidence – he’s probably trying to hide his crime.  American law has long recognized that destruction of evidence raises a presumption of guilt for  the person who destroyed the evidence.

So what does it mean when the US government intentionally destroyed massive amounts of evidence related to 9/11?

Related: CIA Veteran Announces Live on RT That All Terrorist Attacks in US Are False Flags


Judge and Prosecutor Destroy Evidence

For example, it was revealed last week that the judge overseeing the trial of surviving 9/11 suspects conspired with the prosecution to destroy evidence relevant to a key suspect’s defense. And see this.

(The Defense Department has also farmed out most of the work of both prosecuting and defending the surviving 9/11 suspects to the same private company.  And the heads of the military tribunal prosecuting the 9/11 suspects said that the trials must be rigged so that there are no acquittals.)


Destruction of Videotapes

The CIA videotaped the interrogation of 9/11 suspects, falsely told the 9/11 Commission that there were no videotapes or other records of the interrogations, and then illegally destroyed all of the tapes and transcripts of the interrogations.



Related: Obama Administration Caught Conspiring to Destroy Key 9/11 Evidence in Trial at Gitmo

9/11 Commission co-chairs Thomas Keane and Lee Hamilton wrote:


“Those who knew about those videotapes - and did not tell us about them - obstructed our investigation.
"

And:


“Daniel Marcus, a law professor at American University who served as general counsel for the Sept. 11 commission and was involved in the discussions about interviews with Al Qaeda leaders, said he had heard nothing about any tapes being destroyed."

If tapes were destroyed, he said, “it’s a big deal, it’s a very big deal,” because it could amount to obstruction of justice to withhold evidence being sought in criminal or fact-finding investigations."


Related: How the CIA Writes History


Destruction of Air Traffic Control Tapes

The tape of interviews of air traffic controllers on-duty on 9/11 was intentionally destroyed by crushing the cassette by hand, cutting the tape into little pieces, and then dropping the pieces in different trash cans around the building as shown by this NY Times article (summary version is free; full version is pay-per-view) and by this article from the Chicago Sun-Times.




Black Boxes

The FBI long ago found and analyzed the “black box” recorders from the airplanes which hit the Twin Towers, but has consistently denied that they were ever found.


Pentagon Fibs

The 9/11 Commissioners concluded that officials from the Pentagon lied to the Commission, and considered recommending criminal charges for such false statements.


Soviet-Style “Minders”

The chairs of both the 9/11 Commission and the Official Congressional Inquiry into 9/11 said that Soviet-style government “minders” obstructed the investigation into 9/11 by intimidating witnesses (and see this).

In other words, the minders obstructed witnesses from openly and candidly talking about what they knew.


Undermining Investigation

President Bush and Vice-President Cheney took the rare step of personally requesting that congress limit all 9/11 investigation solely to “intelligence failures.”

The administration also opposed the creation of a 9/11 commission. Once it was forced (by pressure from widows of 9-11 victims) to allow a commission to be formed, the administration appointed as executive director an administration insider, whose area of expertise is the creation and maintenance of “public myths” thought to be true, even if not actually true, who was involved in pre-9/11 intelligence briefings, and who was one of the key architects of the “pre-emptive war” doctrine.

This executive director, who controlled what the Commission did and did not analyze, then limited the scope of the Commission’s inquiry so that the overwhelming majority of questions about 9/11 remained unasked (see this and this).

The administration then starved the commission of funds.  The government spent $175 million – over $300 million in today’s dollars – investigating the Challenger space shuttle disaster. It spent $152 million on the the Columbia disaster investigation. It spent $30 million investigating the Monica Lewinsky scandal. But the government only authorized $15 million for the 9/11 Commission.

The government also failed to provide crucial documents to the 9/11 investigators. And see this.

The government refused to share much information with the Commission, refused to force high-level officials to testify under oath, and allowed Bush and Cheney to be questioned jointly.

Moreover, as reported by ACLU, FireDogLake, RawStory and many others, declassified documents shows that Senior Bush administration officials sternly cautioned the 9/11 Commission against probing too deeply into the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001.

The 9-11 Commission took this warning to heart, and refused to examine virtually any evidence which contradicted the administration’s official version of events. As stated by the State Department’s Coordinator for Counterterrorism – who was the point man for the U.S. government’s international counterterrorism policy in the first term of the Bush administration – “there were things the [9/11] commissions wanted to know about and things they didn’t want to know about.


Saudi Role

Investigation into Saudi government aid to 9/11 conspirators was also obstructed.

For example, Philip Shenon – the 20-year New York Times reporter who wrote a book on the 9/11 Commission – reports:


“The [911] commissioner said the renewed public debate could force a spotlight on a mostly unknown chapter of the history of the 9/11 commission: behind closed doors, members of the panel’s staff fiercely protested the way the material about the Saudis was presented in the final report, saying it underplayed or ignored evidence that Saudi officials – especially at lower levels of the government – were part of an al-Qaida support network that had been tasked to assist the hijackers after they arrived in the US.

In fact, there were repeated showdowns, especially over the Saudis, between the staff and the commission’s hard-charging executive director, University of Virginia historian Philip Zelikow, who joined the Bush administration as a senior adviser to the secretary of state, Condoleezza Rice, after leaving the commission.

The staff included experienced investigators from the FBI, the Department of Justice and the CIA, as well as the congressional staffer who was the principal author of the 28 pages.

Zelikow fired a staffer, who had repeatedly protested over limitations on the Saudi investigation, after she obtained a copy of the 28 pages outside of official channels.

Other staffers described an angry scene late one night, near the end of the investigation, when two investigators who focused on the Saudi allegations were forced to rush back to the commission’s offices after midnight after learning to their astonishment that some of the most compelling evidence about a Saudi tie to 9/11 was being edited out of the report or was being pushed to tiny, barely readable footnotes and endnotes
.

The staff protests were mostly overruled.

***

But Kean, Hamilton and Zelikow clearly do not speak for a number of the other commissioners, who have repeatedly suggested they are uncomfortable with the perception that the commission exonerated Saudi Arabia and who have joined in calling for public release of the 28 pages."

Indeed, an FBI informant hosted and rented a room to two hijackers in 2000. Specifically, investigators for the Congressional Joint Inquiry discovered that an FBI informant had hosted and even rented a room to two hijackers in 2000 and that, when the Inquiry sought to interview the informant, the FBI refused outright, and then hid him in an unknown location, and that a high-level FBI official stated these blocking maneuvers were undertaken under orders from the White House.

As the New York Times notes:


Senator Bob Graham, the Florida Democrat who is a former chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee, accused the White House on Tuesday of covering up evidence.

The accusation stems from the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s refusal to allow investigators for a Congressional inquiry and the independent Sept. 11 commission to interview an informant, Abdussattar Shaikh, who had been the landlord in San Diego of two Sept. 11 hijackers."


Letting Terrorists Go Free

A former FBI translator who Senators Leahy and Grassley, among others, have claimed is credible, and who the administration has gagged for years without any logical basis - has stated that “this administration knowingly and intentionally let many directly or indirectly involved in that terrorist act [September 11th] go free – untouched and uninvestigated”?


Destruction of Physical Evidence

The former head of fire science and engineering for the agency responsible for finding out why the Twin Towers and World Trade Center 7 collapsed on 9/11 (the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology) – who is one of the world’s leading fire science researchers and safety engineers, with a Ph.D. in mechanical engineering – wrote that evidence necessary to determine the cause of the collapse of the World Trade Centers was being destroyed. And see this.

Note the demolition charges going off...

In addition, the official investigators themselves were largely denied access to the site and the evidence contained there, or even access to such basic information as the blueprints for the World Trade Center.

The government has also refused to release the computer models showing how the trade centers fell, making it impossible for anyone to double-check its assumptions.

Whether you believe the Twin Towers and World Trade Center building 7 were brought down with explosives or by airplanes and fires, destroying evidence prevented engineers and scientists from figuring out what went wrong… to prevent skyscrapers from collapsing in the future.


9/11 Commissioners Disgusted… and Call For a New Investigation

The 9/11 Commissioners publicly expressed anger at cover ups and obstructions of justice by the government into a real 9/11 investigation:

9/11 Commission co-chair Lee Hamilton says “I don’t believe for a minute we got everything right”, that the Commission was set up to fail, that people should keep asking questions about 9/11, and that the 9/11 debate should continueThe 9/11 Commission chair said the Commission was “set up to fail”

The Commission’s co-chairs said that the CIA (and likely the White House) “obstructed our investigation”



9/11 Commissioner Bob Kerrey said that “There are ample reasons to suspect that there may be some alternative to what we outlined in our version . . . We didn’t have access . . . .”

9/11 Commissioner Timothy Roemer said “We were extremely frustrated with the false statements we were getting”

9/11 Commissioner Max Cleland resigned from the Commission, stating: “It is a national scandal”; “This investigation is now compromised”; and “One of these days we will have to get the full story because the 9-11 issue is so important to America. But this White House wants to cover it up”.  When asked in 2009 if he thought there should be another 9/11 commission, Cleland responded: “There should be about fifteen 9/11 commissions”

The Senior Counsel to the 9/11 Commission (John Farmer) – who led the 9/11 staff’s inquiry – said “At some level of the government, at some point in time…there was an agreement not to tell the truth about what happened“. He also said “I was shocked at how different the truth was from the way it was described. The tapes told a radically different story from what had been told to us and the public for two years. This is not spin. This is not true.”

The Co-Chair of the congressional investigation into 9/11 – Bob Graham – and 9/11 Commissioner and former Senator Bob Kerrey are calling for either a “PERMANENT 9/11 commission” or a new 9/11 investigation to get to the bottom of it

9/11 Commissioner John Lehman says that a new investigation should be “vigorously pursued



Planting False Evidence

Planting false evidence is another act which creates presumption of guilt.

The type of torture used by the U.S. on alleged surviving 9/11 co-conspirators is of a special type. Senator Levin revealed that the the U.S. used Communist torture techniques specifically aimed at creating FALSE confessions. (and see this, this, this and this).


According to NBC News:

Much of the 9/11 Commission Report was based upon the testimony of people who were tortured

At least four of the people whose interrogation figured in the 9/11 Commission Report have claimed that they told interrogators information as a way to stop being “tortured”

One of the Commission’s main sources of information was tortured until he agreed to sign a confession that he was NOT EVEN ALLOWED TO READ

The 9/11 Commission itself doubted the accuracy of the torture confessions, and yet kept their doubts to themselves


Pulitzer-prize winning reporter Seymour Hersh – who broke the Iraq torture and Vietnam massacre stories – writes:


Many of the investigators believe that some of the initial clues that were uncovered about the terrorists’ identities and preparations, such as flight manuals, were meant to be found.

A former high-level intelligence official told me, “Whatever trail was left was left deliberately - for the F.B.I. to chase“.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
UN Adopts Global Common Core Education To Ensure Their Vision Of Global Totalitarianism
June 9 2016 | From: VLA / TheNewAmerican

The UN Agenda 21, a world wide program that has been executed bottom up and top down for many years is now executing a plan of Global education to further push its false “sustainable” program to protect the world’s common wealth. 



Aside from the trade agreements to ensure world homogeneity, It is one of the prongs to ensure the manifestation of a One World Government. “However, globalists and the UN know that to achieve their vision of global totalitarianism, the minds of the young must be captured via “education.”


Common Core Going Global:

The UN Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, or UNESCO, is at the center of the UN’s global “education” machinations. In addition to a partnership signed with Common Core-financier Bill Gates, UNESCO has been hard at work in its efforts to standardize and dumb-down education around the world.

Among other schemes, it runs global programs on “Education for Sustainable Development,” “Educational for Global Citizenship,” and much more. It also has a “World Core Curriculum,” dedicated to and inspired by influential occultist Alice Bailey, that it hopes will guide schooling around the world in the years to come.


UN Adopts “Education” Plan to Indoctrinate Children in Globalism

A United Nations summit in Korea this week adopted a global “action plan” demanding a planetary “education” regime to transform children around the world into social-justice warriors and sustainability-minded “global citizens.”

Among other elements, that means the UN-directed global education must promote “integrated development” of the “whole person,” including the formation of their ethics, values, and spirituality, the final document declared.



The global-citizenship programs, with definitions to be incorporated in curricula worldwide, should also indoctrinate children so that they understand their responsibilities to “protect the planet,” and promote what the UN and its member governments consider to be the “common good.”    

The controversial action plan, approved by the UN's propaganda department and a group of largely government-funded “non-governmental organizations” (NGOs) on June 1 in Gyeongju, Republic of Korea, is aimed at helping the UN impose its Agenda 2030 scheme to “transform the world.”

In fact, the title of the summit gave away the agenda: “Education for Global Citizenship: Achieving the Sustainable Development Goals Together.” As The New American has documented extensively, the UN Agenda 2030 plan, also known as the “Sustainable Development Goals” (SDGs), was approved by governments and dictators last year as a road map toward global control (tyranny).

From national and international wealth redistribution to government healthcare and legal abortion for all, the controversial Agenda 2030 vows repeatedly to leave “no-one behind.”

However, globalists and the UN know that to achieve their vision of global totalitarianism, the minds of the young must be captured via “education.”



Agenda 2030 actually has an entire goal dedicated to UN-guided “education.” And so the latest summit in Korea, organized for NGOs by the UN Department of Public Information, or UN DPI, was aimed at defining what that “education” regime will look like - and how NGOs can help.


“Education is a human right, essential to well-being and dignity, and is key to achieving Agenda 2030,”
reads the action plan adopted this week.

“Further, an ethos of global citizenship is required in order to fulfil [sic] this bold, people-centered, universal, and planet-sensitive development framework.”

In the “spirit of global citizenship,” the document declares that “our primary identity is that of human beings.” But the agenda is much broader than attacking nationalism and patriotism.

The UN DPI and the Astro-Turf “NGOs” that surround it, styling themselves "Civil Society," explained that what they call “education” must also be about more than what people normally think of as education - literacy, numeracy, and so on. In the UN's view, according to the “Gyeongju Action Plan” adopted in Korea;


“Education must advance the cause of global citizenship.”

That means a lot more than one might think, too.

Among other points, this education for global citizenship must promote “integrated development of the whole person emotionally, ethically, intellectually, physically, socially, and spiritually,” the action plan declares. (Emphasis added.) Of course, parents, families, communities, tribes, churches, and more have traditionally been responsible for much of that.

When or under what authority government-run, UN-approved schools became responsible for children's physical, ethical, spiritual, emotional, and social development was not made clear. The implications, though, should trouble anyone who values liberty, diversity, national sovereignty, and parental rights.  

The “education” pushed by the UN must also be “imbued with an understanding of our roles, rights and responsibilities for the common good in service to humanity and the advancement of a culture of peace, non-violence, freedom, justice, and equality,” the action plan continued, using rhetoric about the "common good" that has been the rallying cry of countless tyrants.

The globo-education must inculcate “a sense of care for the earth, reverence for the interdependent kinship of all life, and stewardship of all ecological systems for future generations.”

It should also strengthen “the societal relationships among individuals, institutions, communities, states, humanity, and the planet.” And finally, it should nurture “a sense of solidarity and empathy in order to end poverty, protect the planet, ensure human rights, and foster prosperous and fulfilling lives for all.”

To those not well-versed in globalist-speak, that all might sound fine and dandy. However, when the UN's agenda is examined more closely, the real agenda becomes more clear. Consider, as just one point among many, what the UN means when it speaks of “human rights.”

In Article 29 of the UN's “Universal Declaration of Human Rights,” the government signatories claim "rights" can be limited “by law” under the guise of everything from “public order” to “the general welfare.”

In other words, you have no rights, only privileges.

Separately, the same article claims that everyone has “duties to the community” and that “rights and freedoms” may “in no case be exercised contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations.” Compare that to the U.S. Constitution and the Declaration of Independence, which outline and protect God-given, inalienable rights.   

Further down, the global action plan explains that the “education” agenda intends to shape every aspect of human life and civilization.


“Education for global citizenship is an essential strategy to address global challenges as well as to promote gender equality, facilitate the eradication of poverty and hunger, build skills, eliminate corruption, and prevent violence, including violent extremism,”
the document says.

“It promotes truly sustainable production and consumption, mitigating climate change and its effects, protecting our waters and biodiversity, and preserving indigenous knowledge.”

If “tradition” and individual cultures get in the way of that agenda for UN-defined “human rights” and “global citizenship,” then “educational understandings” of those things will have to be “enhanced,” the action plan declares.

The document also makes clear that this must be a worldwide effort, saying the global-citizenship scheming must be incorporated in school curricula worldwide and that “equitable quality education,” as defined by the UN, must be provided to “all people."



The signatories vowed to work at the local level, too, to “incorporate education for global citizenship in educational systems.”

The signatories of the action plan, developed at the “66th United Nations Department of Public Information (DPI)/Non-Governmental Organization (NGO) Conference,” also committed to pushing global education that promotes a number of controversial concepts.


“We commit to an education that teaches conflict resolution, a deep appreciation for diversity, ethical reasoning, gender equality, human rights and responsibilities, interdependence, multilingual and multicultural competence, social justice, sustainable development, and values,”
it said.

Those values, of course, are very unlikely to reflect the values of most parents around the world, whether they be Christian, Jewish, Muslim, Hindu, or any other major religious tradition. Instead, the values will be the values guiding the UN: globalism, pseudo-environmentalism, socialism, and more.  

The UN Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, or UNESCO, is at the center of the UN's global “education” machinations. In addition to a partnership signed with Common Core-financier Bill Gates, UNESCO has been hard at work in its efforts to standardize and dumb-down education around the world.



Among other schemes, it runs global programs on “Education for Sustainable Development,” “Educational for Global Citizenship,” and much more. It also has a “World Core Curriculum,” dedicated to and inspired by influential occultist Alice Bailey, that it hopes will guide schooling around the world in the years to come.

At a previous UN education summit, held last year in Korea, UNESCO boss Irina Bokova, a Bulgarian Communist Party operative who PR agents claim is among the “frontrunners” to lead the broader UN, also declared the UN's intentions.


“We have the collective duty to empower every child and youth with the right foundations - knowledge, values and skills - to shape the future as responsible global citizens, building on the successes of the past 15 years,”
she said, adding that education would:

"Ttransform lives”
and contribute to “breakthroughs on all the proposed sustainable development goals.”

In other words, the UN - not parents, families, or communities - believes that it has not just the right, but the “collective duty,” to shape your children’s values.

The latest conference on pushing Agenda 2030 through globalist indoctrination of children masquerading as “education” is a crucial follow-up to the adoption of the agenda itself.


“Children and young women and men are critical agents of change and will find in the new Goals a platform to channel their infinite capacities for activism into the creation of a better world,”
the official Agenda 2030 agreement explains.

The sort of activists that the UN hopes to make your children into is also explicitly defined in the agreement.


“By 2030, ensure that all learners acquire the knowledge and skills needed to promote sustainable development, including, among others, through education for sustainable development and sustainable lifestyles, human rights, gender equality, promotion of a culture of peace and non-violence, global citizenship and appreciation of cultural diversity and of culture’s contribution to sustainable development,”
the global plan for 2030 states.

Considering what the UN means by “sustainable development”-population control, central planning, global governance, and more - the agenda for your children takes on an even more sinister tone.

“Sustainable” children for global citizenship in the new order will be accomplished via what the UN, the Obama administration, and others misleadingly refers to as “education.”

In the UN document the word “education” alone is mentioned more than 20 times. And throughout the agreement, the UN openly advocates the use of schools to indoctrinate all of humanity into a new set of values, attitudes, and beliefs in preparation for the new “green” and “sustainable” world order.



The UN’s education agenda also puts sex “education” front and center.


“By 2030, ensure universal access to sexual and reproductive health-care services [abortion and contraception], including for family planning, information and education,”
the document also explains.

For now people around the world still have many options to protect their children from the global brainwashing campaign being pushed by the UN - home education, private schools, Christian schools, and more.

However, the UN realizes that, too. And so, in recent years, under the phony guise of “human rights,” the UN has started agitating for government control and regulation of private and alternative forms of education in addition to its grip on "public" schools.

The UN also continues to push international education agreements and schemes on everything from sex education and reading pedagogy to values and beliefs.

There is a good reason the UN is ridiculed by critics as the “dictators club.” Most of its member governments cannot be considered “free,” even under the most generous definition of the term.

Allowing the UN to make and shape education policy is not just dangerous, then, it is crazy.

Instead, education should be a job for families, communities, churches, charities, schools, and more - but primarily parents.

The future of liberty literally depends on it.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
United States Government Intentionally Destroyed 9/11 Evidence
June 9 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / WashingtonsBlog

If the story that the US government told us about 9/11 were true, why did the government destroy the evidence, lie to the 9/11 Commission, and prevent a real investigation?



The clear and indisputable answer is that if the evidence had not been destroyed and a real investigation had occurred, the conclusion would have been that 9/11 was an inside job designed to give the neoconservatives their “new Pearl Harbor” necessary to launch their wars in the Middle East.

Related: Is the War on Terror a Falsity?

The extraordinary gullibility of the American people is responsible for 15 years of warfare, destroyed countries, and millions of dead, maimed, orphaned, and displaced people, and for the rise of a police state in the United States. The ignorance and gullibility of the American people are responsible for these massive crimes against humanity and for Americans’ loss of their constitutionall protections.


Presumption of a Cover-Up …

Judges and lawyers know that – if someone intentionally destroys evidence – he’s probably trying to hide his crime.  American law has long recognized that destruction of evidence raises a presumption of guilt for  the person who destroyed the evidence.

So what does it mean when the US government intentionally destroyed massive amounts of evidence related to 9/11?

Related: CIA Veteran Announces Live on RT That All Terrorist Attacks in US Are False Flags


Judge and Prosecutor Destroy Evidence

For example, it was revealed last week that the judge overseeing the trial of surviving 9/11 suspects conspired with the prosecution to destroy evidence relevant to a key suspect’s defense. And see this.

(The Defense Department has also farmed out most of the work of both prosecuting and defending the surviving 9/11 suspects to the same private company.  And the heads of the military tribunal prosecuting the 9/11 suspects said that the trials must be rigged so that there are no acquittals.)


Destruction of Videotapes

The CIA videotaped the interrogation of 9/11 suspects, falsely told the 9/11 Commission that there were no videotapes or other records of the interrogations, and then illegally destroyed all of the tapes and transcripts of the interrogations.

9/11 Commission co-chairs Thomas Keane and Lee Hamilton wrote:


“Those who knew about those videotapes - and did not tell us about them - obstructed our investigation.
"

And:


“Daniel Marcus, a law professor at American University who served as general counsel for the Sept. 11 commission and was involved in the discussions about interviews with Al Qaeda leaders, said he had heard nothing about any tapes being destroyed."

If tapes were destroyed, he said, “it’s a big deal, it’s a very big deal,” because it could amount to obstruction of justice to withhold evidence being sought in criminal or fact-finding investigations."


Related: How the CIA Writes History


Destruction of Air Traffic Control Tapes

The tape of interviews of air traffic controllers on-duty on 9/11 was intentionally destroyed by crushing the cassette by hand, cutting the tape into little pieces, and then dropping the pieces in different trash cans around the building as shown by this NY Times article (summary version is free; full version is pay-per-view) and by this article from the Chicago Sun-Times.




Black Boxes

The FBI long ago found and analyzed the “black box” recorders from the airplanes which hit the Twin Towers, but has consistently denied that they were ever found.


Pentagon Fibs

The 9/11 Commissioners concluded that officials from the Pentagon lied to the Commission, and considered recommending criminal charges for such false statements.


Soviet-Style “Minders”

The chairs of both the 9/11 Commission and the Official Congressional Inquiry into 9/11 said that Soviet-style government “minders” obstructed the investigation into 9/11 by intimidating witnesses (and see this).

In other words, the minders obstructed witnesses from openly and candidly talking about what they knew.


Undermining Investigation

President Bush and Vice-President Cheney took the rare step of personally requesting that congress limit all 9/11 investigation solely to “intelligence failures.”

The administration also opposed the creation of a 9/11 commission. Once it was forced (by pressure from widows of 9-11 victims) to allow a commission to be formed, the administration appointed as executive director an administration insider, whose area of expertise is the creation and maintenance of “public myths” thought to be true, even if not actually true, who was involved in pre-9/11 intelligence briefings, and who was one of the key architects of the “pre-emptive war” doctrine.

This executive director, who controlled what the Commission did and did not analyze, then limited the scope of the Commission’s inquiry so that the overwhelming majority of questions about 9/11 remained unasked (see this and this).

The administration then starved the commission of funds.  The government spent $175 million – over $300 million in today’s dollars – investigating the Challenger space shuttle disaster. It spent $152 million on the the Columbia disaster investigation. It spent $30 million investigating the Monica Lewinsky scandal. But the government only authorized $15 million for the 9/11 Commission.

The government also failed to provide crucial documents to the 9/11 investigators. And see this.

The government refused to share much information with the Commission, refused to force high-level officials to testify under oath, and allowed Bush and Cheney to be questioned jointly.

Moreover, as reported by ACLU, FireDogLake, RawStory and many others, declassified documents shows that Senior Bush administration officials sternly cautioned the 9/11 Commission against probing too deeply into the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001.

The 9-11 Commission took this warning to heart, and refused to examine virtually any evidence which contradicted the administration’s official version of events. As stated by the State Department’s Coordinator for Counterterrorism – who was the point man for the U.S. government’s international counterterrorism policy in the first term of the Bush administration – “there were things the [9/11] commissions wanted to know about and things they didn’t want to know about.


Saudi Role

Investigation into Saudi government aid to 9/11 conspirators was also obstructed.

For example, Philip Shenon – the 20-year New York Times reporter who wrote a book on the 9/11 Commission – reports:


“The [911] commissioner said the renewed public debate could force a spotlight on a mostly unknown chapter of the history of the 9/11 commission: behind closed doors, members of the panel’s staff fiercely protested the way the material about the Saudis was presented in the final report, saying it underplayed or ignored evidence that Saudi officials – especially at lower levels of the government – were part of an al-Qaida support network that had been tasked to assist the hijackers after they arrived in the US.

In fact, there were repeated showdowns, especially over the Saudis, between the staff and the commission’s hard-charging executive director, University of Virginia historian Philip Zelikow, who joined the Bush administration as a senior adviser to the secretary of state, Condoleezza Rice, after leaving the commission.

The staff included experienced investigators from the FBI, the Department of Justice and the CIA, as well as the congressional staffer who was the principal author of the 28 pages.

Zelikow fired a staffer, who had repeatedly protested over limitations on the Saudi investigation, after she obtained a copy of the 28 pages outside of official channels.

Other staffers described an angry scene late one night, near the end of the investigation, when two investigators who focused on the Saudi allegations were forced to rush back to the commission’s offices after midnight after learning to their astonishment that some of the most compelling evidence about a Saudi tie to 9/11 was being edited out of the report or was being pushed to tiny, barely readable footnotes and endnotes
.

The staff protests were mostly overruled.

***

But Kean, Hamilton and Zelikow clearly do not speak for a number of the other commissioners, who have repeatedly suggested they are uncomfortable with the perception that the commission exonerated Saudi Arabia and who have joined in calling for public release of the 28 pages."

Indeed, an FBI informant hosted and rented a room to two hijackers in 2000. Specifically, investigators for the Congressional Joint Inquiry discovered that an FBI informant had hosted and even rented a room to two hijackers in 2000 and that, when the Inquiry sought to interview the informant, the FBI refused outright, and then hid him in an unknown location, and that a high-level FBI official stated these blocking maneuvers were undertaken under orders from the White House.

As the New York Times notes:


Senator Bob Graham, the Florida Democrat who is a former chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee, accused the White House on Tuesday of covering up evidence.

The accusation stems from the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s refusal to allow investigators for a Congressional inquiry and the independent Sept. 11 commission to interview an informant, Abdussattar Shaikh, who had been the landlord in San Diego of two Sept. 11 hijackers."


Letting Terrorists Go Free

A former FBI translator who Senators Leahy and Grassley, among others, have claimed is credible, and who the administration has gagged for years without any logical basis - has stated that “this administration knowingly and intentionally let many directly or indirectly involved in that terrorist act [September 11th] go free – untouched and uninvestigated”?


Destruction of Physical Evidence

The former head of fire science and engineering for the agency responsible for finding out why the Twin Towers and World Trade Center 7 collapsed on 9/11 (the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology) – who is one of the world’s leading fire science researchers and safety engineers, with a Ph.D. in mechanical engineering – wrote that evidence necessary to determine the cause of the collapse of the World Trade Centers was being destroyed. And see this.

In addition, the official investigators themselves were largely denied access to the site and the evidence contained there, or even access to such basic information as the blueprints for the World Trade Center.

The government has also refused to release the computer models showing how the trade centers fell, making it impossible for anyone to double-check its assumptions.

Whether you believe the Twin Towers and World Trade Center building 7 were brought down with explosives or by airplanes and fires, destroying evidence prevented engineers and scientists from figuring out what went wrong… to prevent skyscrapers from collapsing in the future.


9/11 Commissioners Disgusted… and Call For a New Investigation

The 9/11 Commissioners publicly expressed anger at cover ups and obstructions of justice by the government into a real 9/11 investigation:

9/11 Commission co-chair Lee Hamilton says “I don’t believe for a minute we got everything right”, that the Commission was set up to fail, that people should keep asking questions about 9/11, and that the 9/11 debate should continueThe 9/11 Commission chair said the Commission was “set up to fail”

The Commission’s co-chairs said that the CIA (and likely the White House) “obstructed our investigation”



9/11 Commissioner Bob Kerrey said that “There are ample reasons to suspect that there may be some alternative to what we outlined in our version . . . We didn’t have access . . . .”

9/11 Commissioner Timothy Roemer said “We were extremely frustrated with the false statements we were getting”

9/11 Commissioner Max Cleland resigned from the Commission, stating: “It is a national scandal”; “This investigation is now compromised”; and “One of these days we will have to get the full story because the 9-11 issue is so important to America. But this White House wants to cover it up”.  When asked in 2009 if he thought there should be another 9/11 commission, Cleland responded: “There should be about fifteen 9/11 commissions”

The Senior Counsel to the 9/11 Commission (John Farmer) – who led the 9/11 staff’s inquiry – said “At some level of the government, at some point in time…there was an agreement not to tell the truth about what happened“. He also said “I was shocked at how different the truth was from the way it was described. The tapes told a radically different story from what had been told to us and the public for two years. This is not spin. This is not true.”

The Co-Chair of the congressional investigation into 9/11 – Bob Graham – and 9/11 Commissioner and former Senator Bob Kerrey are calling for either a “PERMANENT 9/11 commission” or a new 9/11 investigation to get to the bottom of it

9/11 Commissioner John Lehman says that a new investigation should be “vigorously pursued



Planting False Evidence

Planting false evidence is another act which creates presumption of guilt.

The type of torture used by the U.S. on alleged surviving 9/11 co-conspirators is of a special type. Senator Levin revealed that the the U.S. used Communist torture techniques specifically aimed at creating FALSE confessions. (and see this, this, this and this).


According to NBC News:

Much of the 9/11 Commission Report was based upon the testimony of people who were tortured

At least four of the people whose interrogation figured in the 9/11 Commission Report have claimed that they told interrogators information as a way to stop being “tortured”

One of the Commission’s main sources of information was tortured until he agreed to sign a confession that he was NOT EVEN ALLOWED TO READ

The 9/11 Commission itself doubted the accuracy of the torture confessions, and yet kept their doubts to themselves


Pulitzer-prize winning reporter Seymour Hersh – who broke the Iraq torture and Vietnam massacre stories – writes:


Many of the investigators believe that some of the initial clues that were uncovered about the terrorists’ identities and preparations, such as flight manuals, were meant to be found.

A former high-level intelligence official told me, “Whatever trail was left was left deliberately - for the F.B.I. to chase“.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Panama Papers Show How Rich United States Clients Hid Millions Abroad
June 8 2016 | From: NewYorkTimes

Over the years, William R. Ponsoldt had earned tens of millions of dollars building a string of successful companies. He had renovated apartment buildings in the New York City area.



Panama City, Panama, home to the law firm Mossack Fonseca. A trove of the firm’s internal documents, known as the Panama Papers, have shaken the financial world.

Bred Arabian horses. Run a yacht club in the Bahamas, a rock quarry in Michigan, an auto-parts company in Canada, even a multibillion-dollar hedge fund.

Related: IRD poised to pounce as Panama Papers go public

Now, as he neared retirement, Mr. Ponsoldt, of Jensen Beach, Fla., had a special request for Mossack Fonseca, a Panama-based law firm well placed in the world of offshore finance: How could he confidentially shift his money into overseas bank accounts and use them to buy real estate and move funds to his children?



“He is the manager of one of the richest hedge funds in the world,”
a lawyer at Mossack Fonseca wrote when the firm was introduced to Mr. Ponsoldt in 2004.

“Primary objective is to maintain the utmost confidentiality and ideally to open bank accounts without disclosing his name as a private person.”

In summary, the firm explained: “He needs asset protection schemes, which we are trying to sell him.”


Thus began a relationship that would last at least through 2015 as Mossack Fonseca managed eight shell companies and a foundation on the family’s behalf, moving at least $134 million through seven banks in six countries - little of which could be traced directly to Mr. Ponsoldt or his children.

These transactions and others like them for a stable of wealthy clients from the United States are outlined in extraordinary detail in the trove of internal Mossack Fonseca documents known as the Panama Papers. The materials were obtained by the German newspaper Süddeutsche Zeitung and the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, and have now been shared with The New York Times.

Related: How Mossack Fonseca Helped Clients Skirt or Break U.S. Tax Laws With Offshore Accounts

How the Panama-based law firm set up offshore corporations, foundations and bank accounts for wealthy clients:



In recent weeks, the papers’ revelations about Mossack Fonseca’s international clientele have shaken the financial world. The Times’s examination of the files found that Mossack Fonseca also had at least 2,400 United States-based clients over the past decade, and set up at least 2,800 companies on their behalf in the British Virgin Islands, Panama, the Seychelles and other jurisdictions that specialize in helping hide wealth.

Many of these transactions were legal; there are legitimate reasons to create offshore accounts, particularly when setting up a business overseas or buying real estate in a foreign country.

But the documents - confidential emails, copies of passports, ledgers of bank transactions and even the various code names used to refer to clients - show that the firm did much more than simply create offshore shell companies and accounts. For many of its American clients, Mossack Fonseca offered a how-to guide of sorts on skirting or evading United States tax and financial disclosure laws.


“Primary objective is to maintain the utmost confidentiality and ideally to open bank accounts without disclosing his name as a private person.”

- An email from a Mossack Fonseca lawyer

These included locating an individual from a “tax-convenient” jurisdiction to be the straw man owner of an offshore account, concealing the true American owner, or encouraging one client it knew was a United States resident to use his foreign passports to open accounts offshore, again to avoid scrutiny from regulators, the documents show.

If the compliance department at one foreign bank contacted by Mossack Fonseca on behalf of its clients started to ask too many questions about who owned the account, the firm simply turned to other, less inquisitive banks.

And even though the law firm said publicly that it would not work with clients convicted of crimes or whose financial activities raised “red flags,” several individuals in the United States with criminal records were able to turn to Mossack Fonseca to open new companies offshore, the documents show.



Related: Auckland PR queen and Kiwi billionare named in Panama Papers web

Federal law allows United States citizens to transfer money overseas, but these foreign holdings must be declared to the Treasury Department, and any taxes on capital gains, interest or dividends must be paid - just as if the money had been invested domestically. Federal officials estimate that the government loses between $40 billion and $70 billion a year in unpaid taxes on offshore holdings.

Experts in federal tax law, money laundering and offshore accounts - asked by The Times to examine certain documents or at least to identify legal issues raised by the money management techniques that Mossack Fonseca advocated - said the law firm at times had come up with creative, but apparently legal, strategies to save clients money.

A common tactic: selling real estate as a shift of corporate assets, instead of as a piece of property subject to transfer taxes.

While the experts were reluctant to declare that the law firm or its clients had broken any laws given that no charges have been filed, they said they were surprised at how explicitly Mossack Fonseca had offered advice that appeared carefully crafted to help its clients evade United States tax laws.



For many of its American clients, Mossack Fonseca offered a how-to guide of sorts on skirting or evading United States tax and financial disclosure laws.


“The more correspondence that you have between a U.S. person and a bank or law firm discussing tax issues and efforts at concealment, the stronger the government will see it as a potential case worth prosecuting,”
said Kevin M. Downing, the lead Justice Department prosecutor in the UBS offshore banking and tax evasion cases, now at the Washington law firm Miller & Chevalier.

Mossack Fonseca has said repeatedly in recent weeks that its lawyers and staff members have honored international tax and banking laws, and that it is the victim in this case of an illegal hacking attack.

But presented with summaries of several cases by The Times, Mossack Fonseca did not try to explain its actions. It simply said that its standards had improved in recent years, as rules internationally had tightened.


“Our significantly expanded compliance office today not only evaluates new client candidates, but also existing accounts, and especially those that were established prior to the new international regulatory regime coming into effect,”
a spokeswoman said in a written statement, referring to a 2010 law passed by Congress.

“It wasn’t always this way.”

The firm’s American client list does not appear to include the sort of high-profile political figures who have emerged from reporting on the Panama Papers in many other countries around the world.

But the services offered by Mossack Fonseca, with 500 employees in more than 30 offices worldwide, were in high demand by the rich and famous in the United States.

In 2001, Sanford I. Weill, then the chief of Citigroup, set up an offshore account called April Fool for his yacht. Alfonso Soriano, a former Major League Baseball All-Star player with the Yankees and other teams, had a Panamanian corporation created for him.

John E. Akridge III, a leading real estate developer in Washington, flew to Panama to meet with Mossack Fonseca lawyers, who in 2011 created the Cyclops Family Foundation in Panama, along with a related bank account.

A spokesman for Mr. Weill said the accounts were used for legitimate purposes, and “appropriate disclosures were filed.” Mr. Akridge and Mr. Soriano did not respond to repeated requests for comment.

Related Document: William Ponsoldt and Mossack Fonseca

For its best customers, like the Ponsoldts, who declined repeated requests to discuss their work with Mossack Fonseca, the firm’s ministrations went far beyond legal services and banking.

It acted as a concierge for “all details regarding your properties and worldwide business affairs,” for example, helping the family confidentially purchase (and dispose of) luxury condominiums at resort destinations and even arranging repairs for a car stored at a vacation home and hiring a contractor to fix broken poolside tiles, the documents show.


“You deserve the best Mr. Ponsoldt, and we will try to help you the most we can,”
the firm explained in an email.

The firm’s American clients often expressed disbelief at how much they could lighten their tax burden by using the techniques advocated by Mossack Fonseca.


“At hearing that he can make nearly $8 million per year just on tax savings,”
a client from Pennsylvania “was now wide awaken,” a Mossack Fonseca staff member wrote.

“I could even detect sweats coming down from his forehead and his cheeks were beginning to blush with crimson excitement. Noticing his interest, I went in for the kill.”


Black Hole for Assets

In 2006, using a secret email account set up by Mossack Fonseca so his correspondence would not be traced by the authorities, a businessman from Washington State asked a common question among the firm’s potential American clients:


“How does a US citizen legally get funds to Panama without the knowledge of the US government and how can those funds be profitably invested without the US government knowing about them?”

The reply came from Ramsés Owens, then a partner who helped run the firm’s trust division, offering clients “effective solutions to enhance your privacy, protect your wealth.” Mr. Owens laid out a basic menu of services: a package deal setting up an offshore company in what he promised would be a relatively cheap and quick transaction.


“We have right now a special offer by which we create a Private Foundation/company combination for a flat fee of US$4,500.00,”
Mr. Owens said.

“It includes Charter Documents, Regulations, nominee officers and directors, bank account and management of funds, provision of authorized signatories, neutral phone and fax numbers and mail forwarding services for both the private foundation and its underlying company.”

With this legal structure in place, Mr. Owens went on to explain, any money placed in these accounts would essentially go into a black hole.


“If we create a Private Foundation and the underlying company for you, the funds become completely private (US cannot know) as soon as the funds are deposited under a bank account or investment account in the name of the underlying company or the private foundation,”
he wrote.

The benefits of such an arrangement were numerous, he added, detailing how the client could effectively evade United States tax laws while protecting himself - and the firm.


“You can take the money in cash, you can do a bad investment; you can purchase something and not receive anything (an expensive piano, an expensive software),”
Mr. Owens wrote.

“You can receive an invoice from Panama or any other location and that would justify some of the outgoing moneys. You can also declare everything to the tax administration.

Any decision you make, please be aware that you will have to sign a ‘disclaimer’ to us. We can only ‘suggest,’ but the final decision to take the money out of the country is fully yours, and under the professional opinion of someone in USA.”

This was the sort of menu sold to the Ponsoldt family - in a very big way.

William Ponsoldt, now 74, had come to Mossack Fonseca with hundreds of millions of dollars in assets, the firm’s staff estimated in “due diligence” memos that also laid out how he had become so wealthy.


“He has started off in the seventies purchasing run-down apartment buildings in New York, in order to refurbish and sell them off,”
noted one memo from 2007, shortly after the firm had started to handle the family’s investment accounts.

“Having done this for a while he spread out to various businesses and his CV is the typical profile of a serial entrepreneur.”

The memo went on to list nine businesses he had created, taken over or helped run, including Glas Aire Industries Group, an automotive parts supplier; Zeus Energy Resources, a Texas oil-drilling company; Regency Affiliates, which owned a Michigan rock mine; and Pegasus Ranch, one of the country’s largest Arabian-horse-breeding operations.

Few American clients, the records show, demanded and received as much attention as Mr. Ponsoldt and two of his children, Tracey and Christopher, each of whom was assigned a secret email account and a code name - “father,” “daughter” and “son.” Mossack Fonseca’s “V.I.P. service” consisted of everything from securing lunch reservations at a popular French bistro in Panama City to pressing the government to make an exception and grant Mr. Ponsoldt and his wife Panamanian passports.

Over the years, tens of millions of dollars flowed into a series of shell companies - Escutcheon Investment, with its money at the Banca Privada in the Pyrenees principality of Andorra; Probity Investments, with deposits at Andbanc Grup Agricol, also in Andorra; Royal Pacific Investments, with deposits at Balboa Securities in Panama; and Valdano Investments Group, with deposits at Berenberg Bank in Switzerland, among others, the bank records and other documents show.



An email from ​Christopher​ Ponsoldt​, code-named “son,”​ to a Mossack Fonseca lawyer. Employees of the Panama law firm were named as officers of shell companies created to conceal any links between the assets and the Ponsoldt family.

Mossack Fonseca employees were named as the companies’ officers, avoiding whenever possible any link to the Ponsoldt family. The firm even asked a Hong Kong branch of Barclays, the international bank, to override its rules for proof of the so-called beneficial owners of the accounts.

“This is a very special client of ours,” a Mossack Fonseca lawyer wrote, conceding that the firm had intentionally created such a maze of companies so it leaves us in the position to legally argue that our client is NOT the owner of the structure.” It was not clear if the bank complied.

The most important part of this elaborate structure was an entity called the Edenstone Foundation.

Panama has long specialized in creating unusual foundations like Edenstone that are neither subject to Panamanian taxes nor required to support charitable causes. They do, however, allow the investors who “contribute” their financing to shield themselves from legal claims in the United States.



Related: Party donor named in Panama Papers – for the Greens

In secret meetings documented in the Panama Papers, Mossack Fonseca named the Ponsoldt family as the beneficiary, through the foundation, of the money placed in bank accounts around the world.

Among the early requests: confidentially transfer $800,000 from “father” to “son,” meaning moving the money to yet another offshore account - called LBFH of Panama - which Mossack Fonseca had set up on Christopher Ponsoldt’s behalf with bank accounts in Andorra and Panama.

One motivation for Christopher Ponsoldt to stash money overseas in accounts not traceable to him: He owned a dirt racetrack in Florida, and he was concerned racers “may get hurt and might then try to sue him for damages,” the law firm notes on his case file said.


“Please notify me when the money is deposited in American dollars,”
Christopher Ponsoldt wrote to the law firm a few months after his father’s accounts had been set up and $800,000 was in the process of being transferred to another offshore account Christopher Ponsoldt controlled via the firm.

“I want to have U.S. dollars, Australian Dollars, Indian Real’s and some kind of China index, to be determined.”

Mossack Fonseca agreed to “prepare a service agreement” between two of the legal entities it managed for the family, to make it look as if there were an actual expenditure of money for a business purpose.


“After receiving the money, we will explain to them the nature of this transaction without giving details of your name,”
the firm explained to William Ponsoldt, regarding the Caribbean bank through which the money was moving to his son.

“Please let us know if you agree with this and if you will instruct the relevant parties to execute the wire transfer.”

Federal law generally limits such tax-free transfers between family members to $14,000 a year.

But for this transfer, described as a “pre-inheritance distribution,” the documents give no indication that any United States gift taxes were paid, as would most likely have been required, said Jack Blum, a lawyer and expert in international tax evasion who served for more than a decade as a consultant to the Internal Revenue Service.


“This is one way in which people with a lot of money step away from being average,”
Mr. Blum said after reviewing the documents.

- Jack Blum, a former I.R.S. consultant

Christopher Ponsoldt declined to comment. “I am sorry, I can’t help you,” he said before hanging up.

Tracey Ponsoldt Powers, William Ponsoldt’s daughter, approached the firm in October 2008 with an urgent request for help in secretly moving some of her family’s money to Panama and then into gold coins. She feared political developments at home.


“I feel VERY unsettled with this election and how the media is censoring information and spinning the American Public to vote Obama,”
she wrote to Mr. Owens at Mossack Fonseca.

“It is so obvious to me, that they are setting us up with a Socialist - but most people can’t see it happening before their eyes! It’s like propaganda that is brainwashing Americans to forget the Principles of Hard Work, Ingenuity, Risk and Boundless Success!”

Mr. Owens suggested shifting the money into a “charity” account, controlled by the firm on the family’s behalf, in increments of less than $100,000, so it would not be detected.



Tracey Ponsoldt Powers, code-named “daughter,” approached Mossack Fonseca in October 2008 because she was concerned about the potential election of Barack Obama as president.​ Around then, William Ponsoldt had the firm move $100,000 to a Swiss account for his daughter.

Separately, that same month, William Ponsoldt moved $100,000 from a company Mossack Fonseca controlled on his behalf into the name of his daughter. This was confirmed in an email from Mossack Fonseca to the code name “daughter.”


“The USD 100.000 is deposited as call Money with high liquidity at Berenberg Bank Schweiz, Zürich,”
said the email, which added: “Your Father initiated this process as you know. We will treat you with the same esteem and conditions and service as the family is used to.”

The subsequent series of complicated transfers - money from the account would eventually be used by Mossack Fonseca in 2013 at Ms. Powers’s request to buy real estate - would be a challenge for American enforcement authorities, Mr. Blum said.


“Simply by constructing all this in such a complex way, they make it extremely hard for enforcement officials to ever have resources to reconstruct what taxes should have been paid,” he said. “What this is all about is obscuring the trail.”

Ms. Powers did not respond to a series of calls and emails, and then declined to answer questions when reached on a cellphone.

“I have no idea what you are talking about,” she said before hanging up.


‘Live This Potential Risk’

Across the United States, Mossack Fonseca picked up clients who had similarly urgent and delicate demands.

For more than 30 years as the founder of Boston Capital Ventures, Harald Joachim von der Goltz has built a reputation as a savvy investor in emerging companies.

What few know, however, is that over roughly that same span of time and with the help of Mossack Fonseca, Mr. von der Goltz has also come to command a vast offshore empire: interconnected corporations, foundations and bank accounts with about $70 million in assets, according to internal emails.

Related Document: Harald Joachim von Der Goltz and Mossack Fonseca

A lawyer for Mr. von der Goltz said the beneficial owner of all of the trusts and accounts is Mr. von der Goltz’s 100-year-old mother, who resides in Guatemala. One document also suggests that the tens of millions of dollars in the accounts originally came from businesses operated by Mr. von der Goltz’s father.

But numerous other documents prepared by Mossack Fonseca and signed by Mr. von der Goltz list him as the founder, manager and “first beneficiary” of the foundation that controls most of the family’s wealth. Mr. von der Goltz also put assets from companies he helped operate into the accounts, documents show.

Most important, Mossack Fonseca registered Mr. von der Goltz as a resident of Guatemala, which tax experts said could help him protect the family money from certain United States tax obligations.


“MF Trust has registered Harald Joachim von der Goltz as a client of Guatemala. However, we know he lives in Miami; and makes his residence for 5 months of the year in Boston,”
Mr. Owens, the Mossack Fonseca partner, wrote in an email in 2009 to top executives at the firm.

The firm recognized that claiming the Guatemala residency represented a risk, but considered it a risk worth taking, given Mr. von der Goltz’s importance to the firm.


“My suggestion: Leave everything as it is with von der Goltz, i.e. stay and live this potential risk, we might prefer to send money orders and cashier’s checks, which have a slightly lower risk than bank transfers. It’s all well done, customer understands well and accepts it as is,”
Mr. Owens wrote.

“I agree with your suggestion on my part,” responded Ramón Fonseca, one of the firm’s founders.




Ramón Fonseca, one of the firm’s founders, in April in his office in Panama City. Documents show he agreed with a suggestion to accept a client’s residency in Guatemala despite the risk and the knowledge that the client lived in the United States.


Money was frequently transferred from several of the offshore accounts to accounts in the United States to fund investments at Mr. von der Goltz’s firm, the documents show. A foundation paid for his daughter’s education, as well as his granddaughter’s high school tuition.

In a 2008 email, Mr. von der Goltz’s Boston-based accountant asked executives at Mossack Fonseca to wire money from Mr. von der Goltz’s mother, Erika.


“Erika would like to make a gift to Tica of $100,000 for his birthday. She hadn’t given him anything,”
the email said, providing an account for Mr. von der Goltz at Espírito Santo Bank in Miami.

“Ohh, yes, I know ERIKA wants it to be done quickly, we will proceed,” Mr. Owens responded before confirming that the money should be moved as requested.


Legal experts consulted by The Times said it was difficult to determine definitively if the arrangements related to Mr. von der Goltz violated United States laws. But they said such moves were commonly used by investors seeking to hide their assets and evade federal taxes.


“There is reason to question if she was really directing that shift of money,”
Mr. Blum said, referring to Mr. von der Goltz’s mother.

In a statement, Mr. von der Goltz said the companies were established for legal purposes, and that both he and the companies were compliant with United States tax and reporting requirements.

“There has never been any illegal activity associated with these companies,” the statement said.

Other case files examined by The Times show how Mossack Fonseca may have turned a blind eye in the vetting process while helping Kjell Gunnar Finstad, a Texas resident, set up an oil company offshore in 2013.

Mossack Fonseca has long maintained that it will not work for individuals with criminal records or whose conduct raises “red flags” during its due-diligence process. But the firm somehow either missed or overlooked Mr. Finstad’s past when it conducted a background search of potential directors for the new offshore oil company, OK Terra Energy, which was run out of Houston but registered in the British Virgin Islands.

Three years earlier, Mr. Finstad, the company’s controlling partner and lead investor, had been convicted in Norway for various breaches of securities and accounting laws involving a company called Norex Group. The case was major news in Norway.

The records examined by The Times show that Mossack Fonseca collected a copy of Mr. Finstad’s passport, and conducted a basic internet search and a cursory background check. But there is no mention of the fraud case, and no discussion of whether to proceed with setting up the new company, in light of Mr. Finstad’s involvement.

Reached at his office in Texas and asked about the Panama Papers, Mr. Finstad said only, “I don’t want to talk about that.”

For another client, Mossack Fonseca offered a special service for a premium price.



Marianna Olszewski, the New York City-based author of “Live It, Love It, Earn It: A Woman’s Guide to Financial Freedom,” wanted to shift $1 million held by HSBC in Guernsey to a new overseas account. The catch? She did not want her name to appear anywhere near the transaction.

Mr. Owens, the Mossack Fonseca lawyer, again offered a solution. Mossack Fonseca would locate what he called a “natural person nominee” in a “tax-convenient” jurisdiction to stand in for Ms. Olszewski as the owner of the account.


“The Natural Person Trustee is a service which is very sensitive,” Mr. Owens wrote.

“We need to hire the Natural Person Nominee, pay him, make him sign lots of documents to cover us, make him sign resignations, make him get some proofs evidencing that he has the economic capacity to place such amount of moneys, letters of reference, proof of domicile, etc., etc.”

The process, he suggested, would cost her at least $17,500.

Ms. Olszewski approved the maneuver - only to see the firm, at one point, accidentally disclose her name to the banks involved.


“Ramses, Please call me ASAP!! This is important!!!!”
she wrote to Mr. Owens.

“HSBC said someone said marianna olszewski is the principal / beneficary! Who has done this!! I need you to call me immediately and tell them hsbc that was a mistake!!!!!!!!!! This is not good and I asked you NOT to do this! this is why we have this structure.”

Mr. Owens sought to calm her down, saying that Mossack Fonseca could tell the bank that the natural person nominee actually controlled the account. “This can be solved,” he wrote.



Ramsés Owens, ​then ​a lawyer with Mossack Fonseca, explained the concept of a “natural person trustee” to Marianna Olszewski in an email.




Ms. Olszewski sent a panicky email to Mr. Owens upon discovering that her name had been disclosed to a​ bank involved in a transfer of her assets.

Mr. Owens did not tell his client the identity of the natural person nominee, saying simply;


“We would appoint a UK citizen residing in Panama since 50 years ago, engineer, entrepreneur,”
as they needed someone who would be expected to have such a large amount of money available to transfer.

Twelve days later, Mr. Owens sent HSBC a copy of a passport for a man named Edmund James Ward.




“Kindly please find hereto attached the due diligence documents of the beneficial owner,”
said the email sent to HSBC, noting that “the documents duly correct.”

The $1 million from Ms. Olszewski was then transferred to the new accounts, with an assurance that she need not worry.


“If for any reason something happens, please also bear in mind that Mossfon is covered by insurance policies for US$10 Million (per event),”
Mr. Owens wrote. “We have never used our insurance policy to cover a ‘fraud,’ or something like this.”

The use of a stand-in to hide the true ownership of an account is one of the remaining illegal ploys favored by Americans today as international banks, under pressure from the United States, demand proof of account ownership, said Jeffrey Neiman, a former federal prosecutor from Miami who specialized in criminal tax offenses, adding that he could not comment directly on this case. “The fact that a law firm was willing to do this legitimizes the process for their clients,” he said.


A Firm’s Inner Doubts

Many of the client files - like those for Mr. Weill, the banker; Mr. Soriano, the ballplayer; and Mr. Akridge, the developer - contain little information on the purpose of the offshore accounts, or how they were used after they were set up, making it impossible, based on the records available, to assess whether they were used legitimately.

But the experts who reviewed some of the documents related to the Ponsoldts, Mr. von der Goltz and Ms. Olszewski said that the firm itself seemed to realize it was taking risks.


“They were not always sure themselves which side of the line they were on at any given moment,”
said Ross S. Delston, a former federal banking regulator who now specializes in combating money-laundering efforts.

“It is apparent that members of the firm were aware they were treading very close to the line.”

In fact, the files contain instances, beginning before the Panama Papers came to light, of Mossack Fonseca lawyers second-guessing their actions. (In recent weeks, the firm has shut down many of its operations in Nevada, as well as British locations in Jersey and the Isle of Man, and is closing the asset-management division that served many of its United States clients.)

In 2013, Mossack Fonseca advised Ms. Olszewski to seek outside counsel and consider reporting herself to the I.R.S., warning of possible “severe” repercussions if she did not. The warning came in the wake of a Justice Department investigation of the role that certain Swiss banks had played in helping United States citizens evade federal taxes.

Records show that Mossack Fonseca had been paid at least $102,000 over nine years to help Ms. Olszewski handle various transactions.

Ms. Olszewski took the firm’s advice, and belatedly disclosed her accounts to the I.R.S., the documents show. And by 2014, she asked Mossack Fonseca to shut down her accounts and offshore entities, which collectively held at least $1.7 million.


“I’m in complete compliance with all my U.S. tax and reporting requirements,”
Ms. Olszewski said in an emailed statement when The Times asked about the accounts.

In a second statement, she said she had relied on the advice of legal counsel to establish a trust for her family while living abroad. “I am confident that I have acted properly,” she added, “and any insinuation otherwise is false.”

Reached by telephone in late May, Mr. Owens, who is no longer with the law firm, said only, “Regretfully, I cannot speak about individual clients or my time at Mossack Fonseca.”


Mossack Fonseca sent a series of similar and increasingly dire warnings to the Ponsoldts in 2013 and 2014, telling them that they had to provide a Swiss bank with documentation that they had paid all required United States taxes - or face possible investigation.


“Neither your ex Trustees nor us would like to be involved into any measure the US Department of Justice might try to enforce,”
the firm wrote. “In this regard, again we strongly urge you to take the necessary steps to avoid any negative consequences for you as well as us.”

The records examined by The Times give no indication whether the Ponsoldts complied, and family members would not say when asked.


“I don’t know what you are talking about,”
Christopher Ponsoldt said in a second brief conversation before he again hung up.


Related Articles:

Panama Papers Include Dozens of Americans Tied to Fraud and Financial Misconduct

Panama Papers reveal George Soros' deep money ties to secretive weapons, intel investment firm


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Birth And Death Of Privacy: 3,000 Years Of History Told Through 46 Images
June 6 2016 | From: Medium

Privacy, as we understand it, is only about 150 years old.



Humans do have an instinctual desire for privacy. However, for 3,000 years, cultures have nearly always prioritized convenience and wealth over privacy.


A 2-Minute Summary



Section II will show how cutting edge health technology will force people to choose between an early, costly death and a world without any semblance of privacy. Given historical trends, the most likely outcome is that we will forgo privacy and return to our traditional, transparent existence.

*This post is part of an online book about Silicon Valley’s Political endgame. See all available chapters here.


Section I: How Privacy Was Invented Slowly Over 3,000 years


“Privacy may actually be an anomaly.”

- Vinton Cerf, Co-creator of the military’s early Internet prototype and Google executive.

Cerf suffered a torrent of criticism in the media for suggesting that privacy is unnatural. Though he was simply opining on what he believed was an under-the-radar gathering at the Federal Trade Commission in 2013, historically speaking, Cerf is right.

Privacy, as it is conventionally understood, is only about 150 years old. Most humans living throughout history had little concept of privacy in their tiny communities. Sex, breastfeeding, and bathing were shamelessly performed in front of friends and family.

The lesson from 3,000 years of history is that privacy has almost always been a back-burner priority. Humans invariably choose money, prestige or convenience when it has conflicted with a desire for solitude.

This chapter takes a look at how technology shaped desires for privacy over the major epochs of human history.


Tribal Life (~200,000 B.C. to 6,000 B.C)


“Because hunter-gatherer children sleep with their parents, either in the same bed or in the same hut, there is no privacy. Children see their parents having sex. In the Trobriand Islands, Malinowski was told that parents took no special precautions to prevent their children from watching them having sex: they just scolded the child and told it to cover its head with a mat”

- UCLA Anthropologist, Jared Diamond

While extremely rare in tribal societies, privacy may, in fact, be instinctive. Evidence from tribal societies suggests that humans prefer to make love in solitude (In 9 of 12 societies where homes have separate bedrooms for parents, people prefer to have sex indoors. In those cultures without homes with separate rooms, sex is more often preferred outdoors).



However, in practice, the need for survival often eclipses the desire for privacy. For instance, among the modern North American Utku’s, a desire for solitude can seem profoundly rude:


“It dawned on me how forlorn I would be in the wildness if they forsook me. Far, far better to suffer loss of privacy”


- Anthropologist Jean Briggs, on being ostracized by her host Utku family, after daring to explore the wilderness alone for a day.

The big question: if privacy isn’t the norm, where did it start? Let’s start from the first cities:

Ancient Cities (6th Century B.C. - 4th Century AD)

Roman citizens engaged in conversation in a public restroom. Credit: A Day In The Life Of Ancient Rome

Like their tribal ancestors, the Greeks displayed some preference for privacy. And, unlike their primitive ancestors, the Greeks had the means to do something about it. University of Leicester’ Samantha Burke found that the Greeks used their sophisticated understanding of geometry to create housing with the mathematically minimum exposure to public view while maximizing available light.




Sightline analysis of maximum viewable space from the street. Burke (2000)

However, Athenians penchant for solitude was not without its influential critics:


“For where men conceal their ways from one another in darkness rather than light, there no man will ever rightly gain either his due honour or office or the justice that is befitting”

- Socrates

Athenian philosophy proved far more popular than their architecture. In Greece’s far less egalitarian successor, Rome, the landed gentry built their homes with wide open gardens. Turning one’s house into a public museum was an ostentatious display of wealth. Though, the rich seemed self-aware of their unfortunate trade-off:


“Great fortune has this characteristic, that it allows nothing to be concealed, nothing hidden; it opens up the homes of princes, and not only that but their bedrooms and intimate retreats, and it opens up and exposes to talk all the arcane secrets”

- Pliny the Elder, ‘The Natural History’, circa 77 A.D.

The majority of Romans lived in crowded apartments, with walls thin enough to hear every noise. “Think of Ancient Rome as a giant campground,” writes Angela Alberto in A Day in the life of Ancient Rome.

And, thanks to the Rome’s embrace of public sex, there was less of a motivation to make it taboo—especially considering the benefits.

Sex art, Pompeii


“Baths, drink and sex corrupt our bodies, but baths, drink and sex make life worth living”


- graffi - Roman bath


Early Middle Ages (4th century AD-1,200 AD): Privacy As Isolation

Early Christian saints pioneered the modern concept of privacy: seclusion. The Christian Bible popularized the idea that morality was not just the outcome of an evil deed, but the intent to cause harm; this novel coupling of intent and morality led the most devout followers (monks) to remove themselves from society and focus obsessively on battling their inner demons free from the distractions of civilization.


“Just as fish die if they stay too long out of water, so the monks who loiter outside their cells or pass their time with men of the world lose the intensity of inner peace. So like a fish going towards the sea, we must hurry to reach our cell, for fear that if we delay outside we will lost our interior watchfulness”

- St Antony of Egypt

It is rumored that on the island monastery of Nitria, a monk died and was found 4 days later. Monks meditated in isolation in stone cubicles, known as “Beehive” huts.

Even before the collapse of ancient Rome in 4th century A.D., humanity was mostly a rural species

A stylized blueprint of the Lord Of The Rings-looking shire longhouses, which were popular for 1000 years, shows animals and humans sleeping under the same room - because, there was only one room.


“There was no classical or medieval latin word equivalent to ‘privacy’. privatio meant ‘a taking away’”

- Georges Duby, author, ‘A History Of Private Life: Revelations of the Medieval World’


Late Medieval / Early Renaissance (1300–1600)  -  The Foundation Of Privacy Is Built


“Privacy — the ultimate achievement of the renaissance”

- Historian Peter Smith

In 1215, the influential Fourth Council Of Lateran (the “Great Council”) declared that confessions should be mandatory for the masses. This mighty stroke of Catholic power instantly extended the concept of internal morality to much of Europe.

“The apparatus of moral governance was shifted inward, to a private space that no longer had anything to do with the community,” explained religious author, Peter Loy. Solitude had a powerful ally.

Fortunately for the church, some new technology would make quiet contemplation much less expensive: Guttenberg’s printing press.

Thanks to the printing presses invention after the Great Counsel’s decree, personal reading supercharged European individualism. Poets, artists, and theologians were encouraged in their pursuits of “abandoning the world in order to turn one’s heart with greater intensity toward God,” so recommended the influential canon of The Brethren of the Common Life.

To be sure, up until the 18th century, public readings were still commonplace, a tradition that extended until universal book ownership. Quiet study was an elite luxury for many centuries.

Citizens enjoy a public reading


The Architecture Of Privacy

Individual beds are a modern invention. As one of the most expensive items in the home, a single large bed became a place for social gatherings, where guests were invited to sleep with the entire family and some servants.

But, the uncleanness of urbanized life quickly caught up with the Europeans, when infectious diseases wiped out large swaths of newly crowded cities. The Black Death, alone, killed over 100 million people.

This profoundly changed hygiene attitudes, especially in hospitals, where it was once common for patients to sleep as close together as houseguests were accustomed to.


“Little children, both girls and boys, together in dangerous beds, upon which other patients died of contagious diseases, because there is no order and no private bed for the children, [who must] sleep six, eight, nine, ten, and twelve to a bed, at both head and foot”

- Notes of a nurse (circa 1500), lamenting the lack of modern medical procedures

Though, just because individual beds in hospitals were coming into vogue, it did not mean that sex was any more private. Witnessing the consummation of marriage was common for both spiritual and logistical reasons:


“Newlyweds climbed into bed before the eyes of family and friends and the next day exhibit the sheets as proof that the marriage had been consummated”

- Georges Duby, Editor, ‘A History of Private Life’

Few people demanded privacy while they slept because even separate beds wouldn’t have afforded them the luxury. Most homes only had one room. Architectural historians trace the origins of internal walls to the more basic human desire to be warm.

Below, in the video, is a Hollywood re-enactment of couples sleeping around the burning embers of a central fire pit, from the film, Beowulf. It’s a solid illustration of the grand hall open architecture that was pervasive before the popularization of internal walls circa 1,400 A.D.




Couples sleep around the warmth of a fire (clip from Beowulf)


“Firstly, I propose that there be a room common to all in the middle, and at its centre there shall be a fire, so that many more people can get round it and everyone can see the others faces when engaging in their amusements and storytelling” 

-  15th century Italian Architect, Sebastian Serlio

To disperse heat more efficiently without choking houseguests to death, fire-resistant chimney-like structures were built around central fire pits to reroute smoke outside. Below is an image of a “transitional” house during the 16th century period when back-to-back fireplaces broke up the traditional open hall architecture.

Housing Culture: Traditional Architecture In An English Landscape


“A profound change in the very blueprint of the living space”

- Historian Sarti Raffaella, on the introduction of the chimney.


Pre-Industrial Revolution (1600–1840)  -  The Home Becomes Private, Which Isn’t Very Private



The first recorded daily diary was composed by Lady Margaret Hoby, who lived just passed the 16th century. On February 4th, 1600, she writes that she retired “to my Closit, wher I praid and Writt some thinge for mine owne priuat Conscience’s”.

Cardinal Albrecht of Brandenburg in his study

By the renaissance, it was quite common for at least the wealthy to shelter themselves away in the home. Yet, even for those who could afford separate spaces, it was more logistically convenient to live in close quarters with servants and family.


“Having served in the capacity of manservant to his Excellency Marquis Francesco Albergati for the period of about eleven years, that I can say and give account that on three or four occasions I saw the said marquis getting out of bed with a perfect erection of the male organ”

- 1751, Servant of Albergati Capacelli, testifying in court that his master did not suffer from incontinence, thus rebutting his wife’s legal suit for annulment.


Law

It was just prior to the industrial revolution that citizens, for the first time, demanded that the law begin to keep pace with the evolving need for secret activities.

In this early handwritten note on August 20th, 1770, revolutionist and future President of the United States, John Adams, voiced his support for the concept of privacy.


“I am under no moral or other Obligation…to publish to the World how much my Expences or my Incomes amount to yearly.”



Despite some high-profile opposition, the first American Census was posted publicly, for logistics reasons, more than anything else. Transparency was the best way to ensure every citizen could inspect it for accuracy.



Privacy-conscious citizen did find more traction with what would become perhaps America’s first privacy law, the 1710 Post Office Act, which banned sorting through the mail by postal employees.




“I’ll say no more on this head, but When I have the Pleasure to See you again, shall Inform you of many Things too tedious for a Letter and which perhaps may fall into Ill hands, for I know there are many at Boston who dont Scruple to Open any Persons letters, but they are well known here.”

- Dr. Oliver Noyes, lamenting the well-known fact that mail was often read.

This fact did not stop the mail’s popularity


Gilded Age: 1840–1950  - Privacy Becomes The Expectation


“Privacy is a distinctly modern product”


- E.L. Godkin, 1890



“In The Mirror, 1890” by Auguste Toulmouche

By the time the industrial revolution began serving up material wealth to the masses, officials began recognizing privacy as the default setting of human life.


“The material and moral well-being of workers depend, the health of the public, and the security of society depend on each family’s living in a separate, healthy, and convenient home, which it may purchase”

- Speaker at 1876 international hygiene congress in Brussels

For the poor, however, life was still very much on display. The famous 20th-century existentialist philosopher Jean Paul-Satre observed the poor streets of Naples:

Crowded apartment dwellers spill on to the streets


“The ground floor of every building contains a host of tiny rooms that open directly onto the street and each of these tiny rooms contains a family…

they drag tables and chairs out into the street or leave them on the threshold, half outside, half inside…outside is organically linked to inside…

yesterday i saw a mother and a father dining outdoors, while their baby slept in a crib next to the parents’ bed and an older daughter did her homework at another table by the light of a kerosene lantern…

if a woman falls ill and stays in bed all day, it’s open knowledge and everyone can see her.”

Insides of houses were no less cramped:


The “Right To Privacy“ Is Born

While architecture failed to keep up with society, it was during the Gilded Age that privacy was officially acknowledged as a political right.


“The intensity and complexity of life, attendant upon advancing civilization, have rendered necessary some retreat from the world, and man, under the refining influence of culture, has become more sensitive to publicity, so that solitude and privacy have become more essential to the individual; but modern enterprise and invention have, through invasions upon his privacy, subjected him to mental pain and distress, far greater than could be inflicted by mere bodily injury.”

- “The Right To Privacy” - December 15, 1890, Harvard Law Review

Interestingly enough, the right to privacy was justified on the very grounds for which it is now so popular: technology’s encroachment on personal information.

However, the father of the right to privacy and future Supreme Court Justice, Louis Brandeis, was ahead of his time. His seminal article did not get much press - and the press it did get wasn’t all that glowing.


"The feelings of these thin-skinned Americans are doubtless at the bottom of an article in the December number of the Harvard Law Review, in which two members of the Boston bar have recorded the results of certain researches into the question whether Americans do not possess a common-law right of privacy which can be successfully defended in the courts."

- Galveston Daily News on ‘The Right To Privacy’

Privacy had not helped America up to this point in history. Brazen invasions into the public’s personal communications had been instrumental in winning the Civil War.



A request For Wiretapping

This is a letter from the Secretary of War, Edwin Stanton, requesting broad authority over telegraph lines; Lincoln simply scribbled on the back “The Secretary of War has my authority to exercise his discretion in the matter within mentioned. A. LINCOLN.”

It wasn’t until the industry provoked the ire of a different president that information privacy was codified into law. President Grover Cleveland had a wife who was easy on the eyes. And, easy access to her face made it ideal for commercial purposes.

The rampant use of President Grover Cleveland’s wife, Frances, on product advertisements, eventually led to the one of the nation’s first privacy laws. The New York legislature made it a penalty to use someone’s unauthorized likeness for commercial purposes in 1903, for a fine of up to $1,000.

Indeed, for most of the 19th century, privacy was practically upheld as a way of maintaining a man’s ownership over his wife’s public and private life  -  including physical abuse.


"We will not inflict upon society the greater evil of raising the curtain upon domestic privacy, to punish the lesser evil of trifling violence”

- 1868, State V. Rhodes, wherein the court decided the social costs of invading privacy was not greater than that of wife beating.



The Technology Of Individualism

The first 150 years of American life saw an explosion of information technology, from the postcard to the telephone. As each new communication method gave a chance to peek at the private lives of strangers and neighbors, Americans often (reluctantly) chose whichever technology was either cheaper or more convenient.

Privacy was a secondary concern.




"There is a lady who conducts her entire correspondence through this channel. She reveals secrets supposed to be the most pro- found, relates misdemeanors and indiscretions with a reckless disregard of the consequences. Her confidence is unbounded in the integrity of postmen and bell-boys, while the latter may be seen any morning, sitting on the doorsteps of apartment houses, making merry over the post-card correspondence.”

- Editor, the Atlantic Monthly, on Americas of love of postcards, 1905

Even though postcards were far less private, they were convenient. More than 200,000 postcards were ordered in the first two hours they were offered in New York City, on May 15, 1873.


The next big advance in information technology, the telephone, was a wild success in the early 20th century. However, individual telephone lines were prohibitively expensive; instead, neighbors shared one line, known as “party lines.” Commercial ads urged neighbors to use the shared technology with “courtesy”.

But, as this comic shows, it was common to eavesdrop.


“Party lines could destroy relationships…if you were dating someone on the party line and got a call from another girl, well, the jig was up.

Five minutes after you hung up, everybody in the neighborho -  including your girlfriend  -  knew about the call. In fact, there were times when the girlfriend butted in and chewed both the caller and the callee out. Watch what you say.”


- Author, Donnie Johnson



Where convenience and privacy found a happy co-existence, individualized gadgets flourished. Listening was not always an individual act. The sheer fact that audio was a form of broadcast made listening to conversations and music a social activity.

This all changed with the invention of the headphone.

“The triumph of headphones is that they create, in a public space, an oasis of privacy”~ The Atlantic’s libertarian columnist, Derek Thompson.


Late 20th Century  - Fear Of A World Without Privacy

By the 60's, individualized phones, rooms, and homes became the norm. 100 years earlier, when Lincoln tapped all telegraph lines, few raised any questions. In the new century, invasive surveillance would bring down Lincoln’s distant successor, even though his spying was far less pervasive.

Upon entering office, the former Vice-President assured the American people that their privacy was safe.


“As Vice President, I addressed myself to the individual rights of Americans in the area of privacy…

There will be no illegal tappings, eavesdropping, bugging, or break-ins in my administration.

There will be hot pursuit of tough laws to prevent illegal invasions of privacy in both government and private activities.”

- Gerald Ford


Justice Brandeis Had Finally Won


2,000 A.D. And Beyond  - A Grand Reversal

In the early 2,000s, young consumers were willing to purchase a location tracking feature that was once the stuff of 1984 nightmares.


“The magic age is people born after 1981…

That’s the cut-off for us where we see a big change in privacy settings and user acceptance.”

- Loopt Co-Founder Sam Altman, who pioneered paid geo-location features.

 


The older generations’ fear of transparency became a subject of mockery.


“My grandma always reminds me to turn my GPS off a few blocks before I get home “so that the man giving me directions doesn’t know where I live.”

- A letter to the editor of College Humor’s “Parents Just Don’t Understand” series.

Increased urban density and skyrocketing rents in the major cities has put pressure on communal living.



A co-living space in San Francisco / Source: Sarah Buhr, TechCrunch


“We’re seeing a shift in consciousness from hyper-individualistic to more cooperative spaces…

We have a vision to raise our families together.”


- Jordan Aleja Grader, San Francisco resident

At the more extreme ends, a new crop of so-called “life bloggers” publicize intimate details about their days:

Blogger Robert Scoble takes A picture with Google Glass in the shower

At the edges of transparency and pornography, anonymous exhibitionism finds a home on the web, at the wildly popular content aggregator, Reddit, in the aptly titled community “Gone Wild”.


Section II: How Privacy Will Again Fade Away

For 3,000 years, most people have been perfectly willing to trade privacy for convenience, wealth or fame. It appears this is still true today.

AT&T recently rolled out a discounted broadband internet service, where customers could pay a mere $30 more a month to not have their browsing behavior tracked online for ad targeting.


“Since we began offering the service more than a year ago the vast majority have elected to opt-in to the ad-supported model.”

- AT&T spokeswoman Gretchen Schultz (personal communication)

Performance artist Risa Puno managed to get almost half the attendees at an Brooklyn arts festival to trade their private data (image, fingerprints, or social security number) for a delicious cinnamon cookie. Some even proudly tweeted it out.

Tourists on Hollywood Blvd willing gave away their passwords to on live TV for a split-second of TV fame on Jimmy Kimmel Live.




Even for holdouts, the costs of privacy may be too great to bear. With the advance of cutting-edge health technologies, withholding sensitive data may mean a painful, early death.

For instance, researchers have already discovered that if patients of the deadly Vioxx drug had shared their health information publicly, statisticians could have detected the side effects earlier enough to save 25,000 lives.

As a result, Google’s Larry Page has embarked on a project to get more users to share their private health information with the academic research community. While Page told a crowd at the TED conference in 2013 that he believe such information can remain anonymous, statisticians are doubtful.


“We have been pretending that by removing enough information from databases that we can make people anonymous. We have been promising privacy, and this paper demonstrates that for a certain percent of a population, those promises are empty,”

- John Wilbanks of Sage Bionetworks, on a new academic paper that identified anonymous donors to a genetics database, based on public information

Speaking as a statistician, it is quite easy to identify people in anonymous datasets. There are only so many 5'4" jews living in San Francisco with chronic back pain. Every bit of information we reveal about ourselves will be one more disease that we can track, and another life saved.

If I want to know whether I will suffer a heart attack, I will have to release my data for public research. In the end, privacy will be an early death sentence.

Already, health insurers are beginning to offer discounts for people who wear health trackers and let others analyze their personal movements. Many, if not most, consumers in the next generation will choose cash and a longer life in exchange for publicizing their most intimate details.

What can we tell with basic health information, such as calories burned throughout the day? Pretty much everything.

With a rudimentary step and calorie counter, I was able to distinguish whether I was having sex or at the gym, since the minute-by-minute calorie burn profile of sex is quite distinct (the image below from my health tracker shows lots of energy expended at the beginning and end, with few steps taken. Few activities besides sex have this distinct shape)

My late-night horizontal romp, as measured by calories burned per minute

More advanced health monitors used by insurers are coming, like embedded sensors in skin and clothes that detect stress and concentration. The markers of an early heart attack or dementia will be the same that correspond to an argument with a spouse or if an employee is dozing off at work.

No behavior will escape categorization - which will give us unprecedented superpowers to extend healthy life. Opting out of this tracking - if it is even possib - will mean an early death and extremely pricey health insurance for many.

If history is a guide, the costs and convenience of radical transparency will once again take us back to our roots as a species that could not even conceive of a world with privacy.

It’s hard to know whether complete and utter transparency will realize a techno-utopia of a more honest and innovative future. But, given that privacy has only existed for a sliver of human history, it’s disappearance is unlikely to doom mankind. Indeed, transparency is humanity’s natural state.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Former Morgan Stanley Chief Asia Economist: "Don't Listen To The Ruling Elite, The World Economy Is In Real Trouble"
June 6 2016 | From: ZeroHedge

Andy Xie says the world's elite that are attending the G7, G20, Davos and other wasteful meetings are wrong to try to pin the blame for the turmoil on people’s psychology; all signs point to a prolonged period of global stagnation and instability.



Authored by Andy Xie, the former Morgan Stanley chief Asia-Pacific economist, originally posted Op-Ed at The South China Morning Post.

Andy Xie says the world's elite that are attending the G7, G20, Davos and other wasteful meetings are wrong to try to pin the blame for the turmoil on people’s psychology; all signs point to a prolonged period of global stagnation and instability.

Before the current G7 meetings waste of time, The G20 working group meeting in Shanghai didn’t come up with any constructive proposals for reviving the global economy and, instead, complained that the recent market turmoil didn’t reflect the “underlying fundamentals of the global economy”.

The oil price has declined by 70 per cent since June 2014, while the Brazilian real has halved, and the Russian rouble is down by 60 per cent. The global economy is on the cusp of another recession, and these important people blamed it all on some sort of psychological problem of the people.

Over the past two decades, the global economy has been blessed with the entry and participation of 800 million hard-working Chinese, plus the information revolution. The pie should have increased enough in size to make most people happier. Yet, the opposite has happened.

The world has gone from one crisis to another. People are complaining everywhere. This is due to mismanagement by the very people who attend the G20 meetings, the Davos boondoggle, and so many other global meetings that waste taxpayers’ money and put inept leaders in the limelight.

One major complaint that people have is that the system is rigged – that is, the rising income concentration is not due to free market competition, but a rigged system that favours the politically powerful.

This is largely true. The new billionaires over the past two decades have come mostly from finance and property. Few made it the way Steve Jobs or Bill Gates did, creating something that makes people more productive.

The most important factor in the rigged system is monetary policy being used to pump up financial markets in the name of stimulating growth for people’s benefit.

This is essentially the trickle-down wealth effect, that is, making some people in the financial food chain rich while the spillover gives people a few crumbs.



Yet, instead of crumbs, the wealth effect has pumped up property prices in Manhattan, London and Hong Kong, as well as the price of modern art. Essentially, the wealth effect has stayed within the small circle of the wealthy. And these people show up at Davos to congratulate policymakers on their “successes”.

Wasting resources is an equally important factor in making the global economy weak and prone to crisis. After the 2008 financial crisis, the US government and Federal Reserve spent trillions of dollars to bail out the people who created the crisis. Instead of facing bankruptcy and jail, these people have become richer than ever. Predictably, they have used their resources to rig the system further.

After 2008, when Beijing launched a massive investment push, the global ruling elite all praised China for saving the global economy. China has increased credit by over US$20 trillion to finance the construction of factories and homes. However, investment does not guarantee final demand.

The process of building up a factory creates demand. But, when it is completed, it needs to sell its goods to someone. What China did was build even more factories to keep this factory occupied. This Ponzi scheme couldn’t last long. We are just seeing the beginning of its devastating consequences.

China’s overinvestment has pumped up commodity prices, which has led to another Ponzi scheme. As major central banks cut interest rates to zero, credit demand didn’t respond in general, as businesses didn’t see growing demand from people who were suffering income erosion.



The commodity boom justified credit demand for the time being. Trillions of dollars were poured into the energy sector, and trillions more into other commodity industries. Businesses in emerging economies that were pumped up by rising commodity prices borrowed US$9 trillion.

This mountain of debt is floating on a commodity Ponzi scheme that is floating on China’s investment Ponzi scheme. Its bursting is just the beginning. Its impact on the global financial system could be bigger than the 2008 financial crisis.

In addition to the bursting of the global commodity bubble, China’s overcapacity bubble will kill global capital expenditure for many years to come. Even though Chinese investment isn’t growing like before, investment at half of gross domestic product is still adding overcapacity by over US$1 trillion per year – the problem is getting bigger.

All indications are that China wants to export the overcapacity. And why not? China overinvested to bail out the global economy. It shouldn’t pay the whole price for the mistake.

China’s strategy would lead to de-industrialisation in most of the world, in particular middle-income emerging economies. Weak capital expenditure would lead to weak employment and labour income. The resulting bankruptcies may further weaken the global credit system.

The global economy is facing years of stagnation, deflation and financial crises. The current economic managers will resort to the same tricks of pumping up the financial markets with liquidity, to no avail. In the meantime, political instability will spread around the world. It will take a long time for the right leaders to emerge.



Initially, populists will win.
Their policies, unfortunately, will focus on protectionism and rolling back the World Trade Organisation system.

That will lead to further economic turmoil in the global economy. Protectionism may suddenly jump-start inflation that will quickly become hyperinflation, which would certainly lead to violent revolutions.

The world is on the cusp of a prolonged period of stagnation and instability. Our ruling elite is blaming it on people seeing things. Their strategy is to change people’s psychology. Unfortunately for them, the world is catching fire and that fire will eventually reach their Davos chalets.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Consumed The Movie: Showing Now
June 5 2016 | From: ConsumedTheMovie

Consumed is a dramatic thriller that explores the complex world of genetically modified food.



The story is anchored by a working-class, single Mother on a hunt to uncover the cause of her son's mysterious illness.

Interwoven are the stories of an Organic farmer, the CEO of a biotechnology corporation, two Scientists on the verge of a major discovery, and an ex-Cop caught in the middle of it all.




 


Click here to buy or Rent the film


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Weaponized Cell Towers Are Directly Related To Why Chemtrails Are Sprayed
June 5 2016 | From: StateOfTheNation

Beginning with his 1905 United States patent number 787,412, Nikola Tesla pioneered the use of a certain type of electromagnetic energy called extremely-low frequency (ELF). This is a specific type of energy known to be used in the New Manhattan Project; the other being very-low frequency (VLF) electromagnetic energy.



If you’ve read the following two articles already, then you’ll know all about the nefarious nature of where this is all leading… 

Related: Why Are Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Being Constructed Everywhere?

Related: More on Why Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Are Popping Up Everywhere

Related: Claim: Cell towers across the USA are broadcasting brain resonance frequencies to disrupt human minds, says former DARPA scientist

The previous post titled, More on Why Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Are Popping Up Everywhere covered the first two important following topics in PART I & PART II. This post will contain PART III: The involvement of Chemtrails and the role they play.

Before diving headfirst into those topics, check out, “Chemtrails: The Secret War, for a background on the chemtrail phenomena.”



Related: Chemtrails the Secret War

If you remember nothing else about all of this technology, remember this: Be afraid. Be very, very, afraid. There simply is no better way to sum up everything that follows better than those few words.

This is the mother load of all posts dealing with Chemtrails and related matters. Brace yourselves. My post will draw from two previously written and well footnoted articles written by Peter A. Kirby at Activist Post. 

As for any skeptics you hear jawing about “conspiracy this,” or “conspiracy that,” usually know-it-all pilots in my experience, hand them all the footnotes to both articles and ask that they please place ALL the footnotes in their mouths to prevent spreading their ignorance until they’ve read the material.

There is no question that the U.S. government is presently involved in various forms of Geo-Engineering around the world, and we know that because at different times, various government agencies have admitted to doing as much, contrary to what every pilot you know [less ONE maybe - You know who you are!] has to say on the issue of Chemtrails.

How many times have you heard, “Well I’m a pilot, and I know for a fact there is no such thing as Chemtrails, only contrails, and you people are a bunch of tin foil hat wearing conspiracy loons…”

No. You're just an uninformed boob that flies. Remind any skeptics to put the footnotes in their mouths.

You don’t have to be a pilot to recognize whether a trail in the sky is or is not a Chemtrail any more than you need to be an ant to determine if a little grey pile of sand between sidewalk blocks with ants pouring out of it is an anthill. 


With all that said, unfortunately for “We the People,” is the fact that our governments have a very lousy track record of being honest, so, whatever the government admits to doing, multiply that number times several factors of 10 to get the magnitude of what is really going on, and as for the motives, prepare to be horrified. 

All kidding aside, the remainder of this posting gets REAL dark, so try to hang in there. In a previous article by Peter A. Kirby at Activist Post, Kirby revealed the following that ought to definitely shut up any of those loud pilots still pissing and moaning about your tin foil hat:


U.S. patent #4,686,605 “Method and Apparatus for Altering a Region in the Earth’s Atmosphere, Ionosphere and/or Magnetosphere” shows how stratospheric and tropospheric aerosols can be manipulated using electromagnetic energy in order to modify the weather.

The ground-based antennas (known as ionospheric heaters) needed to produce the appropriate electromagnetic energy exist. For a detailed discussion, please see the author’s previous article:

“Smoking Gun: The HAARP and Chemtrails Connection.”

To fully comprehend what Kirby’s new article has to say, it really helps to have already read his previous post titled, “Chemtrails Exposed: A History of the New Manhattan Project.”

Before getting into Peter’s most recent findings, which are in keeping with research I’ve done very recently and will share as well, first I’ll briefly summarize the previous article, and you can watch the video titled “Chemtrails: The Secret War.” After the video, I’ll highlight the areas covered in the remainder of this article. 

The main topics dealt with in Kirby’s previous post titled, “Chemtrails Exposed: A History of the New Manhattan Project,” are as follows: 

The Origins of Weather Modification

Early American Involvement

Nikola Tesla’s Role

The Beginning of the Scientific Era and Weather Modification




The Origins of Weather Modification:

The idea of man controlling the weather is far from new. It’s been around as long as man. Early efforts were attempted by mystics or local shaman, perhaps rain dances, or even animal sacrifice, but the point is, this is not a “new idea.” As for the origins of weather modification from a militaristic sense, Kirby says the following:


The 1996 U.S. military document “Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025” outlines a program using aerosols sprayed from airplanes which are then manipulated with electromagnetic energy in order to modify the weather. This document will be discussed shortly.

The common thread here is weather modification; or as the Library of Congress calls it, “weather control.” Lots of other evidence supporting this assertion exists as well, but these two documents are the most salient.

Motives are plenty. Most notably, significant direct benefits can be gained by playing financial markets which rise and fall with the weather such as the weather derivatives and catastrophe reinsurance mark

Early American Involvement in DARPA / HAARP / Weather Control:

In essence, since America has been the world’s technological leader; especially in the area of military technology, America has been the one leading the way on the New Manhattan Project from the beginning, and continues to do so to this day.


Nikola Tesla’S Role:

Beginning with his 1905 United States patent number 787,412, Nikola Tesla pioneered the use of a certain type of electromagnetic energy called extremely-low frequency (ELF). This is a specific type of energy known to be used in the New Manhattan Project; the other being very-low frequency (VLF) electromagnetic energy.



If you’ve read the following two articles already, then you’ll know all about the nefarious nature of where this is all leading…

Why Are Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Being Constructed Everywhere?

More on New Slow-Kill Directed Energy Weapons Appearing On Fake Cell Towers 

More on Why Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Are Popping Up Everywhere (Video)


The Beginning of the Scientific Era:

The scientific era of weather modification began famously in 1946 with a trio of scientists from General Electric Laboratories: Irving Langmuir, Vincent Schaefer and Bernard Vonnegut. Leading the group was the world famous Nobel Peace Prize winning scientist Irving Langmuir (1881-1957)

So far we have only discussed the New Manhattan Project’s most obvious aspect: weather control. Just in that aspect alone, the New Manhattan Project is easily the biggest scientific endeavor in Human history. Believe it or not, it appears that quite a few other massive projects have been piggybacked upon this global weather modification scheme.

They are already spraying us with megatons of aluminum, barium, and strontium. That right there is enough to put people away in prison for the rest of their lives, or worse. So why stop there? The people responsible for the New Manhattan Project (NMP) have apparently gone for broke.

What else might one accomplish by spraying stuff all over God’s creation and/or shooting electromagnetic energy all over the place? What else have these mad scientists been up to? As opposed to the more understandable weather modification aspects of the NMP, this article examines the NMP’s more unbelievable aspects.



From mind control to Morgellons to Nikola Tesla’s death ray and more, this article examines the New Manhattan Project’s other agendas.

If you do not know what the New Manhattan Project is, please refer to the author’s previous article "Chemtrails Exposed: A History of the New Manhattan Project."

Chemtrails Used to Aid in Mind Control:

Other than weather modification, the most probable purpose of the New Manhattan Project is mind control. It is well documented that certain types of electromagnetic energy waves can remotely manipulate people’s thoughts and feelings. The relevant field here is known as “psychotronics” and “psychotronic weaponry.”



A cursory overview is presented here with an emphasis upon the potential use of these technologies as part of the New Manhattan Project.

Attempts to Control the Minds of the American Public Not New to the US Government:

If anyone has ever called you a “Conspiracy Theorist,” then you are almost certainly already familiar with “Operation Paperclip” , a crime against humanity perpetrated by the United States government in the aftermath of World War II that still continues to plague the world today both in it’s lingering affects on victims, and also in what some would say is the continuity of many of those programs to this day operating as black ops.

If you’re not already familiar with “Operation Paperclip”, you can follow the link for a detailed article, or even the most basic Google search will provide realty crushing truth for some people about just how evil the U.S. government can be. Once you know the truth, consider how much technology has evolved since “Operation Paperclip”.

Arguably, the MK Ultra mind control program is the most well known program to come out of “Operation Paperclip,” largely because of references to it in modern pop culture movies and television hits like The X-Files.

The following video also gives a horrifying, but brief, overview of the program, which should begin to put the
Fake Cell Phone Towers into context. In the video below, Youtuber Dark5 gives a breakdown of the 5 Most Shocking CIA Experiments of Project MKULTRA (that we’ve been able to uncover).





Not only can electromagnetic frequencies influence one’s mind, they can also affect the rest of our bodily functions. Research by Dr. Robert Becker, Dr. Thomas Valone, and many others have strongly correlated the Human body’s functions to electromagnetic fields. This correlation is due to the fact that the Human body is a complex bioelectric organism highly susceptible to electromagnetic energies and fields.




The ionospheric heaters used as part of today’s New Manhattan Project can produce the extremely low frequency (ELF) signals that affect our moods, thoughts and bodily functions. Not only that, but the two most important New Manhattan Project scientists (Bernard Vonnegut and Gordon J.F. MacDonald) were into it.

The ELF waves referred to are something I covered in detail in my post titled: Why Are Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Being Constructed Everywhere? In that post, prior to the following video I said: 

One thing that’s important to note up front: Whether we’re talking about weaponized cell phone towers, Google’s Humanoid Robots That Can Hunt Down Humans Even in Dense Woods, or we’re talking about one of Google’s otherMachines Designed to Hunt Humans (both shown below), all were designed with the same outcome in mind, and that’s total control over their “subjects.





The US military’s involvement in these types of technologies originated with something called Project Sanguine. Project Sanguine was a proposed, mid- to late-1950s Navy project developing a long-distance submarine communications system. The proposed project involved burying tens of thousands of miles of wires a few feet underground.

These wires were to send extremely low frequency (ELF) signals to submerged submarines many thousands of miles away. Although Project Sanguine was never implemented, a similar type of operation (this time using above ground wires) in northern Michigan and Wisconsin exists today and has been in use since the mid-1970s.

Project Sanguine and today’s facilities in Wisconsin and Michigan was and are not about mind control; only Naval communications. But Project Sanguine was the first inkling of what was to come.

Some years later in 1961, along with two other scientists, that great pioneer of the New Manhattan Project’s weather modification aspects, Bernard Vonnegut also laid the groundwork for future mind control experiments. He conducted experiments pertaining to the effects of electromagnetic energy, propagated through an aerosol, upon the effigy of a man’s head. In their 1961 report titled “Research in Electrical Phenomena Associated with Aerosols,” the trio wrote:


"One can make an estimate of the concentration of the field around an object or man by considering the potential in space in which it exists. For example, in a field of 100 volts cm⁻¹ a man’s head is in a region where the potential is about 20,000 V with respect to ground. Because of the relatively high conductivity of the body the man’s head is at ground potential and therefore a corresponding amount of charge has passed from the ground up to his head.

If we approximate the head as a sphere of 10 cm radius, its capacity is about 10⁻¹¹ farads so the induced charge on it is about 2 x 10⁻⁷ coulombs and the field at its surface is approximately 2000 volts cm⁻¹. Accordingly, we see that the field and hence the rate of aerosol deposition should be about 20 fold greater on the man’s head than on the ground."

Seven years later, that other great scientific champion of the New Manhattan Project, Dr. Gordon J.F. “How to Wreck the Environment” MacDonald wrote:


"The enhanced low-frequency electrical oscillations in the earth-ionosphere cavity relate to possible weapons systems through a little-understood aspect of brain physiology.

Electrical activity in the brain is concentrated at certain frequencies, some of it extremely slow, a little around five cycles per second, and very conspicuous activity (the so-called alpha rhythm) around ten cycles per second. Some experiments have been done in the use of a flickering light to pull the brain’s alpha rhythm into unnatural synchrony with it; the visual stimulation leads to electrical stimulation.

There has also been work on direct electrical driving of the brain. In experiments discussed by Norbert Wiener, a sheet of tin is suspended from the ceiling and connected to a generator working at ten cycles per second. With large field strengths of one or two volts per centimeter oscillating at the alpha-rhythm frequency, decidedly unpleasant sensations are noted by human subjects.

The Brain Research Institute of the University of California is investigating the effect of weak oscillating fields on human behavior. The field strengths in these experiments are of the order of a few hundredths of a volt per centimeter. Subjects show small but measurable degradation in performance when exposed to oscillating fields for periods of up to fifteen minutes.

The field strengths in these experiments are still much stronger, by a factor of about 1000, than the observed natural oscillations in the earth-ionosphere cavity. However, as previously noted, the intensity of the natural fluctuations could be increased substantially and in principle could be maintained for a long time, as tropical thunderstorms are always available for manipulation.

The proper geographical location of the source of lightning, coupled with accurately timed, artificially excited strokes, could lead to a pattern of oscillations that produced relatively high power levels over certain regions of the earth and substantially lower levels over other regions. In this way, one could develop a system that would seriously impair brain performance in very large populations in selected regions over an extended period.

The scheme I have suggested is admittedly far-fetched, but I have used it to indicate the rather subtle connections between variations in man’s environmental conditions and his behavior. Perturbation of the environment can produce changes in behavior patterns.

Since our understanding of both behavioral and environmental manipulation is rudimentary, schemes of behavioral alteration on the surface seem unrealistic. No matter how deeply disturbing the thought of using the environment to manipulate behavior for national advantage is to some, the technology permitting such use will very probably develop within the next few decades."

The mind control technologies detailed here by MacDonald have been in development by the Stanford VLF Group.

In 1978, electromagnetics expert Robert C. Beck penned a paper titled “Mood Modification with ELF Magnetic Fields” in which he writes:


"Coherent ELF energies have the unique and interesting property of almost lossless propagation within the earth-ionosphere cavity waveguide, and attenuation of these signals due to distance from transmitter sites is negligible. Power losses are .8 dB per Mm (million meters). The magnetic vectors, unlike electrical (E-wave) components, permeate any substance and cannot be effectively shielded, even by iron, mu-metal, lead, copper, ‘Faraday cages,’ etc.

The established physics of radio propagation therefore suggests that vast geographical areas can be readily mood-manipulated by transmissions of EM energy within the earth-ionosphere cavity waveguide."

The 1986 book Low-Intensity Conflict and Modern Technology features a paper by Navy Captain Paul E. Tyler titled “The Electromagnetic Spectrum in Low-Intensity Conflict.”





This paper is all about using electromagnetic energy against an enemy’s mind. Shortly after referencing a Southwest Research Institute document speaking to the ability of radiofrequency radiation to, “…completely interrupt mental functioning…” and, “…sensitize large military groups to extremely dispersed amounts of biological or chemical agents to which the unirradiated population would be immune.,” Captain Tyler writes:



"Some of these potential uses include dealing with terrorist groups, crowd control, controlling breeches of security at military installations, and antipersonnel techniques in tactical warfare. In all of these cases the EM systems would be used to produce mild to severe physiological disruption or perceptual distortion or disorientation.

In addition the ability of individuals to function could be degraded to such a point that they would be combat ineffective.

Another advantage of electromagnetic systems is that they can provide coverage over large areas with a single system. They are silent and countermeasures to them may be difficult to develop.’”

 

The 1995 paper “On the Possibility of Directly Accessing Every Human Brain by Electromagnetic Induction of Fundamental Algorithms” by Professor Michael A. Persinger, PhD says that relatively weak atmospheric signals (such as those used for cell phone communications) can have a great influence upon the way people think and feel. The New Manhattan Project’s ionospheric heaters can produce such signals.

A most recent addition to this body of evidence is very thorough. Michael Aquino, PhD penned a 2013 tome titled Mind Wars in which he writes:


EMR [electromagnetic radiation] in the brain occurs in waves measured according to cycles per second (Hz). 1-3 Hz = delta waves, characteristic of deep sleep. 4-7 Hz = theta waves, characteristic of high emotion, violence, and frustration. 8-12 Hz = alpha waves, characteristic of meditation, relaxation, and ‘searching for patterns.’ 13-22 Hz = beta waves, characteristic of frontal brain activity, deliberate effort, and logical thought.



He failed to mention Gamma waves (22-80 Hz) which are produced by the brains of experienced meditators and are associated with enhanced neuro-plasticity (brain changes). Mr. Aquino continues:


EMR [electromagnetic radiation] in the brain occurs in waves measured according to cycles per second (Hz). 1-3 Hz = delta waves, characteristic of deep sleep. 4-7 Hz = theta waves, characteristic of high emotion, violence, and frustration. 8-12 Hz = alpha waves, characteristic of meditation, relaxation, and ‘searching for patterns.’ 13-22 Hz = beta waves, characteristic of frontal brain activity, deliberate effort, and logical thought.

Brain waves are subject to the principle of resonance. Energy-waves reaching the brain through any medium – eyes, ears, or flesh – will tend to induce the brain-waves to cycle at the same wavelength.

A Human brain resonating with externally produced energy waves is known as brain “entrainment.” He then goes about describing how this knowledge might be applied to a “Mind War” scenario:


Brainwave resonance (‘BWR’) is significant to SLIPC [subliminal involuntary psycontrol] in both passive and active contexts. Passively a human-interactive environment may be permeated with EMS [electromagnetic spectrum] waves at one or more of the BWR ranges, inclining those within it to their induced characteristics without their conscious awareness.

Attempting a relaxed, pleasant, cooperative discussion of a mutual problem is more possible in an alpha BWR than in a non-BWR one, and much more possible than in a beta one. Trying to accomplish anything complex or create immersed in delta is exhausting and fruitless.

Lastly, Dr. Aquino discloses how these energies might be applied remotely:


Active employment of BWR utilizes frequency generators to project desired BWR into a MW [mind war] operational environment, to adjust the emotions and awareness of all individuals therein.

Such generators may be strategic satellite-based platforms which transmit BWR both directly and through intrusion into existing, localized electronic media systems. BWR can, for instance, be inserted into the Internet to be passively and indetectably (absent such sensors) received and radiated by any accessing device, from television station to desktop computer or cellular telephone.

Michael Aquino is a very interesting character. As of Jan. 1, 2015, his extremely extensive bio notes his latest position as Lt. Colonel, Psychological Operations, First Special Forces Regiment, U.S. Army. He has since been sheep dipped retired from this position. He is a Knight Eagle of the Boy Scouts of America.



His Ph.D. dissertation was on the neutron bomb. He has served as a “Space Activities Officer.” He has been given many military decorations and awards. He goes by the title of the 13th Baron of Rachane. He writes that he is a first degree satanist, a second degree warlock, and the high priest of the Temple of Set.

The following video also comes from my post titled: Why Are Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Being Constructed Everywhere?

The first video from that post (directly above) spent everything after the 1:45 mark of the video explaining how powerful some of these new cell phone towers are, and how their current configuration with mega cables is NOT set up for telecommunications or data transfer.

After watching the video, and considering what the video makers said in conjunction with all the other information we’ve covered, I certainly wouldn’t put ANYTHING past the uber global elites. or the board rooms of multinational corporations, but I’m not so gullible that I’ll believe anything, so I kept digging. 

It was not easy to find information, and a few of the articles I found were several years old and most likely outdated, but I did find a few worth noting. The best one included the following video which does an EXCELLENT job of putting the highly technical supporting information below into layman’s terms.

I n short: The video gives you an idea of the full scope of how powerful these towers are, whether you understand the technical mumbo jumbo below or not. 





Here’s the Takeaway from All This: The U.S. Government is Obsessed with Mind Control

Those last few distinctions are the ones which have given him the most notoriety. The Temple of Set is a satanic church operating in the author’s hometown of San Francisco, CA. San Francisco is also where Dr. Aquino says he lives. You can visit the Temple of Set website … if you dare: www.xeper.org

In the late 1980s, Dr. Aquino became embroiled in a highly publicized satanic ritual abuse scandal which, among other things, landed him on the Oprah Winfrey Show and the Geraldo Rivera Show. These interviews are available on YouTube. He published a 2014 book all about it titled Extreme Prejudice: The Presidio ‘Satanic Abuse’ Scam.





Voice to Skull:

Making people hear things that no one else around them can hear through the use of atmospheric radio waves is called “voice to skull” technology.

This technology involves beaming sounds and speech directly into a subject’s head. This technology is well documented and well known.

It has been demonstrated in many movies and television shows such as the movie Kingsman: The Secret Service and the TV show The X-Files.

The New Manhattan Project’s ionospheric heaters can do this.

An early book titled Microwave Auditory Effects and Applications by James C. Lin, Ph.D. revealed the method. 1989’s U.S. patent #4,877,027 “Hearing System” defines this technology. Many scientific papers on the subject are available.

Voice to skull technology has been weaponized into the Navy’s MEDUSA program. Click here for the Wikipedia listing.


Light From the Gods:

My science advisor Ginny Silcox mentions current research into how ionospheric heaters such as HAARP could be used in combination to produce lightning or lightning-like energy beams capable of completely destroying individuals, buildings or large areas. This type of technology was first hypothesized by Nikola Tesla and is commonly referred to as his “death ray.”

There are a few ways Tesla’s death ray might be accomplished. It may be accomplished by tapping into the ionosphere, generating it independently, or a combination of both.

The ionosphere (about 50-375 miles above earth’s surface) is home to Earth’s auroral electrojet. The auroral electrojet is comprised of extremely powerful magnetic energy encircling our planet. If lightning taps into that power by creating a circuit from the auroral electrojet down to the Earth, it will be incredibly powerful.

This may happen naturally. A 1982 article co-written by the great New Manhattan Project scientist Bernard Vonnegut recounts the experiences of pilots who have witnessed lightning extending upwards, above storm clouds, presumably to the ionosphere.

Man might also make this happen. It is conceivable that the New Manhattan Project’s ground-based ionospheric heaters (possibly in conjunction with other, similar space-based antennas) could induce lightning from the ionosphere. These antenna arrays could create a conductive path known as a “waveguide” which would cause the ionosphere’s energy to flow down to Earth.

These waveguides can also direct the energy more accurately. The metals found in today’s chemtrails allow for better propagation of these energy waves. The Stanford VLF Group has been active in this area as well.

Tesla’s death ray may also be entirely man-made. As part of the proposed overhaul of Air Force (USAF) operations outlined in the 1996 Air Force 2025 documents, the UASF produced a paper titled “Space Operations: Through the Looking Glass (Global Area Strike System).” Air Force 2025 is the set of documents containing the infamous “Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025” paper. The authors describe Nikola Tesla’s death ray as a probable future Air Force capability. The report reads:


"Once again a small but capably armed country is threatening to seize its smaller but resource-rich neighbor. The Global News Network reports that the border has been violated. "

The same old story? No, the plot twists as a sophisticated satellite surveillance and reconnaissance system tracks the belligerent nation’s leader. As he steps to the podium to incite his troops to greater violence, a blinding light from above vaporizes him and his podium leaving even his bodyguards untouched.

His smarter brother, the second in command, countermands the invasion orders and in 12 hours the borders are restored. Stability, if not peace, reigns again.

This is not science fiction, but a mission well within the capabilities of Space Operations in 2025.

A little later in the piece, the authors expound upon the usefulness of such a weapon. Although they are writing about a laser generated from a space-based platform as opposed to the NMP’s network of ground-based ionospheric heaters, the concept is the same and ground-based ionospheric heaters can do similar things.

As previously noted, lasers from satellites may also be used as waveguides which can increase the accuracy of electromagnetic waves produced from the more powerful, terrestrial ionospheric heaters. They explain:

At slightly higher powers, the enhanced heating produced by the laser can be used to upset sensitive electronics (temporarily or permanently), damage sensor and antenna arrays, ignite some containerized flammable and explosive materials, and sever exposed power and communications lines.

The full power beam can melt or vaporize virtually any target, given enough exposure time.



Comment: And with the two hundred year old archaic technology we have been landed with there are so many ways that this stone age tech can be interfered with it is beyond a joke. Seriously - we are still dealing with aerodynamics and the principles of negative pressure for lift? Fuck off - what an absolute degenerate crock of arse. Your Lear jet, your Gulfstream G5 is an antiquated piece of shit...

Related: Explosive Exposé: The Secret Government, Anti-Gravity Technology And Black Budget Projects

With precise targeting information (accuracy of inches) and beam pointing and tracking stability of 10 to 100 nanoradians, a full-power beam can successfully attack ground or airborne targets by melting or cracking cockpit canopies, burning through control cables, exploding fuel tanks, melting or burning sensor assemblies and antenna arrays, exploding or melting munitions pods, destroying ground communications and power grids, and melting or burning a large variety of strategic targets (e.g., dams, industrial and defense facilities, and munitions factories) - all in a fraction of a second.

“Space Operations: Through the Looking Glass” also speaks to ground-based antennas capable of producing electromagnetic pulses that can disable electronic devices and jam communications known as “high-power microwave” weaponry. The ionospheric heaters of today’s New Manhattan Project can be used in this capacity. The authors write:


"A high-power microwave (HPMW) device also employs electromagnetic radiation as its weapon effect. Not as powerful as nuclear-driven EMP weapons, HPMW weapons create a narrower band of microwave electromagnetic radiation by coupling fast, high energy pulsed power supplies to specially designed microwave antenna arrays.

Microwave frequencies (tens of megahertz to tens of gigahertz) are chosen for two reasons: the atmosphere is generally transparent to microwave radiation (all-weather capability) and modern electronics are particularly vulnerable to these frequencies.
"

They continue:


"The level of pulsed, electrical power required to produce weapon-level microwave fluxes is now becoming available (for ground-based systems).

Compact, scaleable [sic] laboratory sources of narrow-band, high-power microwaves have been demonstrated that can produce gigawatts of power for 10 to a few hundred nanoseconds. Ultrawideband microwave sources are less well developed, but research in this area appears promising. A HPMW weapon should, however, be able to temporarily disrupt circuits and jam microwave communications at low-power levels.
"

Lastly, the authors of “Space Operations: Through the Looking Glass” specifically mention the Iridium satellite constellation as one that would be suitable for producing high-power microwaves. The Iridium satellite constellation is noted in the author’s previous work "C4: Command, Control, Communications, and Computers of the New Manhattan Chemtrail Project"as particularly suitable for the New Manhattan Project’s remote sensing needs.

Microwave energy, like that which is employed in the New Manhattan Project, can also be weaponized into systems like Raytheon’s “heat ray.” Here is the Wikipedia listing: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Active_Denial_System

Judy Wood, PhD in her book Where Did the Towers Go?, documents 1400 burned cars up to one half mile away from ground zero. Nothing else near them was damaged. Trees still had leaves on them. There were reams of unburned sheets of paper. Though they were covered with ash, no humans were burned.

The exceptional thing about the cars, she notes, was the fact that they were not grounded while everything else was. Was some sort of electromagnetic weapon used on 9/11? If so, how did cave dwellers from Afghanistan get one of those?

Maybe the original purpose of Raytheon is to come up with just such a weapon. Raytheon means “light from the gods.” Raytheon has been all about microwave technologies all along. Raytheon acquired E-Systems; the company that built HAARP.

Genetic Modification Using Microwaves and Chemtrails:


"
Somebody has apparently been planning ahead. If, from the megatons of aluminum and other toxins released into our biosphere, our environment becomes wrecked beyond being able to sustain life as we know it, don’t worry! People have been genetically modifying plants to be able to thrive in an aluminum-ravaged biosphere! Aluminum is the number one chemtrail ingredient.

A certain genetically modified sorghum seed has been developed to thrive in aluminum contaminated soils.

The makers of this sorghum seed reassure us that this type of genetic manipulation may also work well with many other food crops such as: wheat, barley, rice, maize, cotton, peanut, sunflower, tobacco, rye, alfalfa, tomato, cucumber, soya, sweet potato, grapes, rapeseed, sugar beet, tea, strawberry, rose, chrysanthemum, poplar, eggplant, sweet pepper, walnut, pistachio, mango, banana, and potato. It appears that sorghum is just the proverbial camel’s nose under the tent.
"

The abstract of U.S. patent #7,582,809 “Sorghum Aluminum Tolerance Gene, SBMATE” reads:


"
The major aluminum tolerance gene, the SbMATE gene, encodes a root citrate efflux transporter that is Al-inducible at the level of gene transcription and is also Al-activated at the level of protein function. High level of expression of the SbMATE gene and the protein was found in roots.

SbMATE orthologs with high degree of sequence homology were found in other higher plants, including rice. Successful transformation of Arabidopsis provides strong evidence that SbMATE can work across species to enhance tolerance to Al in other important crops grown in localities worldwide where Al3+ cations are present in acid soils and are toxic to plants."

It is curious that this patent is assigned to (along with Brazilian officialdom) the United States of America as represented by the Secretary of Agriculture. One might think that this would be right up Monsanto’s alley. There may be some sort of deception going on here.

We do know that historically the Department of Agriculture has acted like it works for Monsanto. As described in Marie-Monique Robin’s 2010 masterpiece “The World According to Monsanto,” the collusion between our Department of Agriculture and Monsanto has been pervasive.



Maybe some sort of back room deal has been struck between Monsanto and corrupt elements of our federal government enabling Monsanto to profit from the rollout of these aluminum resistant seeds; a rollout designed to appear as a benevolent government action.

If you noticed, one of the plants mentioned in patent #7,582,809 is poplar; a tree. If food crops don’t grow in an aluminum-ravaged environment, one can expect that trees won’t either. This is why we can thank our lucky stars that there is a corporation called ArborGen producing and selling genetically modified trees.

They aren’t saying that their trees are specifically resistant to aluminum contaminated soils yet, but it’s good to know that they might help us in our future hour of need.

Lastly, you can bet that the geoengineers will be here to help too. Our friends have developed wholly mechanical trees that can do what natural trees have traditionally done; remove CO2 from the atmosphere. For confirmation, search “carbon capture trees.” Who needs Mother Nature? We can have giant multinational corporations that will take care of everything!


Other Sprays Emitted in Chemtrails:

We are